Sirius: Industrial Controls

Siemens AG 2011
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS 3R_1* in sizes S00/S0 to S12
Catalog Add-On IC 10 AO 2012
SIRIUS
Answers for industry.
Siemens AG 2011
Related catalogs Contents
Industrial Controls IC 10
Industrial communication Controls Protection equipment
SIRIUS
Load feeders and motor starters Monitoring and control

devices Safety control devices Detecting devices Com-

manding and signaling devices Parameterization, configura-

tion and visualization Transformers and power supplies
E86060-K1010-A101-A2-7600
Heating controls Components for charging electric vehicles
Industrial Controls IC 01 Technical product data for CAx applications (DVD) and
SIRIUS catalogs in PDF format (CD) :
IC 10, IC 10 AO, IK PI, ITC, D 81.1, LV 10.1, SI 10, ST 70
E86060-D1001-A101-A2-7600
Safety Integrated SI 10 Detecting Evaluation / Communication Reacting

Safety Technology for
Factory Automation
E86060-K7010-A101-A2-7600
Industrial Communication IK PI
PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS SIMATIC ET 200
SIMATIC NET
Distributed I/O SIMATIC Ident Identification Systems

AS-Interface IO-Link Industrial Wireless Communication
Industrial Remote Communication ECOFAST
E86060-K6710-A101-B7-7600
SIMATIC ST 70
LOGO! logic module SIMATIC S7-200 SIMATIC S7-1200
Products for
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400 Embedded controller
Totally Integrated Automation
SIMATIC PC-based controller SIMATIC ET 200 distributed
and Micro Automation
I/O SIMATIC control systems SIMATIC industrial software

SIMATIC programming devices Overview Supplementary
E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7600 Components
Catalog CA 01 CA 01 All products of automation, drives and installation technology,

Products for Automation and Drives including those in the catalogs listed above.
DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600
Industry Mall All products of automation, drives and installation technology,

Information and Ordering Platform including those in the catalogs listed above.
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Registered trademarks Technical Assistance
All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert technical assistance for
product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. Industrial controls:
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark Fax: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 07
owners.
E-Mail: technical-
Further information about industrial controls:
assistance@siemens.com
www.siemens.de/sirius
Siemens AG 2011
SIRIUS
Industrial Controls Introduction
1
SIRIUS 3R_1* in sizes
S00/S0 to S12
Industrial Communication
2
Catalog Add-On IC 10 AO 2012
Controls
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3
for Switching Motors
Controls
4
The products and sys-
tems listed in this cata- Special Applications
log are manufac-
tured/distributed using a
certified quality man-
Controls
5
agement system which Contactor Relays and Relays
complies with EN ISO
9001 (for the Certificate
Register Nos. see the Ap-
Controls
Soft Starters and
6
pendix to IC 10 2012).
Solid-State Switching Devices
The certificate is recog-
nized in all IQNet coun-
tries.
Protection Equipment
7
Load Feeders and Motor Starters

for Operation in the Control Cabinet
8
Supersedes:
Catalog Add-On LV 1 AO 2011
For the latest updates of this catalog, please

visit our Industry Mall:
Motor Starters for Operation in the Field,
High Degree of Protection
9
The products contained in this catalog can also

be found in the interactive catalog CA 01.
Monitoring and Control Devices
10
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600 (DVD)
Contact your local Siemens sales office

Safety Equipment
11
for further information
Siemens AG 2011 Position and

Safety Switches
12
Commanding and Signaling Devices

13
Parameterization, Configuration and

Visualization for SIRIUS
14
Products for Specific

Requirements
15
Appendix
16
Siemens AG 2011
Notes
2 Siemens IC 10 AO 2012
Siemens AG 2011
Price group changes
Code conversion table

Starting 01/10/2011 there will be new price groups for the To help you with the changeover, the code conversion table be-
SIRIUS industrial control products. low shows the former price groups alongside those which come
into force on 01/10/2011.
Previous price group Price group in force from 01/10/2011 Product Chapter
101 41A Contactor relays 5
41B Contactors and contactor assemblies 3 and 4
41C Solid-state contactors 6
41D Load Feeders 8
41E Motor Starter Protectors 7
41F Thermal Overload Relays 7
41G Solid-State Overload Relays 7
41H Relays 4, 5 and 10
102 41J Pushbuttons and indicator lights 13
41K Position and Safety Switches 12
41L Safety relays 11
104 4M1 Transformers and power supplies 15
121 42A Communication-capable safety products 12 and 13
42C AS-Interface /IO-Link 2
42D Motor starters 8 and 9
42E Motor control units (MCU) 9
42F Compact feeders 8
131 42B Modular safety system 11
42G Standard soft starters 6
42H High-Feature soft starters 6
42J SIMOCODE 10
191 401 Technical documentation 2 to 15
Siemens IC 10 AO 2012 3
Siemens AG 2011
Industry Mall
Selecting
Much more Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crum
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert funct
than a catalog. Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter t
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be
The Industry Mall. played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurat
load them and reset them to their initial status.
You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

you well for selecting and ordering your products. You can load the products that you have selected in this way into
But have you heard of the electronic online cata- shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own
log (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a plates and you will be informed about the availability of the prod
look around it sometime: in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists dire
into Excel or Word.
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail co
mation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier",
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you
easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information

So you have found your product and want more information abo
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data b
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user docum
tation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and te
cal data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image data
you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics, dimen
drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or circuit
diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!
Siemens AG 2011
Ordering notes
Things you should know about Catalog Add-On IC 10 AO

Catalog Add-On IC 10 AO contains all selection More information can be found on the Internet:
and order-relevant data. see the Internet addresses in the opening information, Page 8.
Delivery time class (DT)
} Preferred type Preferred types are available immediately from The delivery times apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready
A 1 or 2 working days stock, i. e. are dispatched within 24 hours. for dispatch). The transport times depend on the destination and type of
Normal quantities of the products are usually deliv- shipping. The standard transport time for Germany is
B 3 to 5 working days 1 day.
ered within the specified time following receipt of
C 6 to 15 working days your order at our branch. The delivery time classes specified here represent the state of 10/2011.
D 16 to 30 working days In exceptional cases, the actual delivery time may They are permanently optimized. For more up-to-the-minute information,
differ from that specified. please visit our site at
X On request www.siemens.com/sirius/mall.
Price units (PU)
The price unit defines the number of units, sets or
meters to which the specified price and weight
apply.
Packaging sizes (PS)
The packaging size defines the number, e. g. of For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging see Appendix IC 10.
units, sets or meters, for outer packaging.
Only the quantity defined by the packaging size or
a multiple thereof can be ordered!
Price groups (PG)
Each product is assigned to a price group.
Dimensions
All dimensions in mm.
Siemens AG 2011
Symbols
In the Catalog Add-on IC 10 AO you will Connections Combicon connection

find the symbols and their explanations
listed alongside.
Insulation piercing method
They are use in conjunction with an
orange background to mark and high-
light special selection criteria (e. g. con- Fast Connect
nections, types of coordination, etc.).
Spring-type terminals
Flat connectors
Solder pin connections
Ring terminal lug connections
Screw terminals
Types of coordination Type of coordination "1" ToC

1
Type of coordination "2" ToC

2
Siemens AG 2011
UL and ATEX
The secrets of UL.

Our industrial control products are designed not only for the IEC
market. Numerous devices have both UL and IEC approval. This
makes it easier for manufacturers of switchgear and controlgear
assemblies to enter the North American market.
Exports to North America require special approvals which differ
from the IEC directives. On the IEC market, directives define only
the essential functions of a system. The technical details are not
listed. By contrast, directives on the American market go into the
details of how to carry out the installation work etc.
For OEMs and machine manufacturers it is important to know the
main differences between the two technical worlds and to work
together respectively with manufacturers and suppliers who
have the right products and know-how.
Siemens is a strong partner in this case. Our know-how extends
from the production of UL-approved devices to the wiring of con-
trol cabinets according to UL directives.
These UL requirements are already taken into account when de-
signing our industrial control devices. They are developed not
only for the IEC market but also for the UL market.
We have been working with UL (Underwriters Laboratories
Inc.), the leading technical certification company in the USA,
since 1969. We are also glad to share our knowledge with you in
the form of training courses.
With our UL-certified products for industrial controls you are on
the safe side and can build control cabinets according to UL
standard easily and quickly. Take a look at our range of products and convince yourself. Or
simply click on
In the Catalog IC 10 you will find for example the following UL-
certified products: www.siemens.com/ul-europa
Controls, from motor-protective circuit breakers and starters to Here you will find information on for example UL standards, UL
contactors and overload relays classification and a number of technical particularities of UL.
Circuit breakers for plant and transformer protection Under "UL Overview/Standards and Approvals" we provide a
Detecting devices and command devices summary of the available products and product groups. A table
lists the UL standards to which the products conform and con-
Transformers and power supplies tains links to the corresponding UL reports.
Under "Portfolio" we round off with a list of the most relevant prod-
ucts for industrial control (including links to the respective Inter-
net product pages).
Simply click on the navigation bar and go on a UL discovery
tour!
ATEX explosion protection

In many industries the production, processing, transport and In this catalog, special attention is drawn to devices which com-
storage of combustible substances are accompanied by escap- ply with the ATEX Directive. However, it does not replace inten-
ing gases, vapor or spray which find their way into the environ- sive study of the relevant fundamentals and directives when
ment. Other processes result in combustible dust. Together with planning and installing electrical systems. You can find more in-
the oxygen in the air, the result can be an explosive atmosphere formation about ATEX at
which will explode if ignited. www.siemens.com/sirius/atex.
Serious injury to persons and damage to property can result par-
ticularly in the chemical and petrochemical industry, mineral oil
and natural gas production, mining, mills (e. g. grain, solid ma-
terials) and many other sectors.
To guarantee the maximum possible safety in these areas, the
legislators of most countries have drawn up requirements in the
form of laws, regulations and standards. In the course of global-
ization, great progress has been made with regard to uniform di-
rectives for explosion protection.
With Directive 94/9/EC, the European Union laid the foundations
for complete harmonization by requiring that all new devices as
from 1st July 2003 have to be approved in accordance with this
directive.
Siemens AG 2011
Internet addresses
Contact partners:
Electrical wholesalers / distributors www.siemens.com/automation/distributorensuche
Industry Automation and Drive Technologies www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Siemens Solution Partner Automation www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Technical assistance www.siemens.com/sirius/technical-assistance
ATEX explosion protection www.siemens.com/sirius/atex
Brochures, customer magazines, trial versions of software, special offer www.siemens.com/sirius/infocenter

packages
CAx online generator www.siemens.com/cax
Manuals www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals
Energy efficiency www.siemens.de/sirius/energiesparen
Industry Mall www.siemens.com/sirius/mall
Interactive catalog CA 01 www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
Catalogs www.siemens.com/sirius/catalogs
Configurators www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Newsletter www.siemens.com/sirius/newsletter
Product pictures www.siemens.com/sirius/images
Safety Integrated www.siemens.com/safety-integrated
SIPLUS products for specific requirements www.siemens.com/siplus

www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme
SIRIUS industrial controls www.siemens.com/sirius
Service and support:

mySupport / support request www.siemens.com/sirius/technical-assistance
Product support www.siemens.com/sirius/support
SIRIUS eAssistance www.siemens.com/sirius/eAssistance
TIA portal www.siemens.com/tia-portal
Training www.siemens.com/sirius/training
UL information www.siemens.com/ul-europa
Certificates www.siemens.com/sirius/approvals
Siemens AG 2011
Order No. Index
Overview
Order No. Page Metal Export Order No. Page Metal Export
sur- markings sur- markings
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RA 3RB
3RA11 1 8/4 ... 8/11 LCO--- N N 3RB1 7/27, 7/61, 8/24 -- N N
3RA11 2 8/4 ... 8/11 LCO--- N N 3RB20 16-1 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA11 3 8/4, 8/6 LCO--- N N 3RB20 16-2N 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA12 1 8/12 ... 8/19 LCO--- N N 3RB20 16-2P 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA12 2 8/12 ... 8/19 LCO--- N N 3RB20 16-2RB 7/51 L-O--- N N
3RA13 1 3/60 LCO--- N N 3RB20 16-2RD 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA13 2 3/61 LCO--- N N 3RB20 16-2S 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA13 3 3/62 LCO--- N N 3RB20 26-1 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA13 4 3/63 LCO--- N N 3RB20 26-2 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA14 1 3/69 LCO--- EAR99 N 3RB20 36-1 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA14 2 3/70 LCO--- N N 3RB20 36-2QB 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA14 3 3/71 ... 72 LCO--- N N 3RB20 36-2QD 7/51 L-O--- N N
3RA14 4 3/73 LCO--- N N 3RB20 36-2QW 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 0 8/23 -- N N 3RB20 36-2QX 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 11-1 7/28, 8/22 L-P--- N N 3RB20 36-2U 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 11-2 7/28 ... 29, 8/22, 8/24 L-P--- N N 3RB20 46-1EB 7/50 L-O--- N N
3RA19 12 3/66 -- N N 3RB20 46-1ED 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 13 3/65 ... 66, 3/74, 8/22, 8/25 L-P--- N N 3RB20 46-1EW 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 21 7/28, 8/22 L-P--- N N 3RB20 46-1EX 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 22 3/66, 7/29, 8/23 ... 24 -- N N 3RB20 46-1U 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 23 3/64 ... 66, 3/74, 8/22 ... 23, L-P--- N N 3RB20 46-2E 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
8/25
3RB20 46-2UB 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 24 3/64, 8/23 -- N N
3RB20 46-2UD 7/51 L-O--- N N
3RA19 31 7/28, 8/22 L-P--- N N
3RB20 56-1 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 32 3/66, 3/74, 8/23 -- N N
3RB20 56-2 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 33 3/65 ... 66, 3/74, 8/22 ... 23, L-P--- N N
8/25 3RB20 66-1GC 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 41 7/28, 8/22 L-P--- N N 3RB20 66-1GF 7/50 L-O--- N N
3RA19 42 3/66, 3/74, 8/23 -- N N 3RB20 66-1MC 7/50 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 43 3/65 ... 66, 3/74, 8/22 ... 23 L-P--- N N 3RB20 66-1MF 7/50 L-O--- N N
3RA19 52-2A 3/64 -- N N 3RB20 66-2 7/51 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 52-2E 3/74 -- N N 3RB21 1 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 52-2F 3/74 -- N N 3RB21 23-4N 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 53-2A 3/65 L-P--- N N 3RB21 23-4PB 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 53-2B 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RB21 23-4PD 7/52 L-O--- N N
3RA19 53-2M 3/65 L-P--- N N 3RB21 23-4Q 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 53-2N 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RB21 23-4R 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 53-3 3/66 L-P--- N N 3RB21 23-4SB 7/52 L-O--- N N
3RA19 54 3/64 -- N N 3RB21 23-4SD 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 62-2A 3/64 -- N N 3RB21 33-4QB 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 62-2E 3/74 -- N N 3RB21 33-4QD 7/52 L-O--- N N
3RA19 62-2F 3/74 -- N N 3RB21 33-4QW 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 63-2A 3/65 L-P--- N N 3RB21 33-4QX 7/52 L-O--- N N
3RA19 63-2B 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RB21 33-4UB 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 72-2A 3/64 -- N N 3RB21 33-4UD 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 72-2E 3/74 -- N N 3RB21 33-4UW 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 72-2F 3/74 -- N N 3RB21 33-4UX 7/52 L-O--- N N
3RA19 73-2A 3/65 L-P--- N N 3RB21 43-4EB 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RA19 73-2B 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RB21 43-4ED 7/52 L-O--- N N
3RA2 3/49, 5/9, 7/29, 7/47, 7/54, -- N N 3RB21 43-4EW 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
7/62 3RB21 43-4EX 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RB21 43-4U 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N
Siemens AG 2011
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RB21 5 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N 3RH11 40-2H 5/11 LCP--- N N
3RB21 6 7/52 L-O--- EAR99 N 3RH11 40-2J 5/12 LCP--- N N
3RB22 7/57 -- N N 3RH11 40-2K 5/12 LCP--- N N
3RB23 7/57 -- N N 3RH11 40-2M 5/11 LCP--- N N
3RB29 0 7/60 L-O--- N N 3RH11 40-2V 5/12 LCP--- N N
3RB29 1 7/53 -- N N 3RH11 40-2W 5/12 LCP--- N N
3RB29 2 7/53 -- N N 3RH12 44-1A 5/5 LDO--- N N
3RB29 5 7/60 L-O--- N N 3RH12 44-1B 5/6 LCP--- N N
3RB29 6 7/60 L-O--- N N 3RH12 44-2A 5/5 LDO--- N N
3RB29 8 7/54, 7/60 ... 61 -- N N 3RH12 44-2B 5/6 LCP--- N N
3RE 3RH12 62-1A 5/5 LDO--- N N
3RE10 9/4 LCO--- N N 3RH12 62-1B 5/6 LCP--- N N
3RE13 9/4 LCO--- N N 3RH12 62-2A 5/5 LDO--- N N
3RE19 9/4 -- N N 3RH12 62-2B 5/6 LCP--- N N
3RH 3RH14 22-1A 5/10 LDO--- N N
3RH11 22-1A 5/5 LDO--- N N 3RH14 22-1B 5/10 LCP--- N N
3RH11 22-1B 5/6 LCP--- N N 3RH14 31-1A 5/10 LDO--- N N
3RH11 22-1H 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH14 31-1B 5/10 LCP--- N N
3RH11 22-1J 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH14 40-1A 5/10 LDO--- N N
3RH11 22-1K 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH14 40-1B 5/10 LCP--- N N
3RH11 22-1M 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1A 3/36 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-1V 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1B 3/37, 8/20 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-1W 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1F 3/36, 8/20 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2A 5/5 LDO--- N N 3RH19 11-1G 5/7 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2B 5/6 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1H 3/35 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2H 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1L 3/36 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2J 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1M 3/37, 8/20 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2K 5/12, 5/14 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-1N 3/40 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2M 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-2F 3/36 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2V 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-2G 5/7 LD---- N N
3RH11 22-2W 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 11-2H 3/35 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1A 5/5 LDO--- N N 3RH19 11-2N 3/40 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1B 5/6 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1C 3/38, 8/20 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1H 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1D 3/39 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1J 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1E 3/39 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1K 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1F 3/37, 3/40, 8/20 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1M 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1H 3/35 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1V 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1J 3/39 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-1W 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1K 3/39 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2A 5/5 LDO--- N N 3RH19 21-1L 3/38 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2B 5/6 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1M 3/38, 8/20 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2H 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-1X 3/35 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2J 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2C 3/38 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2K 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2D 3/39 ... 40 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2M 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2E 3/39 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2V 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2F 3/37, 3/40 LD---- N N
3RH11 31-2W 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2H 3/35 LD---- N N
3RH11 40-1A 5/5 LDO--- N N 3RH19 21-2J 3/39 ... 40 LD---- N N
3RH11 40-1B 5/6 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2K 3/39 LD---- N N
3RH11 40-1H 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RH19 21-2X 3/35 LD---- N N
3RH11 40-1J 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RH19 24 3/46 LCP--- N N
3RH11 40-1K 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RK, 3RP
3RH11 40-1M 5/11 LCP--- N N 3RK 3/45, 5/9 -- N N
3RH11 40-1V 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RP 7/61 -- N N
3RH11 40-1W 5/12 LCP--- N N 3RT10
3RH11 40-2A 5/5 LDO--- N N 3RT10 15-1A 3/15 LFO--- N N
3RH11 40-2B 5/6 LCP--- N N 3RT10 15-1B 3/19 LDP--- N N
Siemens AG 2011
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RT10 15-1H 3/55 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-1B 3/20 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-1J 3/56 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-1K 3/58 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-1K 3/57 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-1X 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
3RT10 15-1M 3/55 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-3A 3/16 LFO--- N N
3RT10 15-1V 3/56 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-3B 3/20 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-1W 3/57 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-3K 3/58, 4/14 ... 15 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-2A 3/15 LFO--- N N 3RT10 25-3XB 4/16 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-2B 3/19 LDP--- N N 3RT10 25-3XF 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
3RT10 15-2H 3/55 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-1A 3/16 LFO--- N N
3RT10 15-2J 3/56 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-1B 3/20 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-2K 3/57 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-1K 3/58 LDP--- N N
3RT10 15-2M 3/55 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-1X 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
3RT10 15-2V 3/56 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-3A 3/16 LFO--- N N
3RT10 15-2W 3/57 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-3B 3/20 LDP--- N N
3RT10 16-1A 3/15 LFO--- N N 3RT10 26-3K 3/58, 4/14 ... 15 LDP--- N N
3RT10 16-1B 3/19 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-3XB 4/16 LDP--- N N
3RT10 16-1H 3/55 LDP--- N N 3RT10 26-3XF 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
3RT10 16-1J 3/56 LDP--- N N 3RT10 34-1A 3/17 LFO--- N N
3RT10 16-1K 3/57 LDP--- N N 3RT10 34-1B 3/21 LDP--- N N
3RT10 16-2A 3/15 LFO--- N N 3RT10 34-3K 4/15 LDP--- N N
3RT10 17-2K 3/57, 4/14 ... 15 LDP--- N N 3RT10 44-1B 3/22 LDP--- N N
3RT10 23-3A 3/16 LFO--- N N 3RT10 44-3XF 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
3RT10 23-3B 3/20 LDP--- N N 3RT10 45-1A 3/18 LFO--- N N
3RT10 24-1A 3/16 LFO--- N N 3RT10 45-1B 3/22 LDP--- N N
3RT10 24-1B 3/20 LDP--- N N 3RT10 45-1X 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
3RT10 24-1K 3/58 LDP--- N N 3RT10 45-3A 3/18 LFO--- N N
3RT10 24-3B 3/20 LDP--- N N 3RT10 45-3K 4/15 LDP--- N N
3RT10 24-3K 3/58 LDP--- N N 3RT10 45-3XB 4/16 LDP--- N N
3RT10 25-1A 3/16 LFO--- N N 3RT10 45-3XF 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N
Siemens AG 2011
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RT10 46-1A 3/18 LFO--- N N 3RT12
3RT10 46-1B 3/22 LDP--- N N 3RT12 64-6A 3/28 L-O--- N N
3RT10 46-1X 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N 3RT12 64-6N 3/28 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RT10 46-3A 3/18 LFO--- N N 3RT12 65-6A 3/28 L-O--- N N
3RT10 46-3B 3/22 LDP--- N N 3RT12 65-6N 3/28 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RT10 46-3K 4/15 LDP--- N N 3RT12 66-6A 3/28 L-O--- N N
3RT10 46-3XB 4/16 LDP--- N N 3RT12 66-6N 3/28 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RT10 46-3XF 4/16 LDP--- EAR99 N 3RT12 75-6A 3/28 L-O--- N N
3RT10 54-1A 3/23 LFO--- N N 3RT12 75-6N 3/28 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RT10 54-1N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT12 76-6A 3/28 L-O--- N N
3RT10 54-1P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT12 76-6N 3/28 L-O--- EAR99 N
3RT10 54-1Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT13
3RT10 54-3A 3/23 LFO--- N N 3RT13 16-1A 4/6 LFO--- N N
3RT10 54-3N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT13 16-1B 4/7 LDP--- N N
3RT10 55-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT13 17-2A 4/6 LFO--- N N
3RT10 55-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT13 17-2B 4/7 LDP--- N N
3RT10 56-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT13 36-1A 4/6 LFO--- N N
3RT10 56-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT13 36-1B 4/7 LDP--- N N
3RT10 64-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14
3RT10 64-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 46-1A 4/4 LFO--- N N
3RT10 65-2N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 56-6A 4/5 LFO--- N N
3RT10 65-6A 3/23 LFO--- N N 3RT14 56-6N 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 65-6N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 56-6P 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 65-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 56-6Q 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 65-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 66-6A 4/5 LFO--- N N
3RT10 66-2A 3/23 LFO--- N N 3RT14 66-6N 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 66-2N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 66-6P 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 66-6A 3/23 LFO--- N N 3RT14 66-6Q 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 66-6N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 76-6A 4/5 LFO--- N N
3RT10 66-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 76-6N 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 66-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT14 76-6P 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 75-2A 3/23 LFO--- N N 3RT14 76-6Q 4/5 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT10 75-2N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N 3RT15

3RT15 16-1A 4/9 LFO--- N N
3RT10 75-6A 3/23 LFO--- N N
3RT15 16-1B 4/9 LDP--- N N
3RT10 75-6N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT15 16-2A 4/9 LFO--- N N
3RT10 75-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT15 16-2B 4/9 LDP--- N N
3RT10 75-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT15 17-1A 4/9 LFO--- N N
3RT10 76-2A 3/23 LFO--- N N
3RT15 17-1B 4/9 LDP--- N N
3RT10 76-2N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT15 17-2A 4/9 LFO--- N N
3RT10 76-6A 3/23 LFO--- N N
3RT15 17-2B 4/9 LDP--- N N
3RT10 76-6N 3/24 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT15 26-1A 4/9 LFO--- N N
3RT10 76-6P 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N
3RT15 26-1B 4/9 LDP--- N N
3RT10 76-6Q 3/25 LFO--- EAR99 N
Siemens AG 2011
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RT15 35-1A 4/9 LFO--- N N 3RT19 35-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT15 35-1B 4/9 LDP--- N N 3RT19 36-1 3/44, 8/21 -- N N
3RT16 3RT19 36-4BA 3/74 L-P--- N N
3RT16 4/11 LFO--- N N 3RT19 36-4BB 3/49 L-P--- N N
3RT19 3RT19 36-4E 3/47, 7/26, 7/46, 7/54 -- N N
3RT19 00-1SB1 3/49 -- N N 3RT19 36-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 00-1SB2 3/49, 7/47, 7/54, 7/62 -- N N 3RT19 36-7 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 00-1SB6 3/49, 7/47, 7/54 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AB 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 00-1SD 3/49, 7/47, 7/54 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AC 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 00-4 3/48, 8/22 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AD 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1B 3/43, 5/8, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AF 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1C 3/43, 5/8, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AG 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1D 3/43, 5/8, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AH 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1E 3/43, 5/8, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AK 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1G 3/45, 5/8 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AL 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1J 3/43, 5/8 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AN2 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1L 3/43, 5/8 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AN61 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-1P 3/45 -- N N 3RT19 44-5AN62 3/51 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 16-2BE 3/42, 5/9 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 44-5AP 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-2BK 3/42, 5/9 LB---- N N 3RT19 44-5AR 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-2BL 3/42, 5/9 LB---- N N 3RT19 44-5AV 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-2C 3/42 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 44-5B 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-2D 3/42 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 44-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 16-2E 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 45-5 3/51 L-R--- N N
3RT19 16-2F 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 45-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 16-2G 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 46-4BA 3/74 L-P--- N N
3RT19 16-2L 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 46-4BB 3/49 L-P--- N N
3RT19 16-4BA 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RT19 46-4E 3/47, 7/26, 7/46, 7/54 -- N N
3RT19 16-4BB 3/49 L-P--- N N 3RT19 46-4F 3/46, 7/27 -- N N
3RT19 16-4J 3/49, 5/9 -- N N 3RT19 46-4G 7/27 L-P--- N N
3RT19 16-4K 3/48 L-P--- N N 3RT19 46-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 16-4M 5/9 -- N N 3RT19 46-7 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 16-4R 3/48, 8/22 -- N N 3RT19 54-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 22 3/66 -- N N 3RT19 54-7 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 24 3/50 L-R--- N N 3RT19 55-4 3/47, 7/54, 7/61 -- N N
3RT19 26-1B 3/43 ... 44, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 55-5A 3/52 L-R--- N N
3RT19 26-1C 3/43, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 55-5NB 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 26-1E 3/43 -- N N 3RT19 55-5NF31 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 26-1Q 3/46 -- N N 3RT19 55-5NF32 3/53 L-R--- N N
3RT19 26-1T 3/43, 8/21 -- N N 3RT19 55-5NP 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 26-2C 3/42 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 55-5P 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 26-2D 3/42 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 55-5Q 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 26-2E 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 55-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 26-2F 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 55-7 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 26-2G 3/41 LB---- EAR99 N 3RT19 56-1 3/44 -- N N
3RT19 26-2P 3/42 -- N N 3RT19 56-4B 3/49, 3/74 L-P--- N N
3RT19 26-3 3/45 -- N N 3RT19 56-4E 3/47, 7/54, 7/61 -- N N
3RT19 26-4BA 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RT19 56-4G 3/47, 7/54, 7/61 -- N N
3RT19 26-4BB 3/49 L-P--- N N 3RT19 56-6 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 26-4C 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RT19 56-7 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 26-4M 3/47 -- N N 3RT19 64-6A 3/54 LJO--- N N
3RT19 26-4P 3/48 -- N N 3RT19 64-6V 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 26-4R 3/48, 8/22 -- N N 3RT19 64-7 3/54 -- N N
3RT19 34-5A 3/50 L-R--- N N 3RT19 65-5AB 3/52 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 34-5B 3/51 L-R--- N N 3RT19 65-5AD31 3/52 L-R--- EAR99 N
3RT19 34-6 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RT19 65-5AD32 3/52 L-R--- N N
3RT19 35-5 3/50 L-R--- N N 3RT19 65-5AF 3/52 L-R--- N N
Siemens AG 2011
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RT19 65-5AM 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU
3RT19 65-5AP 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU11 7/43 ... 7/45 L-O--- N N
3RT19 65-5AR 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU19 00-1 7/46, 7/53 -- N N
3RT19 65-5AS 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU19 00-2 7/46 L-O--- N N
3RT19 65-5AT 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU19 1 7/46 -- N N
3RT19 65-5AU 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU19 2 7/46 -- N N
3RT19 65-5AV 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RU19 3 7/46 -- N N
3RT19 65-5NB 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RU19 4 7/46 -- N N
3RT19 65-5NF31 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV
3RT19 65-5NF32 3/53 L-R--- N N 3RV10 1 7/8, 7/9 LBP--- N N
3RT19 65-5NP 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV10 2 7/8, 7/9 LBP--- N N
3RT19 65-5P 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV10 3 7/10 LBP--- N N
3RT19 65-5Q 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV10 4 7/10 LBP--- N N
3RT19 65-6A 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RV11 7/11 LAP--- N N
3RT19 65-6V 3/54 -- N N 3RV13 7/12 LAP--- N N
3RT19 65-7 3/54 -- N N 3RV14 7/13 LAP--- N N
3RT19 66-1 3/44 -- N N 3RV16 11-0 7/14 LAP--- N N
3RT19 66-4B 3/49, 3/74 L-P--- N N 3RV16 11-1 7/17 -- N N
3RT19 66-4E 3/47, 7/54, 7/61 -- N N 3RV17 7/15 LAO--- N N
3RT19 66-4G 3/47, 7/54, 7/61 -- N N 3RV18 7/16 LAO--- N N
3RT19 66-5AB 3/52 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 01-0 7/19 -- N N
3RT19 66-5AD 3/52 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 01-1 7/14, 7/17, 7/19, 8/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AF 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 01-2 7/19 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AM 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AB0 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AP 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AB4 7/20 -- N N
3RT19 66-5AR 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AF 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AS 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AM 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AT 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AP 7/20, 8/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AU 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AS 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5AV 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 02-1AV 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-5N 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 02-1DB 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-6A 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RV19 02-1DF 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-6D 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RV19 02-1DP 7/20, 8/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-6V 3/54 -- N N 3RV19 02-1DS 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 66-7 3/54 -- N N 3RV19 02-1DV 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AB 3/52 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 03 7/32 -- N N
3RT19 75-5AD31 3/52 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 08 7/26 -- N N
3RT19 75-5AD32 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 12 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AF 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 13 7/31 ... 32 -- N N
3RT19 75-5AM 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 15-1 7/22 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AP 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 15-2 7/22 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AR 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 15-3 7/22 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AS 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 15-5 7/22 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AT 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 15-6 7/23 -- N N
3RT19 75-5AU 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 17-1 7/35 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5AV 3/52 L-R--- N N 3RV19 17-4 7/35 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5N 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 17-5 7/35 ... 36 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-5P 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 17-6 7/36 -- N N
3RT19 75-5Q 3/53 L-R--- EAR99 N 3RV19 17-7 7/35 ... 36 -- N N
3RT19 75-6A 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RV19 18 7/27 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-6V 3/54 -- N N 3RV19 21 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 75-7 3/54 -- N N 3RV19 22 7/20 L-P--- N N
3RT19 76-6A 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RV19 23 7/31 ... 32 -- N N
3RT19 76-6D 3/54 LJO--- N N 3RV19 25 3/74, 7/22 L-P--- N N
3RT19 76-6V 3/54 -- N N 3RV19 27 7/35 L-P--- N N
3RT19 76-7 3/54 -- N N 3RV19 28 7/20, 7/27 L-P--- N N
3RV19 33 7/31 -- N N
Siemens AG 2011
charges charges
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3RV19 35-1 3/74, 7/22 L-P--- N N 3TX
3RV19 35-3 7/22 L-P--- N N 3TX 3/47 -- N N
3RV19 35-5 3/74, 7/22 L-P--- N N 3ZX
3RV19 35-6 7/23 -- N N 3ZX 8/25 -- N N
3RV19 36 7/25 L-P--- N N 8US
3RV19 38 7/20 L-P--- EAR99 N 8US10 1 7/23 L-P--- N N
3RV19 4 7/25 L-P--- N N 8US10 5 7/23, 7/29, 8/24 L-P--- N N
3RV2 7/25 -- N N 8US10 6 7/23, 8/24 L-P--- N N

3NO 8US11 7/23 L-P--- N N
3SB 7/46, 7/53 -- N N 8US12 7/23, 7/29, 8/24 L-P--- N N
3SX 7/46, 7/53 -- N N 8US19 7/29, 8/24 ... 25 -- N N
-- No surcharge
Siemens AG 2011
Notes
3
Siemens AG 2011
Controls Contactors and

Contactor Assemblies
for Switching Motors
Price Groups
PG 41B, 41H
3/2 Introduction
Power Contactors for Switching

Motors
3
3/5 General data
3/11 SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/27 SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors,
3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
3/29 Accessories for 3RT1 contactors
3/50 Spare parts for 3RT1 contactors
Coupling Contactors
3/55 SIRIUS 3RT10 coupling contactors
(interface), 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3/59 SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor
assemblies
3/67 SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting
More information can be found on the

Internet: see the opening information,
page 8
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors
see Catalog IC 10 2012
"Appendix" "Standards and
Approvals" "Overview"
Siemens
Siemens
IC 10
ICAO
10 AO
2012
2012
Siemens AG 2011
Controls Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Introduction
Overview
3
Size S00 S0 S2
Type 3RT10 1 3RT10 2 3RT10 3
3RT10 contactors
Type 3RT10 15 3RT10 16 3RT10 17 3RT10 23 3RT10 24 3RT10 25 3RT10 26 3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
AC, DC operation (p. 3/15, 3/19) (p. 3/16, 3/20) (p. 3/17, 3/21)
-3 AC
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 7 9 12 9 12 17 25 32 40 50
400 V kW 3 4 5,5 4 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22
230 V kW 2,2 3 3 3 3 4 5,5 7,5 11 15
500 V kW 3,5 4,5 5,5 4,5 7,5 10 11 18,5 22 30
690 V 3RT10/12 kW 4 5,5 5,5 5,5 7,5 11 11 18,5 22 22
1 000 V 3RT10/12 kW -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V kW 3 4 4 4 5,5 7,5 7,5 15 18,5 22
400 V 3RT10/12 kW 1,15 2 2 2 2,6 3,5 4,4 8,2 9,5 12,6
(200 000 operating cycles)
AC-1 (40 C, 690 V)
Ie 3RT10/12 A 18 22 22 40 40 40 40 50 60 60
3RT14 AC-1 contactors

Type -- --
Ie/AC-1/40 C/ 690 V A -- --
Accessories for contactors

Auxiliary switch On front 3RH19 11 (p. 3/35) 3RH19 21 (p. 3/35) 3RH19 21 (p. 3/35)
blocks Lateral -- (p. 3/39) 3RH19 21 (p. 3/39) 3RH19 21 (p. 3/39)
Terminal covers -- -- 3RT19 36-4EA2 (p. 3/47)
Box terminal blocks -- -- --
Surge suppressors 3RT19 16 (p. 3/43) 3RT19 26 (p. 3/43) 3RT19 26/36 (p. 3/44)
3RU1 and 3RB2 overload relays (Protection Equipment Overload Relays)

3RU11, thermal, CLASS 10 3RU11 16 0,1 ... 12 A (Chap. 7) 3RU11 26 1,8 ... 25 A (Chap. 7) 3RU11 36 5,5 ... 50 A (Chap. 7)
3RB20/21, solid-state, 3RB20 16 0,1 ... 12 A (Chap. 7) 3RB20 26 3 ... 25 A (Chap. 7) 3RB20 36 6 ... 50 A (Chap. 7)
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 3RB21 16 3RB21 26 3RB21 36
3RB22/23, solid-state, 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 10 ... 100 A (Chap. 7) 10 ... 100 A (Chap. 7) 10 ... 100 A (Chap. 7)
3RV10 motor starter protectors (Protection Equipment Motor Starter Protectors)

Type 3RV10 11 0,18 ... 12 A (Chap. 5) 3RV10 21 9 ... 25 A (Chap. 7) 3RV10 31 22 ... 50 A (Chap. 7)
Link modules 3RA19 11 (Chap. 5) 3RA19 21 (Chap. 7) 3RA19 31 (Chap. 7)
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies

Complete units Typ 3RA13 15 3RA13 16 3RA13 17 3RA13 24 3RA13 25 3RA13 26 3RA13 34 3RA13 35 3RA13 36
e (p. 3/60) (p. 3/61) (p. 3/62)
400 V kW 3 4 5,5 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22
Assembly kits/wiring modules 3RA19 13-2A (p. 3/65) 3RA19 23-2A (p. 3/65) 3RA19 33-2A (p. 3/65)
Mechanical interlocks 3RA19 12-2H (p. 3/64) 3RA19 24-1A/-2B (p. 3/64) 3/64 3RA19 24-1A/-2B (p. 3/64)
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting

Complete units Typ 3RA14 15 3RA14 16 3RA14 23 3RA14 25 3RA14 34 3RA14 35 3RA14 36
e (p. 3/69) (p. 3/70) (p. 3/71) (p. 3/72)
400 V kW 5,5 7,5 11 15/18,5 22/30 37 45
Assembly kits/wiring modules 3RA19 13-2B (p. 3/74) 3RA19 23-2B (p. 3/74) 3RA19 33-2B/-2C (p. 3/74)
3/2 Siemens IC 10 AO 2012

Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
3
S3 S6 S10 S12
3RT1. 4 3RT1. 5 3RT1. 6 3RT1. 7
3RT10 contactors 3RT12 vacuum contactors
3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66 3RT10 75 3RT10 76
(p. 3/18, 3/22) (p. 3/23) (p. 3/23) (p. 3/23)
3RT12 64 3RT12 65 3RT12 66 3RT12 75 3RT12 76
(p. 3/28) (p. 3/28)
65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500

30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
18,5 22 22 37 45 55 55 75 90 132 160
37 45 55 75 90 110 160 160 200 250 355
45 55 55 110 132 160 200 250 250 400 400/500
30 37 37 75 90 90 90/315 132/355 132/400 250/560 250/710
30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250

15,1 17,9 22 29 38 45 54/78 66/93 71/112 84/140 98/161
100 120 120 160 185 215 275/330 330 330 430/610 610
3RT14 AC-1 contactors

3RT14 46 (Chap. 4) 3RT14 56 (Chap. 4) 3RT14 66 (Chap. 4) 3RT14 76 (Chap. 4)
140 275 400 690

3RH19 21 (p. 3/35) 3RH19 21 (p. 3/35)
3RH19 21 (p. 3/39) 3RH19 21 (p. 3/39)
3RT19 46-4EA1/2 (p. 3/47) 3RT19 56-4EA1/2/3 (p. 3/47) 3RT19 66-4EA1/2/3 (p. 3/47)
-- 3RT19 55/56-4G (p. 3/47) 3RT19 66-4G (p. 3/47)
3RT19 26/36 (p. 3/44) 3RT19 56-1C (RC element) (p. 3/44) 3RT19 56-1C (RC element) (p. 3/44)
3RU1 and 3RB2 overload relays (Protection Equipment Overload Relays)

3RU11 46 18 ... 100 A (Chap. 7) -- -- --
3RB20 46 12,5 ... 100 A (Chap. 7) 3RB20 56 50 ... 200 A (Chap. 7) 3RB20 66 55 ... 630 A (Chap. 7) 3RB20 66 160 ... 630 A
3RB21 46 3RB21 56 3RB21 66 3RB21 66 (Chap. 7)
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 56 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 66
10 ... 100 A (Chap. 7) 20 ... 200 A (Chap. 7) 63 ... 630 A (Chap. 7)
3RV10 motor starter protectors (Protection Equipment Motor Starter Protectors)

3RV10 41 45 ... 100 A (Chap. 7) -- -- --
3RA19 41 (Chap. 7) -- -- --
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies

3RA13 44 3RA13 45 3RA13 46 -- -- --
(p. 3/63)
30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
3RA19 43-2A (p. 3/65) 3RA19 53-2A (p. 3/65) 3RA19 63-2A (p. 3/65) 3RA19 73-2A (p. 3/65)
3RA19 24-1A/-2B (p. 3/64) 3RA19 54-2A (p. 3/64) 3RA19 54-2A (p. 3/64)
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting

3RA14 44 3RA14 45 -- -- --
(p. 3/73)
55 75 -- -- --
3RA19 43-2B/-2C (p. 3/74) 3RA19 53-2B (p. 3/74) 3RA19 63-2B (p. 3/74) 3RA19 73-2B (p. 3/74)
Siemens IC 10 AO 2012 3/3

Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors see Catalog IC 10, Chapter
16, "Appendix" "Standards and Approvals" "Overview".
Connection methods
The contactors are available with screw terminals (box terminals
or flat connectors) or with spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals
3
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding ta-

bles by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

Siemens AG 2011
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
Overview
The SIRIUS family of controls
The SIRIUS modular system with its components for the switch-
ing, starting, protection and monitoring of motors and industrial
systems stands for the fast, flexible and space-saving construc-
tion of control cabinets.
3RT1 contactors and coupling contactors
3
Size S00 with mountable accessories
3 17
18
4
5
12
1
6 19 13
20
7
2
8
10
11
21
15
14 16
NSB0_00448c
1 Contactor
2 Coupling contactor
3 Solid-state timing relay block, ON-delay 14 Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current
4 Solid-state timing relay block, OFF-delay 15 Surge suppressor with LED
5 Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay 16 Surge suppressor without LED
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function) 17 Three-phase feeder terminal
6 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above 18 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above without connection terminal
8 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below 19 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal
9 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below 20 Link for paralleling, 4-pole, with terminal
10 4-pole auxiliary switch block 21 Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors with
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005) screw-type connection
11 2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard version or solid-state compatible
version (terminal designations according to EN 50005)
12 Solder pin adapter for contactors with 4-pole auxiliary switch block For contactors
13 Solder pin adapter for contactors and coupling contactors For contactors and coupling contactors (interface)
Accessories see pages 3/35 to 3/49. Mountable overload relays see chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" "Overload Relays".
Reversing contactor assemblies see page 3/60.
Fuseless load feeders see chapter 8,
Assembly kit for reversing contactor assemblies (mech. inter- "Load Feeders and Motor Starters"
locking, wiring modules) see page 3/66. "3RA Fuseless Load Feeders".

Siemens AG 2011
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S0 to S3 with mountable accessories
4
5
17 21
11
18
3
10 22
16 2
25
12
1
14
1
6
9
15 21
7
19 23
8
16 22
3
13 26 24
NSB0_00449c
20
1 Contactor, size S0
For sizes S0 to S3:

4 Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay 18 Coupling link (interface) for mounting directly onto contactor coil
5 Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay 19 LED module for indicating contactor operation
6 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay
(ON or OFF-delay or star-delta function) Only for size S0:
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above 25 Pneumatic delay block
8 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below 26 Connection module (adapter and connector)
9 4-pole auxiliary switch block
Only for sizes S0 and S2:
(terminal designations according to DIN EN 50,012 or DIN EN 50,005)
20 Mechanical latching block
10 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without terminal Only for sizes S2 to S3:
11 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal 21 Coil repeat terminal for making contactor assemblies
12 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right 22 Terminal cover for box terminal
(terminal designations according to DIN EN 50012 or DIN EN 50005)
13 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on) Only for sizes S3:
14 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable 23 Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection
15 Mechanical interlock, mountable to the front 24 Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole
16 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom (reversing duty)

17 Surge suppressors (page 3/186) (varistor, RC element, diode assembly), Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S3
can be mounted on the top or bottom (different for S0 and S2/S3) Accessories differ according to size
Accessories see pages 3/35 to 3/49.

Reversing contactor assemblies see pages 3/61 to 3/63.

Siemens AG 2011
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with mountable accessories
(illustration for basic unit)
8
3
9
7
2 10
3
4
11
5
6
NSB0_01157d
1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactors, sizes S6, S10 and S12
2 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay 9 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection,
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function) different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
3 4-pole auxiliary switch block 10 Terminal cover for box terminal, different for
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005) sizes S6 and S10/S12
4 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above 11 Box terminal block, different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below
6 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S12
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
(identical for S0 to S12) Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
8 Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil Accessories differ according to size

Mountable overload relays see chapter 7,

Siemens AG 2011
General data
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Size S6 with accessories
4
5
3
6
1
NSB0_01668b
1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, size S6
2 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable

3 Wiring modules on the top and bottom, 3RA1953-2A
with through-hole, 3RT1956-4BA31
5 Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
6 Terminal cover for box terminal different for
sizes S6 and S10/S12 Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
7 Box terminal block, different for sizes S6 and S10/S12 Accessories differ according to size

Components for reversing contactor assemblies see
pages 3/64 to 3/66.

Siemens AG 2011
General data
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6, S10 and S12 with accessories
3
1
2
3
NSB0_01669b
1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12 or
3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
2 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable

3 Wiring modules on the top and bottom, 3RA19
with through-hole, 3RT19 56-4BA31
5 Terminal cover for box terminal,
differs according to sizes S6 and S10/S12 Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
6 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection, Accessories differ according to size
differs according to sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories see pages 3/64 to 3/66 and 3/35 to 3/49.

Components for reversing contactor assemblies see
pages 3/64 to 3/66.

Siemens AG 2011
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories and spare parts
6
3
3
NSB0_01410a
1 Air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12

2 Vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1 . . . - . A .. contactors with conventional operating mechanism

(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and
3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1 . . . - . N.. contactors with solid-state operating mechanism.
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and
3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
5 Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for 3RT1. . . - . P . . and 3RT1 . . . - . Q .. air-break
contactors with solid-state operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator
6 Surge suppressor (RC element), plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
3RT1 . . . - . A .. with conventional operating mechanism
3RT1 . . . - . N .. with solid-state operating mechanism.
Identical for sizes S6 to S12

Different according to size
Surge suppressors see page 3/44,

withdrawable coils see pages 3/52 and 3/53.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Overview
Standards Note:
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, Auxiliary contact complement according to SUVA: Contactors
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) are available for safety applications according to SUVA.
The 3RT1 contactors are climate-proof. They are finger-safe Surge suppression
according to EN 50274.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00
3
Connection methods contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on auxil-
iary switch block.
The 3RT1 contactors are available with screw terminals (box
terminals) or spring-type terminals. For size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors and RC elements can be
snapped on either on the top or directly below the coil terminals.
The size S3 contactors have removable box terminals for the Diode assemblies are available in 2 different versions on ac-
main conductor connections. This permits connection of ring count of their polarity. Depending on the application they can be
terminal lugs or busbars. connected either only at the bottom (assembly with motor starter
Contact reliability protector) or only at the top (assembly with overload relay).
If voltages 110 V and currents 100 mA are to be switched, The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is
the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT1 contactor or 3RH11 contactor specified by coding.
relay should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact Exceptions: 3RT19 26-1T.00 and 3RT19 36-1T.00;
reliability. in this case the plug-in direction is marked with "+" and "-".
These auxiliary contacts are particularly suitable for solid-state Coupling contactors are supplied either without overvoltage
circuits with currents 1 mA at a voltage 17 V. damping or with a varistor or diode connected as standard, ac-
cording to the version.
Short-circuit protection of the contactors
Sizes S6 to S12, > 45 to 250 kW
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relay see 3RT10, contactors for switching motors,
"Technical Specifications". Short-circuit protection of contactors
with overload relay see the configuration manual "SIRIUS Config- 3RT12, vacuum contactors for switching motors,
uration Selection data for Fuseless Load Feeders" (see internet 3RT14, contactors for AC-1 applications (see Chapter 4).
addresses for more information, page 8).
Operating mechanism types
To assemble fuseless motor feeders you must select combina-
tions of motor starter protector and contactor as explained in Two types of solenoid operation are available:
"Fuseless Load Feeders". Conventional operating mechanism
Motor protection Solid-state operating mechanism (with 3 performance levels)
3RU11 thermal overload relays or 3RB20/3RB21 solid-state Control supply voltage

overload relays can be fitted to the 3RT1 contactors for protec- The contactors have a UC operating mechanism which can be
tion against overload. The overload relays must be ordered sep- operated with AC (40 to 60 Hz) as well as with DC.
arately.
Withdrawable coils
Ratings of induction motors
For simple coil replacement, e. g. if the application is replaced,
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor the solenoid coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
shaft (according to the nameplate). mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Surge suppression
Auxiliary contact complement
3RT1 contactors can be retrofitted with RC elements, varistors,
diodes or diode assemblies (assembly of diode and Zener diode Contactor sizes S6 to S12 are supplied with mounted auxiliary
for short break times) for damping opening surges in the coil. switch blocks.
Note: Detailed information about the fitting of auxiliary switches see
"Accessories", page 3/29.
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC
contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated 3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors:
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; Auxiliary contacts mounted laterally and on front
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms). 3RT12 vacuum contactors:
Auxiliary contacts mounted laterally
Sizes S00 to S3, up to 45 kW
Auxiliary contact complement Contactors with conventional operating mechanism
Size S00 contactors have an auxiliary contact integrated in the Version 3RT1. . .-.A:
basic unit. The basic units of sizes S0 to S3 are delivered only The solenoid coil is switched directly on and off with the control
with the main contacts and can be extended with auxiliary switch supply voltage Us by way of terminals A1/A2.
blocks.
Multi-voltage range for the control supply voltage Us:
For sizes S0 to S3, complete units with mounted auxiliary switch
block 2 NO + 2 NC are available (terminal designation accord- Only one coil covers several close-lying control supply voltages
ing to EN 50012); the auxiliary switch block can be removed (for which are used worldwide,
more information see "Accessories" on page 3/29). e. g. 110115120127 V AC/DC or 220230240 V AC/DC.
Allowance is made in addition for am operating range of 0.8
times the lower (Us min) and 1.1 times the upper (Us max) rated
control supply voltage within which the contactor switches reli-
ably and no thermal overload occurs.

Siemens AG 2011

3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism Advantages:
The solenoid coil is supplied selectively with the power required Signaling through relay contact or AS-i when remaining life-
for reliable switching and holding by upstream control electron- time is 20 %, i. e. contact material wear is 80 %.
ics. Additional visual indication of various levels of erosion by
Wide voltage range for the control supply voltage Us: means of LEDs on the laterally mounted solid-state module
Compared with the conventional operating mechanism, the when remaining lifetime is 60 % (green), 40 % (orange) and
solid-state operating mechanism covers an even broader 20 % (red).
range of control supply voltages used worldwide within one
coil variant. For example, the coil for 200 to 277 V AC/DC (Us
3
LED- new 60 % 40 % 20 %
min to Us max) covers the voltages 200-208-220-230-240-254- Displays
277 V used worldwide. green RLT RLT RLT RLT
Extended operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us:
The wide range for the rated control supply voltage and the green 60 % 60 % 60 % 60 %
additionally allowed coil operating range of 0.8 x Us min to 1.1 orange 40 % 40 % 40 % 40 %

x Us max results in an extended coil operating range of at least
NSB0_01150a
0.7 to 1.25 x Us, within which the contactors will operate reli- red 20 % 20 % 20 % 20 %
ably, for the most common control supply voltages of 24, 110 Reset Reset Reset Reset
and 230 V.
Bridging temporary voltage dips:
Control voltage failures dipping to 0 V (at A1/A2) are bridged Early warning to replace contacts
for up to approx. 25 ms to avoid unintentional tripping.
Optimum utilization of contact material
Defined ON and OFF thresholds:
For voltages above 0.8 x Us min the electronics will reliably Visual inspection of the condition of contacts not necessary
switch the contactor ON, and for voltages below the value 0.5 Reduction of ongoing operating costs
x Us min it is reliably switched OFF. The hysteresis in the switch- Optimum planning of maintenance measures
ing thresholds prevents the main contacts from chattering as
well as increased wear or welding when operated in weak, un- Avoidance of unforeseen plant downtimes
stable networks. This also prevents thermal overloading of the Version 3RT1. . .-.N: for 24 V DC PLC output
contactor coil if the voltage applied is too low (contactor does
not close properly and is continuously operated with overexci- 2 control options:
tation). 7 Control without a coupling link directly through a 24 V DC/ 30
Low control power consumption when closing and in the mA PLC output (IEC 61131-2). Connection by means of 2-pole
closed state. plug-in connection. The screwless spring-type connection is
part of the scope of supply. The control supply voltage for sup-
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) plying power to the solenoid operating mechanism must be
The contactors with solid-state operating mechanism conform to connected to A1/A2.
the requirements for operation in industrial plants:
Interference immunity L1/L+ 1 Slide switch, must be in
- Burst (IEC 61000-4-4): 4 kV N/L- position PLC "ON"
- Surge (IEC 61000-4-5): 4 kV PLC output 3 2 Plug-in connection, 2-pole
24 V DC/30 mA
- Electrostatic discharge, ESD (IEC 61000-4-2): 8/15 kV 3 Shutdown in an emergency
- Electromagnetic field (IEC 61000-4-3): 10 V/m 2 A1 A2 (EMERGENCY-STOP) optional
Emitted interference 24 V DC
- Limit value class A according to EN 55011 1 PLC
NSB0_01143e
OFF ON
Note:
In connection with converters, the control cables must be routed
separately from the load cables to the converter.
Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT) Note:
Main contactor contacts are working parts which therefore must Before start-up, the slide switch for PLC operation must be
be replaced in good time when the end of their service life has moved to the "PLC ON" position (setting ex works: "PLC OFF").
been reached. The degree of contact erosion and thus the elec- 7 Conventional control by applying the control supply voltage at
trical endurance (= number of operating cycles) depends on the A1/A2 through a switching contact.
loading, utilization category, operating mode, etc. Up to now,
routine checks/visual inspections by the maintenance personnel
were needed in order to gain an insight into the state of the main L1/L+ 1 Slide switch, must be in
contacts. N/L- position PLC "OFF"
2 Shutdown in an emergency
The remaining lifetime indication function now takes over this 2 (EMERGENCY-STOP) optional
task. It does not count the number of operating cycles which
does not provide information about contact erosion but instead A1 A2
electronically identifies, evaluates and stores the actual prog- 24 V DC
ress of erosion of each one of the three main contacts, and out- 1
PLC
NSB0_01144e
puts a warning when specified limits are reached. The stored OFF ON
data are not lost even if the control supply voltage for A1/A2 fails.
After replacement of the main contacts, measurement the re-
maining lifetime must be reset using the "RESET" button (hold
down RESET button for about 2 seconds using a pen or similar
Note:
tool).
The slide switch must be in the "PLC OFF" position
(= setting ex works).

Siemens AG 2011

3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Version 3RT1. . .-.P: for 24 V DC PLC output or 7 Contactor control through relay outputs at terminals H1/H2,
PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT). e. g. by
- PLC or
-.PP3.
- SIMOCODE
200-277 V
50-60 Hz
DC L1/L+ 1 Solid-state module of
A1 A2 N/L-
3 contactor 3RT1...-.P
PROFIBUS DP
A1 A2 S1 2 Plug-in connection, 7-pole
ON Contactor ON e. g.
SIMOCODE S1 Changeover switch from auto-
Displays for RLT: H1 S2 PLC matic control e.g. using
3
RLT LED green H2 other
SIMOCODE or PLC relay output to
60 % LED green R1 Signal for remaining on-site control
40 % LED orange R2 lifetime 20 %
IN S2 On-site control possibility
20 % LED red IN
Reset RLT Reset 3 Shutdown in an emergency
H1 (EMERGENCY-STOP) optional
300 V
H2 AC/DC NSB0_01147e
1 2
Plug-in
R1 connection
RLT
R2 7-pole
IN 24 V Contact loading: Us/approx. 5 mA.
IN DC
When operated through SIMOCODE, a communication link to
NSB0_01145b
PROFIBUS DP is also provided.

3RT105/3RT145 Version 3RT1. . .-.Q: Communication-capable with integrated
AS-Interface and remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator with -.QP3.
power, the control supply voltage Us must be connected to ter- 200-277 V
Bus status
minals A1/A2 of the laterally mounted solid-state module. The 50-60 Hz
DC Adress jack
control inputs of the contactor are connected to a 7-pole plug-in A1 A2
Contactor ON
connection; the screwless spring-type connection is part of the Automatic
scope of supply. AS-i ON control
AUTO Displays for RLT:
The "Remaining Lifetime RLT" status signal is available at ter- ADDR.
RLT LED green
minals R1/R2 through a floating relay contact (hard gold- 60% LED green
plated, enclosed) and can be input to SIMOCODE, PLC or 40% LED orange
other devices for processing, for example. 20% LED red
Permissible load rating capacity of the R1/R2 relay output: Reset RLT Reset
- Ie/AC-15/24 to 230 V: 3 A H1 300 V
- Ie/DC-13/24 V: 1 A H2 AC/DC Plug-in
H3 connection
LED indications 6-pole
The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the SF1
laterally mounted solid-state module: SF2 Plug-in

1 connection
- Contactor ON (energized state): green LED ("ON") 2 4-pole
AS-i
- Indication of remaining lifetime 3
NSB0_01148c
4
2 control options:
3RT105/3RT145
7 Contactor control without a coupling link directly through a 24
V DC/ 30 mA PLC output (IEC 61131-2) by way of terminals
IN+/IN-. To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator with
power, the control supply voltage Us must be connected to ter-
L1/L+ Solid-state module of
minals A1/A2 of the laterally mounted solid-state module. The
1
N/L- contactor 3RT1...-.P contactor itself is controlled by way of the integrated
3
2 Plug-in connection, 7-pole
AS-Interface interface. The inputs and outputs are connected
A1 A2
to a 10-pole plug-in connection; the screwless spring-type con-
S2 S1 Changeover switch from auto-
H1 S1 matic control using PLC semicon-
nections (6-pole for external connection and 4-pole for AS-Inter-
H2 face connection) are part of the scope of supply.
ductor output to on-site control
R1 Signal for remaining
R2 lifetime 20 % S2 On-site control possibility LED displays:
S1 PLC output The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the
IN 3 Shutdown in an emergency
IN 24 V DC/30 mA laterally mounted solid-state module:
(EMERGENCY-STOP) optional
- Contactor ON (energized state): green LED ("ON")
NSB0_01146f - Automatic/local control: Green LED ("AUTO")
1 2
- Bus status: Green/red dual LED ("AS-i")
- Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by AS-Interface addressing socket "ADDR":
way of terminals H1/H2, i. e. automatic control through PLC or The contactor address can be assigned after installation.
SIMOCODE/PROFIBUS DP can be deactivated e. g. at start-up
or in the event of a fault and the contactor can be controlled
manually.

Siemens AG 2011

3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Control circuit: Technical specifications
Contactor control through AS-Interface by way of terminals AS-Interface
AS-i +/AS-i . Each of these terminals is jumpered and con-
I/O configuration (hex) 7
nected twice to a 4-pole connector which is separate from the
ID code (hex) F
other control inputs.
Advantages: Power supply V 26,5 ... 31,6
- The AS-Interface cable is not interrupted if the connector is (acc. to AS-Interface Spec.)
pulled out Power consumption, max. mA 20
- The contactor remains functional through the local control in- Contact loading at SF1/2 mA 3 ... 6
puts and its own 6-pole connector
3
Watchdog function Built-in

Control signals through AS-i: (disconnects outputs in the
event of AS-Interface fault)
- Contactor ON/OFF
Status signals through AS-i: Indication behavior of the LEDs
- Contactor ON/OFF State LEDs
- Automatic/local control
AS-Interface Communica- OK
- Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT) tion On
- Signal through free input, e. g. overload relay tripped.
Fault
L1/L+ On
1 Solid-state module of
N/L- contactor 3RT1...-.Q
4
Station address 0 (zero)
A1 A2 2 2 Plug-in connection, 6-pole Flashing
S2 3 Plug-in connection, 4-pole
H1
H2
H3 S1 Changeover switch from auto-
S1 matic control using AS-Interface Flashing
e. g. over-
SF1 load relay to on-site control
SF2
3RB20 S1 open: automatic mode
AS-i Contactor diagnostics using the user program
AS-i AS-i
AS-i S2 On-site control possibility Inputs
AS-i
4 Shutdown in an emergency
(EMERGENCY-STOP) optional Input signals Device status
NSB0_01149e
1 3
DI 0 "Ready" 0 Device not ready/manual operation
1 Device ready/automatic mode
DI 1 "Running" 0 Contactor off
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by
means of terminals H1/H2/H3, i. e. automatic control through AS- 1 Contactor on
Interface can be deactivated e. g. during start-up or in the event DI 2 "Remaining lifetime" 0 Remaining lifetime RLT > 20 %
of a fault and the contactor can be controlled manually. 1 Remaining lifetime RLT 20 %
DI 3 "Free input" 0 No input signal at SF1/2
1 Input signal at SF1/2
Outputs
Output signals Device status
DO 0 "Running" 0 Contactor off
1 Contactor on
DO 1 0 --
1 --
DO 2 0 --
1 --
DO 3 0 --
1 --
Order No. scheme

Digit of the Order No. 1st - 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10t 11t 12t 13t 14t 15t 16t
3rd h h h h h h h
@@@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
SIRIUS power contactors 3RT
1. generation 1
Device type (e. g. 0 = 3-pole motor contactor, 3 = 4-pole AC-1 contactor) @
Size of the contactor (3 = S2, 4 = S3, 5 = S6, etc.) @
Power dependent on size (e. g. 45 = 37 kW) @
Connection type (1 = screw, 2 = spring) @
Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e. g. A = AC standard / without) @
Rated control supply voltage (e. g. P0 = 230 V, 50 Hz) @ @
Auxiliary switches (e. g. S3: 0 = without auxiliary switches @
Special version @ @ @ @
Example 3RT 1 0 4 5 1 A P 0 0
The Order No. scheme is presented here merely for information For your orders, please use the order numbers quote in the cat-
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the alog and in the Industry Mall.
order numbers.

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
Selection and ordering data

AC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 1.-1AP04-3MA0 3RT10 1.-2AP04-3MA0 3RT10 1.-1A. . . 3RT10 1.-2A. . .
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C Us at 50/60 Hz
Opera- Rating of Opera- Ident. No. Version Order No. Price Order No. Price
tional induction tional per PU per PU
current Ie motors at current Ie
up to 50 Hz and up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC
For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S001)
With auxiliary contact 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
With auxiliary contact 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 15-1AB01 } 3RT10 15-2AB01

110 } 3RT10 15-1AF01 } 3RT10 15-2AF01
230 } 3RT10 15-1AP01 } 3RT10 15-2AP01
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 15-1AB02 } 3RT10 15-2AB02
110 } 3RT10 15-1AF02 } 3RT10 15-2AF02
230 } 3RT10 15-1AP02 } 3RT10 15-2AP02
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 16-1AB01 } 3RT10 16-2AB01
110 } 3RT10 16-1AF01 } 3RT10 16-2AF01
230 } 3RT10 16-1AP01 } 3RT10 16-2AP01
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 16-1AB02 } 3RT10 16-2AB02
110 } 3RT10 16-1AF02 } 3RT10 16-2AF02
230 } 3RT10 16-1AP02 } 3RT10 16-2AP02
12 5,5 22 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 17-1AB01 } 3RT10 17-2AB01
110 } 3RT10 17-1AF01 } 3RT10 17-2AF01
230 } 3RT10 17-1AP01 } 3RT10 17-2AP01
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 17-1AB02 B 3RT10 17-2AB02
110 } 3RT10 17-1AF02 } 3RT10 17-2AF02
230 } 3RT10 17-1AP02 } 3RT10 17-2AP02
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
for safety applications according to SUVA
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
7 3 18 22 2 2 230 } 3RT10 15-1AP04-3MA0 B 3RT10 15-2AP04-3MA0
9 4 22 22 2 2 230 } 3RT10 16-1AP04-3MA0 B 3RT10 16-2AP04-3MA0
12 5,5 22 22 2 2 230 } 3RT10 17-1AP04-3MA0 B 3RT10 17-2AP04-3MA0
Other voltages according to page 3/26 on request.

Accessories see page 3/35.
Spare parts see page 3/50.
Multi-unit packing and reusable packaging see Catalog IC 10
2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes", size S00 on request.
1) For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1,1 Us,
at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1,1 Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Illustrations are approximate Siemens IC 10 AO 2012 3/15
Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
AC operation
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 2.-1A.04 3RT10 2.-1AL24-3MA0 3RT10 2.-1A.00 3RT10 2.-3A.00

AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage for coil terminals
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C Us at 50 Hz
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC
Size S0
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
9 4 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 23-1AB00 B 3RT10 23-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 23-1AF00 B 3RT10 23-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 23-1AP00 } 3RT10 23-3AP00
12 5,5 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 24-1AB00 B 3RT10 24-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 24-1AF00 B 3RT10 24-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 24-1AP00 } 3RT10 24-3AP00
17 7,5 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 25-1AB00 B 3RT10 25-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 25-1AF00 B 3RT10 25-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 25-1AP00 } 3RT10 25-3AP00
25 11 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 26-1AB00 B 3RT10 26-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 26-1AF00 B 3RT10 26-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 26-1AP00 } 3RT10 26-3AP00
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)2)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
9 4 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 23-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 23-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 23-1AP04 --
12 5,5 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 24-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 24-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 24-1AP04 --
17 7,5 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 25-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 25-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 25-1AP04 --
25 11 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 26-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 26-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 26-1AP04 --
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block At 50/60 Hz
for safety applications according to SUVA V AC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
12 5,5 401) 22 2 2 230 B 3RT10 24-1AL24-3MA0 --
17 7,5 401) 22 2 2 230 A 3RT10 25-1AL24-3MA0 --
25 11 401) 22 2 2 230 A 3RT10 26-1AL24-3MA0 --
Other voltages according to page 3/26 on request. Multi-unit packing and reusable packaging see Catalog IC 10
Accessories see page 3/35. 2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes", size S0 on request.
Spare parts see page 3/50. 1)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.
2) Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22 (2
NO + 2 NC according to EN 50012; 22).

3/16 Siemens IC 10 AO 2012 Illustrations are approximate
Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
AC operation
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 3.-1A.04 3RT10 3.-1A.00 3RT10 3.-3A.00
500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC
Size S2
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
32 15 50 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 34-1AB00 B 3RT10 34-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 34-1AF00 B 3RT10 34-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 34-1AP00 } 3RT10 34-3AP00
40 18,5 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 35-1AB00 B 3RT10 35-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 35-1AF00 B 3RT10 35-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 35-1AP00 } 3RT10 35-3AP00
50 22 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 36-1AB00 B 3RT10 36-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 36-1AF00 B 3RT10 36-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 36-1AP00 } 3RT10 36-3AP00
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
32 15 50 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 34-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 34-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 34-1AP04 --
40 18,5 60 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 35-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 35-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 35-1AP04 --
50 22 60 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 36-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 36-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 36-1AP04 --
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
32 15 50 22 2 2 230 B 3RT10 34-1AP04-3MA0 --
40 18,5 60 22 2 2 230 B 3RT10 35-1AP04-3MA0 --
50 22 60 22 2 2 230 B 3RT10 36-1AP04-3MA0 --

2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes".
NO + 2 NC acc. to EN 50012; Ident. No. 22).

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
AC operation
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 4.-1A.04 3RT10 4.-1A.00 3RT10 4.-3A.00

500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC
For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 and TH 75
standard mounting rail
Size S3
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
65 30 100 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 44-1AB00 B 3RT10 44-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 44-1AF00 B 3RT10 44-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 44-1AP00 } 3RT10 44-3AP00
80 37 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 45-1AB00 B 3RT10 45-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 45-1AF00 B 3RT10 45-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 45-1AP00 } 3RT10 45-3AP00
95 45 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 46-1AB00 B 3RT10 46-3AB00
110 } 3RT10 46-1AF00 B 3RT10 46-3AF00
230 } 3RT10 46-1AP00 } 3RT10 46-3AP00
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65 30 100 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 44-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 44-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 44-1AP04 --
80 37 120 22 2 2 24 B 3RT10 45-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 45-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 45-1AP04 --
95 45 120 22 2 2 24 B 3RT10 46-1AB04 --
110 } 3RT10 46-1AF04 --
230 } 3RT10 46-1AP04 --
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65 30 100 22 2 2 230 } 3RT10 44-1AP04-3MA0 --
80 37 120 22 2 2 230 B 3RT10 45-1AP04-3MA0 --
95 45 120 22 2 2 230 } 3RT10 46-1AP04-3MA0 --

1)
Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22 (2

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
DC operation DC solenoid system
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 1.-1BB44-3MA0 3RT10 1.-2BB44-3MA0 3RT10 1.-1B. . . 3RT10 1.-2B. . .
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C Us
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC
Size S00
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 15-1BB41 } 3RT10 15-2BB41

220 A 3RT10 15-1BM41 B 3RT10 15-2BM41
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 15-1BB42 } 3RT10 15-2BB42
220 B 3RT10 15-1BM42 B 3RT10 15-2BM42
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 16-1BB41 } 3RT10 16-2BB41
220 B 3RT10 16-1BM41 B 3RT10 16-2BM41
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 16-1BB42 } 3RT10 16-2BB42
220 B 3RT10 16-1BM42 B 3RT10 16-2BM42
12 5,5 22 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 17-1BB41 } 3RT10 17-2BB41
220 B 3RT10 17-1BM41 B 3RT10 17-2BM41
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 17-1BB42 } 3RT10 17-2BB42
220 B 3RT10 17-1BM42 B 3RT10 17-2BM42
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block for
safety applications according to SUVA
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
7 3 18 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 15-1BB44-3MA0 B 3RT10 15-2BB44-3MA0
9 4 22 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 16-1BB44-3MA0 A 3RT10 16-2BB44-3MA0
12 5,5 22 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 17-1BB44-3MA0 B 3RT10 17-2BB44-3MA0


Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 2.-3B.44 3RT10 2.-1BB44-3MA0 3RT10 2.-1B.40 3RT10 2.-3B.40

400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC
Size S0
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
9 4 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 23-1BB40 } 3RT10 23-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 23-1BM40 B 3RT10 23-3BM40
12 5,5 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 24-1BB40 } 3RT10 24-3BB40
220 A 3RT10 24-1BM40 B 3RT10 24-3BM40
17 7,5 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 25-1BB40 } 3RT10 25-3BB40
220 A 3RT10 25-1BM40 B 3RT10 25-3BM40
25 11 401) -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 26-1BB40 } 3RT10 26-3BB40
220 A 3RT10 26-1BM40 B 3RT10 26-3BM40
2)
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to DIN 50012
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
9 4 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 23-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 23-1BM44 --
12 5,5 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 24-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 24-1BM44 --
17 7,5 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 25-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 25-1BM44 --
25 11 401) 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 26-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 26-1BM44 --
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block for
safety applications according to SUVA
Terminal designations according to DIN 50012
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
12 5,5 401) 22 2 2 24 A 3RT10 24-1BB44-3MA0 --
17 7,5 401) 22 2 2 24 A 3RT10 25-1BB44-3MA0 --
25 11 401) 22 2 2 24 A 3RT10 26-1BB44-3MA0 --

1)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.
2) Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22
(2NO + 2NC according to EN 50012; 22E).

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 3.-1B.44 3RT10 3.-1B.40 3RT10 3.-3B.40
500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC
Size S2
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
32 15 50 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 34-1BB40 } 3RT10 34-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 34-1BM40 B 3RT10 34-3BM40
40 18,5 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 35-1BB40 } 3RT10 35-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 35-1BM40 B 3RT10 35-3BM40
50 22 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 36-1BB40 } 3RT10 36-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 36-1BM40 B 3RT10 36-3BM40
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
32 15 50 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 34-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 34-1BM44 --
40 18,5 60 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 35-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 35-1BM44 --
50 22 60 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 36-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 36-1BM44 --
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
32 15 50 22 2 2 24 B 3RT10 34-1BB44-3MA0 --
40 18,5 60 22 2 2 24 B 3RT10 35-1BB44-3MA0 --
50 22 60 22 2 2 24 B 3RT10 36-1BB44-3MA0 --

2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes".

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 4.-1B.44 3RT10 4.-1B.40 3RT10 4.-3B.40
500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC
For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 and TH 75
standard mounting rail
Size S3
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
65 30 100 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 44-1BB40 } 3RT10 44-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 44-1BM40 B 3RT10 44-3BM40
80 37 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 45-1BB40 } 3RT10 45-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 45-1BM40 B 3RT10 45-3BM40
95 45 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 46-1BB40 } 3RT10 46-3BB40
220 B 3RT10 46-1BM40 B 3RT10 46-3BM40
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65 30 100 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 44-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 44-1BM44 --
80 37 120 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 45-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 45-1BM44 --
95 45 120 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 46-1BB44 --
220 B 3RT10 46-1BM44 --
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65 30 100 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 44-1BB44-3MA0 --
80 37 120 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 45-1BB44-3MA0 --
95 45 120 22 2 2 24 } 3RT10 46-1BB44-3MA0 --


Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Withdrawable coils with integrated surge suppression (varistor)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw or spring-type terminals
Main conductors: busbar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals1)
3
3RT1. 5. 3RT1. 6. 3RT1. 7.
Size Rated data Auxiliary con- Rated control DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, tacts, lateral supply voltage per PU (UNIT,
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C Us SET, M)
Opera- Ratings of Opera- Version
tional induction motors tional
current Ie at 50 Hz and current Ie
up to up to
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC
Conventional operating mechanisms
Screw terminals
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
U
A2() 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 54-1AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 54-1AP36 1 1 unit 41B
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 55-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 55-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 56-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 56-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 64-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 64-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 65-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 65-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 66-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 66-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 75-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 75-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 76-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 } 3RT10 76-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
Spring-type
terminals
for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 54-3AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 54-3AP36 1 1 unit 41B
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 55-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 55-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 56-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 56-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 64-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 64-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 65-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 65-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 66-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 66-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 75-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 75-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 76-2AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 B 3RT10 76-2AP36 1 1 unit 41B

1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with bus-
bar connections instead of box terminals. Without additional price.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must be replaced with "6" for
screw terminals, e. g. 3RT10 54-6A.36; for spring-type terminals the "3"
must be replaced by "2", e. g. 3RT10 54-2A.36.

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw or spring-type terminals
3
3RT1. 5. 3RT1. 6. 3RT1. 7.

Size Rated data Auxiliary con- Rated control DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, tacts, lateral supply voltage per PU (UNIT,
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C Us SET, M)
Opera- Ratings of Opera- Version
tional induction motors tional
up to up to
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
Solid-state operating mechanisms for 24 V DC PLC output
Screw terminals
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
U
A2() 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 54-1NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 } 3RT10 54-1NP36 1 1 unit 41B
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 55-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 } 3RT10 55-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 56-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 } 3RT10 56-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 64-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 A 3RT10 64-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 65-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 A 3RT10 65-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 66-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 A 3RT10 66-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 75-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 A 3RT10 75-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 76-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 A 3RT10 76-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
Spring-type
terminals
for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 54-3NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 54-3NP36 1 1 unit 41B
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 55-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 55-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 56-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 56-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 64-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 64-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 65-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 65-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 66-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 66-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 75-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 75-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 76-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 76-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B

1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with bus-
bar connections instead of box terminals. Without additional price.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must be replaced with "6" for
screw terminals, e. g. 3RT10 54-6A.36; for spring-type terminals the "3"
must be replaced by "2", e. g. 3RT10 54-2A.36.

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)
3
3RT10 56-6P. . 3RT10 56-6Q. .
Size Rated data Auxiliary con- Rated control DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, tacts, lateral supply voltage (UNIT,
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C U s SET, M)
Opera- Ratings of Opera- Version Order No. Price
tional induction motors tional per PU
up to up to
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
Solid-state operating mechanisms with 24 V DC PLC relay output with RLT
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 54-1PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 54-1PP35 1 1 unit 41B
150 45 75 90 132 185 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 55-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 55-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
185 55 90 110 160 215 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 56-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 56-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 64-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 64-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 65-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 65-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 66-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 66-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 75-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 75-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 400 610 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 76-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 76-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
Solid-state operating mechanisms with AS-Interface with RLT
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 54-1QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 54-1QP35 1 1 unit 41B
150 45 75 90 132 185 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 55-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 55-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
185 55 90 110 160 215 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 56-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 56-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 64-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 64-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 65-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 65-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 66-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 66-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 75-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 75-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 400 610 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 76-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT10 76-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
1)
Other voltages according to page 3/26 on request. Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with bus-
Accessories see page 3/39. bar connections instead of box terminals.
Without additional price. In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must
Spare parts see page 3/53. be replaced with "6", e. g. 3RT10 54-6. .35.

Siemens AG 2011

3RT10 contactors,
3-pole, 15 ... 250 kW
Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Rated control supply Contactor type 3RT10 1 3RT10 2, 3RT14 4 3RT13 1, 3RT13 2 ... 3RT16 17,
voltage Us 3RT10 3, 3RT15 1 3RT13 4, 3RT16 27,
3RT10 4 3RT15 2, 3RT16 47
3RT15 3
Size S00 S0, S2, S3 S3 S00 S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S3
Sizes S2 and S3
3
AC operation
Solenoid coils for 50 Hz1)
24 V AC B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0
42 V AC D0 D0 D0 D0 -- --
48 V AC H0 H0 H0 H0 -- --
110 V AC F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0
230 V AC P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0
240 V AC U0 U0 U0 U0 U0 U0
400 V AC V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 V0
Solenoid coils for 50 and 60 Hz1)
24 V AC B0 C2 C2 B0 C2 C2
42 V AC D0 D2 D2 D0 D2 --
48 V AC H0 H2 H2 H0 H2 --
110 V AC F0 G2 G2 F0 G2 G2
220 V AC N2 N2 N2 N2 N2 N2
230 V AC P0 L2 L2 P0 L2 L2
240 V AC P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
Solenoid coils (for USA and Canada2))
50 Hz 60 Hz
110 V AC 120 V AC K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 K6
220 V AC 240 V AC P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6
Solenoid coils (for Japan)
50/60 Hz3) 60 Hz4)
100 V AC 110 V AC G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 G6
200 V AC 220 V AC N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6
400 V AC 440 V AC R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 R6
DC operation
12 V DC A4 -- -- A4 -- --
24 V DC B4 B4 B4 B4 B4 --
42 V DC D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 --
48 V DC W4 W4 W4 W4 -- --
60 V DC E4 E4 E4 -- -- --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 --
125 V DC G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 --
220 V DC M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 --
230 V DC P4 P4 P4 P4 -- --
Examples
AC operation 3RT10 34-1AP00 Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50 Hz for rated control supply voltage 230 V AC.
3RT10 34-1AG20 Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50/60 Hz for rated control supply voltage 110 V AC.
DC operation 3RT10 34-3BB40 Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 24 V DC.
3RT10 34-3BG40 Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 125 V DC.
Rated control supply Contactor type 3RT1. 5.-.A Rated control Contactor type 3RT1. 5.-.N 3RT1. 5.-.P/Q
voltage Us 3RT1. 6.-.A supply voltage Us 3RT1. 6.-.N 3RT1. 6.-.P/Q
3RT1. 7.-.A 3RT1. 7.-.N 3RT1. 7.-.P/Q
Us min ... Us max5) Size S6, S10, S12 Us min ... Us max5) Size S6, S10, S12 S6, S10, S12
Sizes S6 to S12
UC operation (AC 40 ... 60 Hz, DC)
Conventional operating mechanisms Solid-state operating mechanism
23 ... 26 V AC/DC B3 21 ... 27.3 V AC/DC B3 --
42 ... 48 V AC/DC D3 96 ... 127 V AC/DC F3 F3
110 ... 127 V AC/DC F3 200 ... 277 V AC/DC P3 P3
200 ... 220 V AC/DC M3
220 ... 240 V AC/DC P3
240 ... 277 V AC/DC U3
380 ... 420 V AC/DC V3
440 ... 480 V AC/DC R3
500 ... 550 V AC/DC S3
575 ... 600 V AC/DC T3
1) 3)
Coil operating range: Coil operating range (sizes S2 and S3):
at 50 Hz: 0,8 to 1.1 x Us at 50 Hz: 0,8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 Us. at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 Us.
2) 4)
Coil operating range (sizes S2 and S3): Coil operating range:
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 Us. at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 Us.
5) Operating range:
0.8 x Us min to 1.1 Us max.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors,
3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
Overview
UC operation
The contactors can be operated with AC (40 to 60 Hz) as well as
with DC.
Operating mechanism types
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
Conventional operating mechanism, version 3RT12 . .-.A
3
Solid-state operating mechanism, version 3RT12 . .-.N
Withdrawable coils
For simple coil replacement, e. g. if the application is replaced,
the solenoid coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Vacuum interrupters
In contrast with the 3RT10 contactors the main contacts oper-
ate in air under atmospheric conditions the contact gaps of the
3RT12 vacuum contactors are contained in hermetically en-
closed vacuum contact tubes. Neither arcs nor arcing gases are
produced. The particular benefit of 3RT12 vacuum contactors,
however, is that their electrical endurance is at least twice as
long as that of 3RT10 contactors. They are therefore particularly
well suited to frequent switching in jogging/mixed operation,
e. g. in crane control systems.
Note:
Vacuum contactors are basically unsuitable for switching DC
voltage.
Auxiliary contact complement
The contactors can be fitted with up to 8 lateral auxiliary contacts
(identical auxiliary switch blocks from S2 to S12). Of these, no
more than 4 are permitted to be NC contacts.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors,
3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW

UC operation (40 Hz up to 60 Hz, DC)
Main conductors: Busbar connections
3
3RT12 6. 3RT12 7.
Size Rated data Auxiliary con- Rated control DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, tacts, lateral supply voltage (UNIT,
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40 C U s SET, M)
Opera- Ratings of Opera- Order No. Price
tional induction motors tional per PU
up to up to
1000 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43

U
A2() 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
S10 225 55 110 160 200 330 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 64-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 A 3RT12 64-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 65-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 A 3RT12 65-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 66-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 A 3RT12 66-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 610 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 75-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 A 3RT12 75-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 500 610 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 76-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 240 A 3RT12 76-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
Solid-state operating mechanisms for 24 V DC PLC output
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43

U
A2() 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
S10 225 55 110 160 200 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 64-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT12 64-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 65-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT12 65-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 66-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT12 66-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 400 132 200 250 400 610 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 75-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT12 75-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
500 160 250 355 500 610 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 76-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 277 B 3RT12 76-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B

More vacuum contactors 335 kW and 450 kW (type 3TF68/69)
see Catalog IC 10 2012, Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories for 3RT1 contactors
General data
Overview
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks They are suitable in particular for switching small voltages and
currents (hard gold-plated contacts) and for operation in dusty
Various auxiliary switch blocks can be added to the 3RT1 basic atmospheres. The NC auxiliary contacts are not mirror contacts.
units depending on the application:
All the previously mentioned auxiliary switch variants can be
Size S00 snap-fitted onto the front of the contactor. The auxiliary switch
Terminal designations according to EN 50005 or EN 50012 block has a centrally positioned release lever for disassembly.
Sizes S0 to S12
3
Size S00 contactors have an auxiliary contact integrated in the
basic unit. Terminal designations according to EN 50005 or EN 50012
One 4-pole or up to four single-pole auxiliary switch blocks
Contactors, EN 50012, (screw or spring-type connections) can be snapped on. When
1 aux. contact the contactors are switched on, the NC contacts are opened first
and then the NO contacts are closed.
Also available are 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks (screw termi-
nals) for cable entry from above or below in the design of a quad
block (feeder auxiliary switch).
Ident. No. 10 Ident. No. 01 If the installation space is limited in depth, 2-pole auxiliary switch
blocks (screw or spring-type connections) can be attached lat-
erally (on the left or on the right).
Aux. switch blocks, Aux. switch blocks,
EN 50012, EN 50005,
4, 3 or 1 contacts 4 or 2 contacts
Contactors
3RT10 2.
3RT10 3.
3RT10 4.
without
aux. contact
Ident. No. 32, Ident. No. 40, 31,

23, 22, 11 22, 20, 11, 02
Aux. switch blocks,
with 1 contact
Contactors, Contactors,
EN 50012 EN 50005,
5, 4 or 2 5 or 3
aux. contacts aux. contacts
1 NO 1 NC
Possible complements of
NSB0_00450c
contactors with 1-pole

aux. switch blocks,
Ident. No. 32, Ident. No. 40, 31, terminal signations
23, 22, 11 22, 20, 11, 02 acc. to EN 50 005 or
EN 50 012
Ident. No.
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks 3RT1 (S00). 01, 10
Contactors with a NO contact as auxiliary contact (screw or 11
spring-type terminals), Ident. No. 10, can be expanded into con- 21, 12
31, 22, 13
tactors with 2, 4 or 5 auxiliary contacts according to EN 50012 02, 20
16%BE
using auxiliary switch blocks. The Ident. Nos. 11, 22, 23 and 32 03, 30
on the auxiliary switch blocks apply to the complete contactors. 04, 40
These auxiliary switch blocks cannot be combined with contac-
tors which have a NC contact in the basic unit (Ident. No. 01) as
they are coded. 1-pole auxiliary switch blocks for 3RT1 contactors
All contactors of size S00 with one auxiliary contact (Ident. Nos. The terminal designations of the single-pole auxiliary switch
10 or 01) and the contactors with 4 main contacts can be ex- locks are comprised of Ident. Nos. (location identifiers) on the
panded into contactors with 3 or 5 auxiliary contacts using aux- basic unit and of function numbers on the auxiliary switch
iliary switch blocks with the Ident. Nos. 40 to 02 (in the case of blocks.
contactors with 4 main contacts: 2 or 4 auxiliary contacts) ac- The terminal designations of the individual auxiliary switch
cording to EN 50005. The Ident. Nos. on these auxiliary switch blocks correspond to EN 50005 or EN 50012, those of the com-
blocks apply only to the attached auxiliary switches. plete contactors with auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC corre-
Single- or 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks with only one connec- spond to EN 50012.
tion option from above or below are provided for easy and
clearly arranged wiring especially for the installation of network
access junctions. These auxiliary switch blocks are offered only
with screw terminals.
The solid-state compatible 3RH19 11-1NF. . auxiliary switch
blocks for contactors of size S00 include 2 enclosed contacts.

Siemens AG 2011

General data
Sizes S3 to S12
3RT10 2. A maximum of 8 auxiliary contacts can be attached; please note
3RT10 3. the following:
3RT10 4.
contactors Of these 8 auxiliary contacts, there must be no more than 4 NC
without contacts
aux. contact
Ensure the symmetry of laterally mounted auxiliary switch
blocks
3RH1 contactor relays
3
Aux. switch blocks Aux. switch blocks The 3RH1 contactor relays can be expanded by up to four con-
with 4 contacts, 3RH19 21-. FA.. with 4 contacts, 3RH19 21-. HA..
acc. to EN 50 005 acc. to EN 50 012 tacts by the addition of snap-on auxiliary switch blocks.
Contactor relay, EN 50 011,

4 contacts
Ident. No. 40, 31, 22, 04, 22U Ident- No. 31, 22, 13
Possible complements of Possible complements of

contactors with 4-pole contactors with 4-pole
aux. switch blocks, aux. switch blocks,
terminal designations terminal designations Ident. No. 40E Ident. No. 31E, 22E
acc. to EN 50 005 acc. to EN 50 012
Aux. switch blocks, Aux. switch blocks,

EN 50 011, EN 50 005,
4 contacts 4 or 2 contacts
NSB0_00452b
Ident. No. 40, 31, 22, 02 Ident. No. 31, 22, 13

Ident. No. 80E, Ident. No. 40, 31,
71E, 62E, 53E, 44E 22, 20, 11, 02
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks for 3RT1 contactors
The auxiliary switch blocks attached to the front can be disas- Contactor relay, Contactor relay,
Hilfsschtze
sembled with the help of a centrally arranged release lever; the EN 50 011 EN
DIN50EN50
005,005,
laterally attached auxiliary switch blocks are easy to remove by 8 contacts 88oroder
6 contacts
6 Kontakte
pressing on the checkered surfaces.
The laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to
EN 50012 can be used only when no 4-pole auxiliary switch
blocks are snapped onto the front. If single-pole auxiliary switch
blocks are used in addition, the location identifiers on the con-
NSB0_00067b
tactor must be noted. Ident. No. 80E,

Two enclosed and two standard contacts are available with the 71E, 62E, 53E, 44E
3RH19 21-.FE22 solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block,
which can be attached to the front. The 3RH19 21-2DE11 later- 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks for 3RH1 contactor relays
ally mountable auxiliary switch block contains 2 enclosed con-
tacts (1 NO + 1 NC). The enclosed contacts are suitable in par- The contactor relays with 4 contacts according to EN 50011, with
ticular for switching small voltages and currents (hard gold- the Ident. No. 40E, can be extended with 80E to 44E auxiliary
plated contacts) and for operation in dusty atmospheres. The switch blocks to obtain contactor relays with 8 contacts accord-
NC auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts. ing to EN 50011. The Ident. Nos. 80E to 44E on the auxiliary
switch blocks apply to the complete contactors. These auxiliary
Sizes S0 and S2 switch blocks (3RH19 111GA ..) cannot be combined with con-
A maximum of 4 auxiliary contacts can be attached; the auxiliary tactor relays with Ident. Nos. 31E and 22E; they are coded.
switch blocks used can be of any version. For reasons of sym- All contactor relays with 4 contacts according to EN 50011,
metry, when two 2-pole laterally mountable auxiliary switch Ident. Nos. 40E to 22E, can be extended with auxiliary switch
blocks are used, one block must be attached on the right and blocks 40 to 02 to obtain contactor relays with 6 or 8 contacts in
one on the left. accordance with EN 50005. The Ident. Nos. on the auxiliary
More auxiliary contacts are permissible with size S2 under cer- switch blocks apply only to the attached auxiliary switch blocks.
tain conditions (please ask). In addition, fully mounted 3RH12 8-pole contactor relays are
available; the mounted 4-pole auxiliary switch block in the 2nd
tier is not removable. The terminal designations are according to
EN 50011.
These 8-pole versions are built according to special Swiss regu-
lations "SUVA" and are distinguished externally by a red labeling
plate.

Siemens AG 2011

General data
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the The timer module in the "ON-DELAY" and "OFF-DELAY with aux-
front side of the contactor. iliary voltage" versions allows time-delayed functions up to 100 s
(3 delay ranges). Contactors fitted with a timing relay block close
The timer module, which is available in the "ON-DELAY" and or open after a delay according to the set time.
"OFF-DELAY" versions, allows time-delayed functions up to
100 s (3 delay ranges). It contains a relay with one NO contact The timing relays are suitable for both AC and DC operation.
and one NC contact; depending on the version, the relay is
switched either after an ON-delay or after an OFF-delay. A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
3
The timer module with "WYE-DELTA FUNCTION" is equipped
with one delayed and one instantaneous NO contact, with a Size S00
dead time of 50 ms between the two. The delay time of the NO The version for size S00 contactors is fitted onto the front of the
contact can be adjusted between 1.5 s and 30 s. contactor (with the control supply voltage switched off) and then
Wye-delta function slid into its latched position; at the same time, the timing relay is
connected by means of plug-in contacts to coil terminals A1 and
A2 of the contactor. Any contactor coil terminals which are not
required are sealed off by means of covers on the enclosure of
A1/A2 the timing relay block, to prevent them from being connected in-
NSB0_00938
Y -7/-8 advertently.
-7/-8 The solid-state, timing relay block cannot be mounted on size
t 50 ms
S00 coupling contactors.
Sizes S0 to S3
The contactor on which the solid-state time-delay auxiliary The timing relay block for size S0 to S3 contactors is plugged
switch block is mounted operates without a delay. into coil terminals A1 and A2 on top of each contactor; the timing
Size S00 relay is connected both electrically and mechanically by means
of pins.
The timer module is supplied with power directly by plug-in con-
tacts through the coil terminals of the contactor, in parallel with Configuration
A1/A2. The timing function is activated by closing the contactor The ON-delay variant of the timing relay is connected in series
on which the auxiliary switch block is mounted. The OFF-delay with the contactor coil; terminal A1 of this coil must not be con-
version operates without an auxiliary voltage; minimum ON pe- nected.
riod: 200 ms.
With the OFF-delay variant of the timing relay, the contactor coil
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp is contacted directly through the relay; terminals A1 and A2 of
opening surges in the contactor coil. the contactor coil must not be connected.
The solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block cannot be
mounted on size S00 coupling contactors. a) AC operation b) OFF-delay
Sizes S0 to S12 L1 NSB0_00454b L1 NSB0_00455b
The timer module is supplied with power through two terminals S1 K3 S1

(A1/A2); the time delay of the auxiliary switch block can be acti-
A1 B1 A2 K3 A1 B1 A2 K3
vated either by a parallel link to any contactor coil or by any 1 1
power source.
A1 A2 A1 A2
2 2
The OFF-delay version operates without an auxiliary voltage; the
N N
minimum ON period is 200 ms.
A single-pole auxiliary switch block can be snapped onto the 1 Time-delay block 1 Time-delay block
front of the contactor in addition to the timer module. 2 Contactor 2 Contactor
The timer module has no integrated components for overvoltage

damping. The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not permissi-
ble when using AC control voltage (see (a) in the circuit dia-
gram).
The 3RT19 26-2D. . . OFF-delay timing relay blocks have a zero
potential start input B1. This means that if there is a parallel load
on terminal B1, activation can be simulated with AC voltage. In
this case, the additional load (e. g. contactor K3) must be wired
(see (b) in the drawing).

Siemens AG 2011

General data
OFF-delay device for size S00 to S3 contactors Additional load modules
AC and DC operation The module is available for size S00 and is plugged onto the
front of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch block.
IEC 60947, EN 60947
For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting Coupling links for mounting on contactors of sizes S0 to S3
rail. The OFF-delay devices have screw terminals. DC operation
The OFF-delay device prevents a contactor from dropping out IEC 60947, EN 60947
unintentionally when there is a short-time voltage dip or voltage
failure. It supplies a downstream, DC-operated contactor with The coupling link is suitable for use in any climate. It is finger-
3
the necessary energy during a voltage dip, ensuring that the safe according to EN 50274. The terminal designations comply
contactor does not trip. The 3RT19 16 OFF-delay devices are with EN 50005.
specifically designed for operation with the 3RT contactors and System-compatible operation with 24 V DC,
3RH contactor relays of the SIRIUS series. operating range 17 to 30 V.
The OFF-delay device operates without external voltage on a ca- Low power consumption in conformity with the technical specifi-
pacitive basis, and can be energized with either AC or DC (24 V cations of the solid-state systems. An LED indicates the switch-
version only for DC operation). Voltage matching, which is only ing state.
necessary with AC operation, is performed using a rectifier
bridge. Surge suppression
A contactor opens after a delay when the capacitors of the sole- The 3RH19 24-1GP11 coupling link has an integrated surge
noid coil, built into the OFF-delay device, are switched in paral- suppressor (varistor) for the contactor coil being switched.
lel. In the event of voltage failures, the capacitors are discharged Mounting
via the solenoid coil and thereby delay the opening of the con-
tactor. The 3RH19 24-1GP11 coupling link is mounted directly on the
contactor coil.
If the command devices are upstream of the OFF-delay device
in the circuit, the OFF-delay takes effect with every opening op- Solder pin adapters
eration. If the opening operation is downstream of the OFF-delay
device, an OFF-delay only applies in the event of failure of the The solder pin adapters for the size S00 contactors are available
mains voltage. in two versions:
Solder pin adapters for contactors with one integrated auxil-
Operation iary contact
In the case of the versions for rated control supply voltages of Solder pin adapters for contactors with mounted 4-pole auxil-
110 V and 230 V, either AC voltage or DC voltage can be applied iary switch block
on the line side, whereas the variant for 24 V is designed for DC
operation only. Screw adapters
A DC-operated contactor is connected to the output in accor- Plug-on adapters improve the accessibility of the screw connec-
dance with the input voltage that is applied. tion for size S0 contactors. As a result it is possible to position
the screwdriver vertically even when using insulated screwdriv-
The mean value of the OFF-delay is approximately 1.5 times the ers or power screwdrivers.
specified minimum time.
Optionally the adapters can be rotated through 90 before
Surge suppressors mounting.
Without LED (also for spring-type terminals) Sealable covers for sizes S2 to S12
Sizes S00, S0, S2, S3, S6 to S12
With LED (also for spring-type terminals) When contactors and contactor relays are used in safety-ori-
Size S00 ented applications, it must be ensured that it is impossible to op-
erate the contactors manually.
All 3RT1 contactors and 3RH1 contactor relays can be retrofitted
with RC elements or varistors for damping opening surges in the For SIRIUS contactors there are sealable covers available for
coil. Diodes or diode assemblies (comprising noise suppression this purpose as accessories; these prevent accidental manual
diodes and Zener diodes for short break times) can be used. operation. These are transparent molded-plastic caps with a
bracket that enables the contactor to be sealed.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00
contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on auxil-
iary switch block.
With all size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors, RC elements and di-
ode assemblies can be plugged on directly at the coil terminals,
either on the top or underneath.
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is de-
termined by a coding device.
Coupling contactors are supplied either without overvoltage
damping or with a varistor or diode connected as standard, ac-
cording to the version.
Note:
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC
contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).

Siemens AG 2011

General data
EMC suppression module, three-phase (size S00) Dispensing with fine graduations
There is no need for fine graduations within each performance
class, as smaller motors inherently have a higher inductance, so
that one solution for all fixed-speed operating mechanisms up to
5.5 kW is adequate.
Two electrical versions are available:
The advantages of the RC circuit lie mainly in the reduction in
the rate of rise and in its RF damping ability. The selected val-
ues ensure effective interference suppression over a wide
3
range.
NSB0_00457c
V
What is known as a counter-e.m.f. (electromotive force) is pro-

duced when motors or various inductive loads are turned off. 930 V
Voltage peaks of up to 4000 V may occur as a result, with a fre- 400 V
quency spectrum from 1 kHz to 10 MHz and a rate of voltage
variation from 0.1 to 20 V/ns. 500 ms t
The varistor circuit can absorb a high energy level and can
4000 V also be used for frequencies ranging from 10 to 400 Hz
NSB0_00456c
(closed-loop controlled operating mechanisms). There is no

V limiting below the knee-point voltage, however.
NSB0_00458c
V
400 V
500 ms t
Capacitive input to various analog and digital signals makes it 950 V

necessary to suppress interference in the load circuit. 400 V
500 ms t
Reducing contact arcing
The connection between the main current path and the EMC
suppression module enables contact arcing, which is responsi-
ble for contact erosion and the majority of clicking noises, to be
reduced; this in turn is conducive to an electromagnetically com-
patible design.
Higher operational reliability
Since the EMC suppression module achieves a significant re-
duction in radio-frequency components and the voltage level in
three phases, the contact endurance is also improved consider-
ably. This makes an important contribution towards enhancing
the reliability and availability of the system as a whole.

Siemens AG 2011

General data
Circuit diagrams
Function Function chart Circuit diagrams
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
With ON-delay 3RT19 16-2E, 3RT19 26-2E 3RT19 16-2E 3RT19 26-2E
1 NO + 1 NC A1/A2
3
NSB0_00933
27/28 S1 6
35/36 A1 27 35 $ 27 35
t
A1 A1
A2 A2
A2 28 36 $ 28 36
NSB0_01838 NSB0_01873
OFF-delay 3RT19 16-2F, 3RT19 26-2F 3RT19 16-2F 3RT19 26-2F

without auxiliary voltage > 200 ms
1 NO + 1 NC A1/A2 S1 6
NSB0_00934
27/28 A1 27 35 $ 27 35
35/36
A1 A1
t A2 A2
A2 28 36 $ 28 36
NSB0_01839 NSB0_01874a
OFF-delay, 3RT19 16-2L

with auxiliary voltage
NSB0_00859
A1/A2 S1
1 CO contact >35 ms
B1/A2 A1 15
B1
A1
15/18
15/16 A2
t A2 16 18
NSB0_01841
Wye-delta function 3RT19 26-2G, 3RT19 26-2G 3RT19 16-2G 3RT19 26-2G
1 NO delayed, A1/A2
NSB0_00935
1 NO instantaneous, Y 27/28 S1 6
dead time 50 ms
37/38 A1 27 37
$
27 37
t 50 ms A1 A1
A2 A2
A2 28 38 $ 28 38
NSB0_01840a NSB0_01875
Solid-state time-delay blocks

ON-delay, 3RT19 16-2C L1/L+
two-wire version A1/A2
Timing relay
NSB0_0939a
1 NO contact (semiconductor output) A1

1
t
A1/A2 A1 A2
NSB0_00943b
Contactor 2
A1 A2 1 Timing relay block
N/L 2 Contactor
ON-delay, 3RT19 26-2C L1/L+ A2 can be connected

two-wire version A1/A2 to N(L-) using either
Timing relay
NSB0_0939a
1 NO contact (semiconductor output) A2 the contactor or the

A1
timing relay.
t 1
A1/A2 A2 To be connected
A1
Contactor optionally
NSB0_00556
2
A1 A2 1 Timing relay block
N/L- 2 Contactor
OFF-delay, 3RT19 16-2D, 3RT19 26-2D L1/L+

with auxiliary voltage A1/A2 A2 must only be
Timing relay S1 connected to N(L--)
NSB0_0940a
1 NO contact (semiconductor output) A1 B1 A2

B1/A2 from the timing relay.
> 35 ms
1
A1/A2 Do not connect
Contactor A1 A2
NSB0_00557
t
2 1 Timing relay block
A1 A2
N/L 2 Contactor

Siemens AG 2011

Auxiliary switches

PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3
3RH19 11-1HA. . 3RH19 11-2HA. . 3RH19 21-1HA. . 3RH19 21-2HA. .
For contactors Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
Ident. No. Version Order No. Price Order No. Price

per PU per PU
Type NO NC NO NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
according to EN 50012
Size S00
1-, 2- and 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
for assembling contactors with 2, 4 and 5 auxiliary
contacts
3RT1. 1, 01 11 -- 1 -- -- 21 } 3RH19 11-1HA01 } 3RH19 11-2HA01
Ident. No. 10
22
12 22 1 2 -- -- 21 31 43 } 3RH1911-1HA12 } 3RH19 11-2HA12
22 32 44
13 23 1 3 -- -- 21 31 41 53 } 3RH1911-1HA13 } 3RH19 11-2HA13
22 32 42 54
22 32 2 2 -- -- 21 31 43 53 } 3RH19 11-1HA22 } 3RH19 11-2HA22
22 32 44 54
Sizes S0 to S31)
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1. 2, 31 3 1 -- -- 13 21 33 43 } 3RH19 21-1HA31 } 3RH19 21-2HA31
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
14 22 34 44
22 2 2 -- -- 13 21 31 43 } 3RH19 21-1HA22 } 3RH19 21-2HA22
14 22 32 44
13 1 3 -- -- 13 21 31 41 } 3RH19 21-1HA13 } 3RH19 21-2HA13
14 22 32 42
Sizes S0 to S122)
3RT1. 3 ... 22 2 2 -- -- 53 61 71 83 B 3RH19 21-1XA22-0MA0 D 3RH19 21-2XA22-0MA0
3RT1. 7
54 62 72 84

2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes", number of units on re-
quest.
1)
Exception: 3RT16.
2)
Exception: 3RT12, 3RT16.

Siemens AG 2011

Auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3RH19 11-1LA.. 3RH19 11-1FA. . 3RH19 11-2FA. .

3

per PU per PU
Type NO NC NO NC
Size S00
2- and 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
for assembling contactors with 3 and 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT1. 1, 20 2 0 -- -- 53 63 } 3RH19 11-1FA20 } 3RH19 11-2FA20
3RH11,
3RH14
54 64
11 1 2 -- -- 53 61 } 3RH19 11-1FA11 } 3RH19 11-2FA11
54 62
02 -- 2 -- -- 51 61 } 3RH19 11-1FA02 } 3RH19 11-2FA02
52 62
11U -- -- 1 1 57 65 } 3RH19 11-1FB11 A 3RH19 11-2FB11
58 66
40 4 -- -- -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH19 11-1FA40 } 3RH19 11-2FA40
54 64 74 84
31 3 1 -- -- 53 61 73 83 } 3RH19 11-1FA31 } 3RH19 11-2FA31
54 62 74 84
22 2 2 -- -- 57 67 75 85 } 3RH19 11-1FA22 } 3RH19 11-2FA22
58 68 76 86
22U -- -- 2 2 57 67 75 85 } 3RH19 11-1FC22 } 3RH19 11-2FC22
58 68 76 86
11, 11U 1 1 1 1 53 61 75 87
} 3RH19 11-1FB22 B 3RH19 11-2FB22
54 62 76 88
1- and 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks, terminals on one side

Cable entry from above
3RT1. 1, -- 1 -- -- -- 51 } 3RH19 11-1AA10 --
3RH11,
3RH14
52
-- -- 1 51 } 3RH19 11-1AA01 --
52
-- 1 1 53 61 } 3RH19 11-1LA11 --
54 62
-- 2 - 53 63 } 3RH19 11-1LA20 --
54 64

2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes", number of units on req.

Siemens AG 2011

Auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3RH19 21-1FA. . 3RH19 21-2FA. .
3

per PU per PU
Type NO NC NO NC
Size S00
1- and 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks, terminals on one side
Cable entry from below
3RT1. 1, -- 1 -- -- -- 51 } 3RH19 11-1BA10 --
3RH11,
3RH14
52
-- -- 1 51 } 3RH19 11-1BA01 --
52
-- 1 1 53 61 } 3RH19 11-1MA11 --
54 62
-- 2 - 53 63 } 3RH19 11-1MA20 --
54 64
Sizes S0 to S31)
3RT1. 3, 40 4 -- -- -- 13 23 33 43 } 3RH19 21-1FA40 } 3RH19 21-2FA40
3RT1. 4
14 24 34 44
31 3 1 -- -- 13 23 33 41 } 3RH19 21-1FA31 } 3RH19 21-2FA31
14 24 34 42
22 2 2 -- -- 13 23 31 41 } 3RH19 21-1FA22 } 3RH19 21-2FA22
14 24 32 42
04 -- 4 -- -- 11 21 31 41 } 3RH19 21-1FA04 A 3RH19 21-2FA04
12 22 32 42
22 U -- -- 2 2 17 27 35 45 } 3RH19 21-1FC22 A 3RH19 21-2FC22
18 28 36 46

2012, "Appendix" "Ordering Notes", number of units on re-
quest.
1)
Exception: 3RT16.

Siemens AG 2011

Auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3RH19 21-1LA. . 3RH19 21-1MA. . 3RH19 21-1C. . 3RH19 21-2C. .

3

per PU per PU
Type NO NC NO NC
Sizes S0 to S31)
2-pole auxiliary switch blocks, terminals on one side
Cable entry from above
3RT1. 3, 11 1 1 -- -- 13 21 } 3RH19 21-1LA11 --
3RT1. 4
14 22
20 2 -- -- -- 13 23 } 3RH19 21-1LA20 --
14 24
02 -- 2 -- -- 11 21 } 3RH19 21-1LA02 --
12 22
Cable entry from below

3RT1. 3, 11 1 1 -- -- 13 21 } 3RH19 21-1MA11 --
3RT1. 4
14 22
20 2 -- -- -- 13 23 } 3RH19 21-1MA20 --
14 24
02 -- 2 -- -- 11 21 } 3RH19 21-1MA02 --
12 22
Sizes S0 to S122)
according to EN 50005 and EN 50012
3RT1. 3 ... 10 1 -- -- -- .3 } 3RH19 21-1CA10 } 3RH19 21-2CA10
3RT1. 7
.4
01 -- 1 -- -- .1 } 3RH19 21-1CA01 } 3RH19 21-2CA01
.2
10 -- -- 1 -- .7 } 3RH19 21-1CD10 --
.8
01 -- -- -- 1 .5 } 3RH19 21-1CD01 --
.6
1)
Exception: 3RT16.
2)
Exception: 3RT12, 3RT16

Siemens AG 2011

Auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3
3RH19 21-1.A11 3RH19 21-2.A11
Version Order No. Price Order No. Price

per PU per PU
Type NO NC
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks
Sizes S0 to S3 Mounting: Left Right
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, 2-pole
3RT1. 3, 1 1 21 13 31 43 } 3RH19 21-1DA11 } 3RH19 21-2DA11
3RT1. 4
22 14 32 44
Sizes S3 ... S12 Mounting: Left Right

Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, 2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 1 1 61 53 71 83 } 3RH19 21-1JA11 } 3RH19 21-2JA11
3RT1. 7
62 54 72 84

First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, 2-pole
3RT1. 3 ... 2 -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH19 21-1EA20 } 3RH19 21-2EA20
3RT1. 7
54 64 74 84
1 1 51 63 71 83 } 3RH19 21-1EA11 --
52 64 72 84
-- 2 51 61 71 81 } 3RH19 21-1EA02 } 3RH19 21-2EA02
52 62 72 82

Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block, 2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 2 -- 153 163 173 183 } 3RH19 21-1KA20 D 3RH19 21-2KA20
3RT1. 7
154 164 174 184

1 1 151 163 171 183 } 3RH19 21-1KA11 --
152 164 172 184

-- 2 151 161 171 181 } 3RH19 21-1KA02 D 3RH19 21-2KA02
152 162 172 182

Siemens AG 2011

Auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RH19 21-2DE11, 3RH19 11-1NF. . 3RH19 21-1FE22 3RH19 21-2FE22

3RH19 21-2JE11
For contactors Contacts DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
Version Order No. Price Order No. Price

per PU per PU
Type NO NO1) NC1) NC

Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks
For operation in dusty atmospheres
For solid-state circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 of 1 ... 300 mA at 3 .. .60 V
Hard gold-plated contacts
Mirror contacts acc. to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Size S00
3RT1. 1., 1 -- -- 1 53 61 } 3RH19 11-1NF11 A 3RH19 11-2NF11
3RH11,
3RH14
54 62
2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1NF20 A 3RH19 11-2NF20
53 63
54 64
-- -- -- 2 A 3RH19 11-1NF02 A 3RH19 11-2NF02
51 61
52 62
Sizes S0 to S3
3RT1. 3 ... 1 1 1 1 13 23 31 41 } 3RH19 21-1FE22 B 3RH19 21-2FE22
3RT1. 7
14 24 32 42

First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block,
2-pole
3RT1. 3 ... 1 -- -- 1 21 13 31 43 -- } 3RH19 21-2DE11
3RT1. 7
22 14 32 44
Sizes S3 to S12 Left Right

Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block,
2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 1 -- -- 61 53 71 83 -- } 3RH19 21-2JE11
3RT1. 7
62 54 72 84
1)
1 NO + 1 NC standard auxiliary switches:
See descriptions on page 3/29.

Siemens AG 2011

Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks,
timing relay blocks and other time-delay blocks

For contac- Auxiliary contacts Rated control supply Time setting DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
tors voltage Us1) range t (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Type V s per PU
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front,
terminal designations according to DIN 46199-5
3
Size S00
With ON-delay3)
3RT1. 1, 1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 } 3RT19 16-2EJ11 1 1 unit 41H
3RH112) 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2EJ21 1 1 unit 41H
3RH14 5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2EJ31 1 1 unit 41H
100 ... 127 AC 0,05 ... 1 C 3RT19 16-2EC11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2EC21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2EC31 1 1 unit 41H
200 ... 240 AC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2ED11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2ED21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 16-2. . . . 5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2ED31 1 1 unit 41H
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage3)4)
3RT1. 1, 1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 } 3RT19 16-2FJ11 1 1 unit 41H
3RH112) 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2FJ21 1 1 unit 41H
3RH14 5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2FJ31 1 1 unit 41H
100 ... 127 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 C 3RT19 16-2FK11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2FK21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2FK31 1 1 unit 41H
200 ... 240 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2FL11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2FL21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2FL31 1 1 unit 41H
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT10 1 1 CO 24 AC/DC 0,5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2LJ21 1 1 unit 41H
3RH112) 100 ... 127 AC 0,5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2LC21 1 1 unit 41H
200 ... 240 AC 0,5 ... 10 C 3RT19 16-2LD21 1 1 unit 41H
Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)3)
3RT10 12) 1 NO delayed + 24 AC/DC 1,5 ... 30 } 3RT19 16-2GJ51 1 1 unit 41H
1 NO instantaneous, 100 ... 127 AC 1,5 ... 30 D 3RT19 16-2GC51 1 1 unit 41H
dead time 50 ms 200 ... 240 AC 1,5 ... 30 } 3RT19 16-2GD51 1 1 unit 41H
Sizes S0 to S12
With ON-delay5)
3RT10, 1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2EJ11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT13, 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2EJ21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT14, 5 ... 100 A 3RT19 26-2EJ31 1 1 unit 41H
3RT15 100 ... 127 AC 0,05 ... 1 C 3RT19 26-2EC11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2EC21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 D 3RT19 26-2EC31 1 1 unit 41H
200 ... 240 AC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2ED11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 26-2. . . . 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2ED21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 26-2ED31 1 1 unit 41H
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage 4)5)
3RT10, 1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 } 3RT19 26-2FJ11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT13, 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2FJ21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT14, 5 ... 100 } 3RT19 26-2FJ31 1 1 unit 41H
3RT15 100 ... 127 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2FK11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2FK21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 C 3RT19 26-2FK31 1 1 unit 41H
200 ... 240 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2FL11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 A 3RT19 26-2FL21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 A 3RT19 26-2FL31 1 1 unit 41H
Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)5)
3RT10, 1 NO delayed + 24 AC/DC 1,5 ... 30 } 3RT19 26-2GJ51 1 1 unit 41H
3RT13, 1 NO instantaneous, 100 ... 127 AC 1,5 ... 30 } 3RT19 26-2GC51 1 1 unit 41H
3RT14, dead time 50 ms
3RT15 200 ... 240 AC 1,5 ... 30 } 3RT19 26-2GD51 1 1 unit 41H
5)
Function diagrams and circuit diagrams see page 3/34. Terminals A1 and A2 for the control supply voltage of the solid-state time-
1) delay auxiliary switch must be connected to the associated contactor by
The AC voltages are valid for 50 and 60 Hz. means of connecting cables.
2) Cannot be fitted onto 3RT1 and 3RH11 coupling contactors.
3)
The terminals for the control supply voltage are connected to the contactor
by the integrated spring contacts of the solid-state time auxiliary switch
above it when this switch is mounted.
4) Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay).
Application of the control supply voltage once results in contact change-
over to the correct setting.

Siemens AG 2011

Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks,
timing relay blocks and other time-delay blocks
For contactors Rated control supply Time setting range t DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
voltage Us1) (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Type s per PU
Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output
Size S00
For mounting onto the front of contactors
ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3
3RT1. 1, 24 ... 66 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 B 3RT19 16-2CG11 1 1 unit 41H

3RH111) 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2CG21 1 1 unit 41H
3RH14 5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2CG31 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 16-2C. . . 90 ... 240 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2CH11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2CH21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2CH31 1 1 unit 41H
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT1. 1, 24 ... 66 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 C 3RT19 16-2DG11 1 1 unit 41H
3RH111) 0,5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2DG21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 16-2D. . . 3RH14 5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2DG31 1 1 unit 41H
90 ... 240 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2DH11 1 1 unit 41H
0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2DH21 1 1 unit 41H
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2DH31 1 1 unit 41H
Sizes S0 to S3
For mounting onto top-lying coil terminals,
(only for contactors with screw terminals)
ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT10 2, 24 ... 66 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2CG11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT10 3, 0,5 ... 10 B 3RT19 26-2CG21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT10 42), 5 ... 100 D 3RT19 26-2CG31 1 1 unit 41H
3RT13, 90 ... 240 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 } 3RT19 26-2CH11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT15 0,5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2CH21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 26-2C. . . 5 ... 100 } 3RT19 26-2CH31 1 1 unit 41H
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage
(varistor integrated)
3RT10 2, 24 ... 66 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2DG11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT10 3, 0,5 ... 10 D 3RT19 26-2DG21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT10 42), 5 ... 100 D 3RT19 26-2DG31 1 1 unit 41H
3RT13, 90 ... 240 AC/DC 0,05 ... 1 C 3RT19 26-2DH11 1 1 unit 41H
3RT15 0,5 ... 10 D 3RT19 26-2DH21 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 26-2D. . . 5 ... 100 C 3RT19 26-2DH31 1 1 unit 41H
OFF-delay devices
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT1. 1, 110 AC/DC S00: 130 non-adjustable D 3RT19 16-2BK01 1 1 unit 41H
3RT1. 2, S0: 100 non-adjustable
3RH1. . .-1BF40
3RT1. 1, 220/230 AC/DC S00: 600 non-adjustable D 3RT19 16-2BL01 1 1 unit 41H
3RH1. . .-1BM40
3RT1. 1, 24 DC S00: 250 non-adjustable } 3RT19 16-2BE01 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 16-2B.01 3RT1. 4, S3: 70 non-adjustable
3RH1. . .-1BB40
Pneumatic delay block,
terminal designation according to EN 50005
Size S0
3RT1. 2 for mounting onto the front of contactors
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO and 1 NC3)4)
ON-delay
0,1 ... 30 C 3RT19 26-2PA01 1 1 unit 41B
1 ... 60 C 3RT19 26-2PA11 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 26-2P. . . OFF-delay
0,1 ... 30 C 3RT19 26-2PR01 1 1 unit 41B
1 ... 60 C 3RT19 26-2PR11 1 1 unit 41B
Function diagrams and circuit diagrams see page 3/34.

1) Cannot be fitted onto 3RT1 and 3RH11 coupling contactors.
2)
Not to be used for 3RT10 4. and 3RT13 4. contactors with Us 42 V.
3)
In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts are permitted.
4)
Versions according to DIN VDE 0116 on request.

Siemens AG 2011

Surge suppressors

For contac- Version Rated control supply Power con- DT Order No.2) Price PU PS* PG
tors voltage Us1) sumption per PU (UNIT,
AC operation DC operation of LED at Us SET, M)
Type V AC V DC mW
Surge suppressors with LED
Size S00 (also for spring-type terminals)
3
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1, 3RH1. Varistor 24 ... 48 12 ... 24 10 ... 120 } 3RT19 16-1JJ00 1 1 unit 41B
48 ... 127 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1JK00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1JL00 1 1 unit 41B
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 A 3RT19 16-1JP00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1, 3RH1. Noise sup- -- 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1LM00 1 1 unit 41B
pression -- 50 ... 150 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1LN00 1 1 unit 41B
diodes -- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 } 3RT19 16-1LP00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 16-1L.00
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2) For packs of 10 or 5 units "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
Order No.
For contac- Version Rated control supply DT Order No.2) Price PU PS* PG
tors voltage Us1) per PU (UNIT,
AC operation DC operation SET, M)
Type V AC V DC
Surge suppressors without LED
3RT1., Varistor 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 16-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 16-1BC00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 A 3RT19 16-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 16-1BE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 -- A 3RT19 16-1BF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1., RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 16-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 16-1CC00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 16-1DG00 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 16-1CE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 -- } 3RT19 16-1CF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1., Noise suppression diodes -- 12 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1DG00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1
3RT1., Diode assemblies -- 12 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1EH00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1 (diode and Zener diode) for
DC operation
Size S0
For fitting onto the coil terminals
at top or bottom
3RT1. 2 Varistor 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 26-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 26-1BC00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 26-1BE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 -- B 3RT19 26-1BF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 2 RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 26-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 26-1CC00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 26-1B.00 240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 26-1CE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 -- B 3RT19 26-1CF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 2 Diode assembly
for DC operation
Connectable at the top -- 24 } 3RT19 26-1ER00 1 1 unit 41B
(e. g. for contactor with over- -- 30 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1ES00 1 1 unit 41B
load relay)
Connectable at the bottom -- 24 } 3RT19 26-1TR00 1 1 unit 41B
(e. g. for fuseless load feed- -- 30 ... 250 A 3RT19 26-1TS00 1 1 unit 41B
ers)
1)
voltages.
2) For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be supplemented with "-Z" and
the order code "X90".

Siemens AG 2011

Surge suppressors
Type V AC V DC
Sizes S2 and S3 (also for spring-type terminals)
For fitting onto the coil terminals
at top or bottom
3
3RT1. 3, Varistor 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 26-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT1. 4 U 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 26-1BC00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 26-1BE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 B 3RT19 26-1BF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 26-1B.00
3RT1. 33), RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 36-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 4 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 36-1CC00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 36-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 36-1CE00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 36-1C.00 400 ... 600 -- B 3RT19 36-1CF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 3, Diode assembly for DC operation
3RT1. 4
Connectable at the top -- 24 } 3RT19 36-1ER00 1 1 unit 41B

(e. g. for contactor with over- -- 30 ... 250 } 3RT19 36-1ES00 1 1 unit 41B
load relay)
Connectable at the bottom -- 24 } 3RT19 36-1TR00 1 1 unit 41B
(e. g. for fuseless load feed- -- 30 ... 250 B 3RT19 36-1TS00 1 1 unit 41B
ers)
Sizes S6 ... S12
For connecting to withdrawable coil with Screw terminals
screw terminals for contactors with
conventional operating mechanism 3RT1. ..-.A...
solid-state operating mechanism 3RT1. ..-.N...
3RT1. 5, RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 56-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 56-1C.00 3RT1. 6, 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 56-1CC00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 56-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 56-1CE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 C 3RT19 56-1CF00 1 1 unit 41B
Spring-type termi-
nals
3RT1. 5, RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 56-1CB02 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 6, 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 56-1CC02 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 56-1CD02 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 56-1CE02 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 C 3RT19 56-1CF02 1 1 unit 41B
1) Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
Order No.
3)
For 3RT1. 3 with AC operation mountable only at the top.
For contac- Version DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG

tors (UNIT,
Order No. Price SET, M)
Type per PU
Main current path surge suppression modules for 3RT12 vacuum contactors
Size S10 and S12
3RT12 For damping overvoltages and protecting motor windings
against multiple re-ignition when switching off induction
motors.
For connection on the contactor feeder side
(2-T1/4-T2/6-T3). For separate installation.
Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 V AC C 3RT19 66-1PV3 73,10 1 1 unit 41B
Rated operational voltage Ue = 1000 V AC C 3RT19 66-1PV4 107, 1 1 unit 41B

Siemens AG 2011

Miscellaneous accessories

For contactors Rated control supply voltage Us DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Type V per PU
Mechanical latching blocks
Sizes S0 and S2
3
For mounting on 1 contactor1)
The contactor remains in the energized state
even after a voltage failure
3RT1. 3 24 AC/DC A 3RT19 26-3AB31 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC/DC B 3RT19 26-3AF31 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 26-3A.31 230 AC/DC B 3RT19 26-3AP31 1 1 unit 41B
1) Two front-mounted auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted in addition.
For contactors Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
EMC suppression modules; 3-phase 5.5 kW
Size S00 (for contactors with AC or DC operation)1)
3RT10 1 RC elements (3 x 220 /0.22 F)
Up to 400 V } 3RT19 16-1PA1 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 575 V } 3RT19 16-1PA2 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 690 V C 3RT19 16-1PA3 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 1 Varistor
Up to 400 V A 3RT19 16-1PB1 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 575 V B 3RT19 16-1PB2 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 690 V D 3RT19 16-1PB3 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 16-1PA.
Additional load modules
with and without auxiliary switch blocks 2)
3RT1. 1, For increasing the permissible residual current and } 3RT19 16-1GA00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1. for limiting the residual voltage. Ensures safe open-
ing of contactors with direct control via 230 V AC
semiconductor outputs of SIMATIC controllers. Also
performs the function of an overvoltage damping cir-
cuit.
Rated voltage: AC 50/60 Hz, 180 V to 255 V.
Operating range: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
3RT19 16-1GA00
Control kit
Size S00
3RT1. 1, For manual operation of the contactor contacts for A 3RK1 903-0CA00 1 1 unit 42D
3RH1. start-up and service
3RK1 903-0CA00
1)
See also description on page 3/33.
2)
For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be supplemented with "-Z" and

Siemens AG 2011

For contactors Version DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG

(UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Type V per PU
Coupling links (interfaces) for control by PLC
Sizes S0 to S3
For mounting onto the coil terminals
of the contactors
3
With LED for indicating switching state

3RT1. 2, Operating range 17 ... 30 V DC } 3RH19 24-1GP11 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 3, Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
3RT1. 4 Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal): 2.5 mA
Rated operational current Ie:
AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V: 3 A
3RH19 24-1GP11 DC-13 at 230 V: 0.1 A
With integrated varistor for damping opening surges.
L1 B1+ B2- N
1
2
A1 1 Interface
A2 2 Contactor
NSB0_00182a
For contac- Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

tors per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
LED modules for indicating contactor operation
Sizes S0 to S121) (also for spring-type terminals)
3RT1. 2 ... For snapping into the location hole of an inscription B 3RT19 26-1QT00 1 5 units 41B
3RT1. 7 label on the front of a contactor either directly on the
contactor or on the front auxiliary switch.
The LED module is connected to coil terminals A1 and
A2 of the contactor and indicates its energized state.
Yellow LED.
Rated voltage:
24 ... 240 V AC/DC with reverse polarity protection.
(1 pack = 5 units)
3RT19 26-1QT00
mounted to contactor
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
Size S3
3RT10 4. For connection of auxiliary and control cables B 3RT19 46-4F 1 1 unit 41B
(0.5 to 2.5 mm2) to the main conductor connections
(for one side)
3RT19 46-4F
1)
For sizes S6 to S12 the connecting leads have to be extended.

Siemens AG 2011


per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size Type
Box terminal blocks
S6 For round and ribbon cables1)
3RT1. 5 Up to 70 mm 2) } 3RT19 55-4G 1 1 unit 41B
(3RB20 5) Up to 120 mm } 3RT19 56-4G 1 1 unit 41B
Auxiliary conductor connection for box B 3TX7 500-0A 1 1 unit 41B
3
terminals
S10, S12 3RT1. 6, Up to 240 mm } 3RT19 66-4G 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7 With auxiliary conductor connection
3RT19 5.-4G (3RB20 6,
3RB21 6)
Covers
Terminal covers for box terminals
(additional touch protection)
To be fitted at the box terminals
(2 units required per contactor)
S2 3RT10 3 -- } 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
3RT13 3, For 4-pole contactors B 3RT19 36-4EA4 1 1 unit 41B
3RT15 3
3RT19 36-4EA2 S3 3RT10 4, -- } 3RT19 46-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
3RT14 4
3RT13 4 For 4-pole contactors B 3RT19 46-4EA4 1 1 unit 41B
S63) 3RT1. 5 Length: 25 mm } 3RT19 56-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
S10, S123) 3RT1. 6, Length: 30 mm } 3RT19 66-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7
Terminal covers for cable lug and
busbar connection3)
For complying with the phase clear-
ances and as touch protection if box ter-
minal is removed
(2 units required per contactor)
S3 3RT10 4, -- } 3RT19 46-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 46-4EA1 3RT14 4
S6 3RT1. 5 Length: 100 mm } 3RT19 56-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
S10/S12 3RT1. 6, Length: 120 mm } 3RT19 66-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7
Can be screwed on free screw end;
covers one busbar connection
(1 set = 6 units)
S6 3RT1. 5 M8 B 3TX6 526-3B 1 1 unit 41B
S10, S12 3RT1. 6, M10 B 3TX6 546-3B 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7
3TX6 526-3B
For busbar cover between contactor and
3RB2 overload relay or wiring module for
contactor assemblies
S10/S124) 3RT1. 6, Length: 42 mm } 3RT19 66-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7
For busbar cover of the flat line connec-
tors for reversing and wye-delta assem-
blies
Sealable covers
S00 3RT1. 1... Sealable covers C 3RT19 16-4MA10 1 5 units 41B
3RH1. 5) for preventing manual operation
S0 ... S12 3RT1. 3 ... 1 unit required per contactor C 3RT19 26-4MA10 1 5 units 41B
3RT1. 7 5)
NSB0_01471
3RT19 .6-4MA10
1)
Connectable cross-sections of the contactors see "Technical Specifica-
tions".
2) As standard for 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW).
3)
Also fits on contactors S6 to S12 with box terminals.
4)
The 3RT19 66-4EA3 cover is required in addition for use in contactor
assemblies (reversing/wye-delta).
5) Exception: contactors and contactor relays auxiliary switch block mounted
onto the front.

Siemens AG 2011


per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
Size S00, S0
3RT1 . 1, Adapters for contactors Screw terminals
3RT1. 2, Ambient temperature Tu max. = 60 C
3RH1. Size S00, C 3RT19 16-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B
3
rated operational current Ie

at AC-3/400 V: 20 A
Size S0, C 3RT19 26-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 26-4RD01
rated operational current Ie
at AC-3/400 V: 25 A
Plugs for contactors B 3RT19 00-4RE01 1 1 unit 41B
Size S00, S0
3RT19 00-4RE01
Solder pin adapters for contactors
Size S00
3RT1. 1, Assembly kit for soldering contactors onto a A 3RT19 16-4KA1 1 4 units 41B
3RH11 printed circuit board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
3RT19 16-4KA1
Solder pin adapters for contactors with mounted
4-pole auxiliary switch block
Size S00
3RT1. 1, Assembly kit for soldering contactors with an B 3RT19 16-4KA2 1 4 units 41B
3RH11 auxiliary switch block onto a printed circuit
board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
3RT19 16-4KA2
Screw adapters for fixing the contactors
Size S0
3RT1. 2 Screw adapters for easier screw fixing C 3RT19 26-4P 1 10 41B
2 units required per contactor units
(1 pack contains 10 sets for 10 contactors)
NSB0_01470
3RT19 26-4P

Siemens AG 2011

For contactors Max. conductor cross-sections DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG

(UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Size Type mm2 per PU
Links for paralleling
3-pole, with connecting terminal1)2)
S00 3RT10 1 25 } 3RT19 16-4BB31 1 1 unit 41B
S0 3RT10 2 35, stranded } 3RT19 26-4BB31 1 1 unit 41B
3
S2 3RT10 3 95 } 3RT19 36-4BB31 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 36-4BB31
3-pole, with through hole
(star jumpers)1)2)
S3 3RT10 4, 185 } 3RT19 46-4BB31 1 1 unit 41B
3RT14 4
3RT19 56-4BA31 S6 3RT1. 5 -- } 3RT19 56-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B

S10/S12 3RT1. 6, -- } 3RT19 66-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7
4-pole, with connecting terminal1)2)
S00 3RT10 1 C 3RT19 16-4BB41 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 16-4BB41
1)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
2)
Sizes S00 to S2: The links for paralleling are insulated.
Size S3: A cover plate is included for touch protection (can only be used
when the box terminal is removed).
Sizes S6 to S12: The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (for S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1 (for S10
and S12) cover can be used for touch protection.
Version DT Spring-type PU PS* PG

terminals (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
per PU
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation
on conductors up to 1 mm2
Insulation stop strip can be inserted in cable entry of spring-type B 3RT19 16-4JA02 2,40 1 20 41B
terminals (2 strips per contactor required, can be removed in units
pairs)
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals, up to 2.5 mm2
3RT19 16-4JA02 conductor cross-section.
Tools for opening spring-type terminal points
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals, for conductor
cross-sections up to 2.5 mm.
Not suitable for devices with removable terminal
Length: approx. 200 mm, A 3RA29 08-1A 1 1 unit 41B
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
3RA29 08-1A titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates for SIRIUS
10 mm 7 mm, pastel turquoise C 3RT19 00-1SB10 1 816 units 41B
20 mm 7 mm, pastel turquoise D 3RT19 00-1SB20 100 340 units 41B
Labels for sticking for SIRIUS
NSB0_01429b
19 mm 6 mm, pastel turquoise C 3RT19 00-1SB60 1 3060 units 41B

19 mm 6 mm, zinc/yellow C 3RT19 00-1SD60 1 3060 units 41B
3RT19 00-1SB20 PC labeling systems
For individual inscription of unit labeling plates available from:
Murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
(see Chapter 16, "Appendix" "External Partners")

Siemens AG 2011

Spare parts for 3RT1 contactors
Solenoid coils

PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT19 34-5A.01
For contactors Rated control supply voltage Us DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
terminals
50 Hz 50/60 Hz 60 Hz Order No. Price Order No. Price
Size Type V V V per PU per PU
Solenoid coils AC operation

S0 3RT10 2., 24 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AB01 B 3RT19 24-5AB02
3RT13 2., 42 -- -- B 3RT19 24-5AD01 C 3RT19 24-5AD02
3RT15 2. 48 -- -- A 3RT19 24-5AH01 B 3RT19 24-5AH02
110 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AF01 B 3RT19 24-5AF02
230 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AP01 B 3RT19 24-5AP02
400 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AV01 C 3RT19 24-5AV02
-- 24 -- } 3RT19 24-5AC21 B 3RT19 24-5AC22
-- 42 -- B 3RT19 24-5AD21 C 3RT19 24-5AD22
-- 48 -- B 3RT19 24-5AH21 C 3RT19 24-5AH22
-- 110 -- } 3RT19 24-5AG21 B 3RT19 24-5AG22
-- 220 -- B 3RT19 24-5AN21 B 3RT19 24-5AN22
-- 230 -- B 3RT19 24-5AL21 B 3RT19 24-5AL22
110 -- 120 B 3RT19 24-5AK61 B 3RT19 24-5AK62
220 -- 240 B 3RT19 24-5AP61 C 3RT19 24-5AP62
-- 100 110 B 3RT19 24-5AG61 C 3RT19 24-5AG62
-- 200 220 B 3RT19 24-5AN61 C 3RT19 24-5AN62
-- 400 440 B 3RT19 24-5AR61 C 3RT19 24-5AR62
S2 3RT10 34 24 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AB01 B 3RT19 34-5AB02
42 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AD01 B 3RT19 34-5AD02
48 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AH01 B 3RT19 34-5AH02
110 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AF01 B 3RT19 34-5AF02
230 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AP01 B 3RT19 34-5AP02
400 -- -- C 3RT19 34-5AV01 B 3RT19 34-5AV02
-- 24 -- B 3RT19 34-5AC21 B 3RT19 34-5AC22
-- 42 -- B 3RT19 34-5AD21 B 3RT19 34-5AD22
-- 48 -- B 3RT19 34-5AH21 B 3RT19 34-5AH22
-- 110 -- C 3RT19 34-5AG21 B 3RT19 34-5AG22
-- 220 -- C 3RT19 34-5AN21 B 3RT19 34-5AN22
-- 230 -- C 3RT19 34-5AL21 B 3RT19 34-5AL22
110 -- 120 B 3RT19 34-5AK61 B 3RT19 34-5AK62
220 -- 240 B 3RT19 34-5AP61 B 3RT19 34-5AP62
-- 100 110 B 3RT19 34-5AG61 B 3RT19 34-5AG62
-- 200 220 B 3RT19 34-5AN61 B 3RT19 34-5AN62
-- 400 440 B 3RT19 34-5AR61 B 3RT19 34-5AR62
3RT10 35, 24 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AB01 B 3RT19 35-5AB02
3RT10 36, 42 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AD01 B 3RT19 35-5AD02
3RT13 3., 48 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AH01 B 3RT19 35-5AH02
3RT15 3. 110 -- -- } 3RT19 35-5AF01 B 3RT19 35-5AF02
230 -- -- } 3RT19 35-5AP01 B 3RT19 35-5AP02
400 -- -- C 3RT19 35-5AV01 B 3RT19 35-5AV02
-- 24 -- B 3RT19 35-5AC21 B 3RT19 35-5AC22
-- 42 -- B 3RT19 35-5AD21 B 3RT19 35-5AD22
-- 48 -- B 3RT19 35-5AH21 B 3RT19 35-5AH22
-- 110 -- B 3RT19 35-5AG21 B 3RT19 35-5AG22
-- 220 -- B 3RT19 35-5AN21 B 3RT19 35-5AN22
-- 230 -- B 3RT19 35-5AL21 B 3RT19 35-5AL22
110 -- 120 B 3RT19 35-5AK61 B 3RT19 35-5AK62
220 -- 240 B 3RT19 35-5AP61 B 3RT19 35-5AP62
-- 100 110 B 3RT19 35-5AG61 B 3RT19 35-5AG62
-- 200 220 B 3RT19 35-5AN61 B 3RT19 35-5AN62
-- 400 440 C 3RT19 35-5AR61 B 3RT19 35-5AR62

Siemens AG 2011

Solenoid coils
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT19 44-5A.01 3RT19 45-5A.01 3RT19 45-5A.02 3RT19 44-5B.42
terminals
AC DC Order No. Price Order No. Price
50 Hz 50/60 Hz 60 Hz per PU per PU
Size Type V V V V
Solenoid coils AC operation
S3 3RT10 44 24 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AB01 B 3RT19 44-5AB02
42 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AD01 B 3RT19 44-5AD02
48 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AH01 B 3RT19 44-5AH02
110 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AF01 B 3RT19 44-5AF02
230 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AP01 B 3RT19 44-5AP02
400 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AV01 B 3RT19 44-5AV02
-- 24 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AC21 B 3RT19 44-5AC22
-- 42 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AD21 B 3RT19 44-5AD22
-- 48 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AH21 B 3RT19 44-5AH22
-- 110 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AG21 B 3RT19 44-5AG22
-- 220 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AN21 B 3RT19 44-5AN22
-- 230 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AL21 B 3RT19 44-5AL22
110 -- 120 -- B 3RT19 44-5AK61 B 3RT19 44-5AK62
220 -- 240 -- B 3RT19 44-5AP61 B 3RT19 44-5AP62
-- 100 110 -- B 3RT19 44-5AG61 B 3RT19 44-5AG62
-- 200 220 -- B 3RT19 44-5AN61 B 3RT19 44-5AN62
-- 400 440 -- B 3RT19 44-5AR61 B 3RT19 44-5AR62
3RT10 45, 24 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AB01 B 3RT19 45-5AB02
3RT10 46, 42 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AD01 B 3RT19 45-5AD02
3RT13 4., 48 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AH01 B 3RT19 45-5AH02
3RT14 46, 110 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AF01 B 3RT19 45-5AF02
3RT15 4. 230 -- -- -- } 3RT19 45-5AP01 B 3RT19 45-5AP02
400 -- -- -- C 3RT19 45-5AV01 B 3RT19 45-5AV02
-- 24 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AC21 B 3RT19 45-5AC22
-- 42 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AD21 B 3RT19 45-5AD22
-- 48 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AH21 B 3RT19 45-5AH22
-- 110 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AG21 B 3RT19 45-5AG22
-- 220 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AN21 B 3RT19 45-5AN22
-- 230 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AL21 B 3RT19 45-5AL22
110 -- 120 -- B 3RT19 45-5AK61 B 3RT19 45-5AK62
220 -- 240 -- B 3RT19 45-5AP61 B 3RT19 45-5AP62
-- 100 110 -- B 3RT19 45-5AG61 B 3RT19 45-5AG62
-- 200 220 -- C 3RT19 45-5AN61 B 3RT19 45-5AN62
-- 400 440 -- B 3RT19 45-5AR61 B 3RT19 45-5AR62
Solenoid coils DC operation
S2 3RT10 3., -- -- -- 24 B 3RT19 34-5BB41 B 3RT19 34-5BB42
3RT13 3., -- -- -- 42 B 3RT19 34-5BD41 C 3RT19 34-5BD42
3RT15 3. -- -- -- 48 B 3RT19 34-5BW41 B 3RT19 34-5BW42
-- -- -- 60 B 3RT19 34-5BE41 B 3RT19 34-5BE42
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT19 34-5BF41 B 3RT19 34-5BF42
-- -- -- 125 B 3RT19 34-5BG41 C 3RT19 34-5BG42
-- -- -- 220 B 3RT19 34-5BM41 B 3RT19 34-5BM42
-- -- -- 230 B 3RT19 34-5BP41 B 3RT19 34-5BP42
S3 3RT10 4., -- -- -- 24 B 3RT19 44-5BB41 B 3RT19 44-5BB42
3RT13 4., -- -- -- 42 C 3RT19 44-5BD41 B 3RT19 44-5BD42
3RT14 4., -- -- -- 48 B 3RT19 44-5BW41 B 3RT19 44-5BW42
3RT15 4. -- -- -- 60 B 3RT19 44-5BE41 B 3RT19 44-5BE42
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT19 44-5BF41 B 3RT19 44-5BF42
-- -- -- 125 B 3RT19 44-5BG41 B 3RT19 44-5BG42
-- -- -- 220 B 3RT19 44-5BM41 B 3RT19 44-5BM42
-- -- -- 230 B 3RT19 44-5BP41 B 3RT19 44-5BP42

Siemens AG 2011

Solenoid coils
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT19 55-5A. . .
For contactors Rated control supply voltage DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
Us min ... Us max terminals
Order No. Price Order No. Price
Size Type V AC/DC per PU per PU
Withdrawable coils
S6 3RT10 5, 23 ... 26 B 3RT19 55-5AB31 B 3RT19 55-5AB32
3RT14 5 42 ... 48 B 3RT19 55-5AD31 B 3RT19 55-5AD32
110 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5AF31 B 3RT19 55-5AF32
200 ... 220 B 3RT19 55-5AM31 B 3RT19 55-5AM32
220 ... 240 B 3RT19 55-5AP31 B 3RT19 55-5AP32
240 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5AU31 B 3RT19 55-5AU32
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 55-5AV31 B 3RT19 55-5AV32
440 ... 480 B 3RT19 55-5AR31 B 3RT19 55-5AR32
500 ... 550 B 3RT19 55-5AS31 B 3RT19 55-5AS32
575 ... 600 B 3RT19 55-5AT31 B 3RT19 55-5AT32
S10 3RT10 6, 23 ... 26 B 3RT19 65-5AB31 B 3RT19 65-5AB32
3RT14 6 42 ... 48 B 3RT19 65-5AD31 B 3RT19 65-5AD32
110 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5AF31 B 3RT19 65-5AF32
200 ... 220 C 3RT19 65-5AM31 B 3RT19 65-5AM32
220 ... 240 B 3RT19 65-5AP31 B 3RT19 65-5AP32
240 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5AU31 B 3RT19 65-5AU32
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 65-5AV31 B 3RT19 65-5AV32
440 ... 480 B 3RT19 65-5AR31 B 3RT19 65-5AR32
500 ... 550 C 3RT19 65-5AS31 B 3RT19 65-5AS32
575 ... 600 C 3RT19 65-5AT31 B 3RT19 65-5AT32
S10 3RT12 6 23 ... 26 B 3RT19 66-5AB31 --
vacuum con- 42 ... 48 B 3RT19 66-5AD31 --
tactors 110 ... 127 A 3RT19 66-5AF31 --
200 ... 220 C 3RT19 66-5AM31 --
220 ... 240 A 3RT19 66-5AP31 --
240 ... 277 C 3RT19 66-5AU31 --
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 66-5AV31 --
440 ... 480 C 3RT19 66-5AR31 --
500 ... 550 C 3RT19 66-5AS31 --
575 ... 600 C 3RT19 66-5AT31 --
S12 3RT10 7, 23 ... 26 B 3RT19 75-5AB31 B 3RT19 75-5AB32
3RT14 7, 42 ... 48 B 3RT19 75-5AD31 B 3RT19 75-5AD32
3RT12 7 110 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5AF31 B 3RT19 75-5AF32
vacuum con- 200 ... 220 C 3RT19 75-5AM31 B 3RT19 75-5AM32
tactors 220 ... 240 B 3RT19 75-5AP31 B 3RT19 75-5AP32
240 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5AU31 B 3RT19 75-5AU32
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 75-5AV31 B 3RT19 75-5AV32
440 ... 480 B 3RT19 75-5AR31 B 3RT19 75-5AR32
500 ... 550 C 3RT19 75-5AS31 B 3RT19 75-5AS32
575 ... 600 C 3RT19 75-5AT31 B 3RT19 75-5AT32

Siemens AG 2011

Solenoid coils
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3
3RT19 55-5N. . .
terminals
Size Type V AC/DC per PU per PU
Withdrawable coils
Solid-state operating mechanism
For 24 V DC PLC output
S6 3RT10 5, 21 ... 27,3 C 3RT19 55-5NB31 B 3RT19 55-5NB32
3RT14 5 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5NF31 B 3RT19 55-5NF32
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5NP31 B 3RT19 55-5NP32
S10 3RT10 6, 21 ... 27,3 B 3RT19 65-5NB31 B 3RT19 65-5NB32
3RT14 6 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5NF31 B 3RT19 65-5NF32
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5NP31 B 3RT19 65-5NP32
3RT12 6 21 ... 27,3 B 3RT19 66-5NB31 --
vacuum con- 96 ... 127 C 3RT19 66-5NF31 --
tactors 200 ... 277 C 3RT19 66-5NP31 --
S12 3RT10 7, 21 ... 27,3 B 3RT19 75-5NB31 B 3RT19 75-5NB32
3RT14 7, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5NF31 B 3RT19 75-5NF32
3RT12 7 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5NP31 B 3RT19 75-5NP32
vacuum con-
tactors
For 24 V DC PLC output/PLC relay output,
with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(withdrawable coil with laterally mounted solid-state module)
S6 3RT10 5, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5PF31 --
3RT14 5 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5PP31 --
S10 3RT10 6, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5PF31 --
3RT14 6 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5PP31 --
S12 3RT10 7, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5PF31 --
3RT14 7 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5PP31 --
With AS-Interface interface and remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(withdrawable coil with laterally mounted solid-state module)
S6 3RT10 5, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5QF31 --
3RT14 5 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5QP31 --
S10 3RT10 6, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5QF31 --
3RT14 6 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5QP31 --
S12 3RT10 7, 96 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5QF31 --
3RT14 7 200 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5QP31 --

Siemens AG 2011

Contacts and arc chutes

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size Type
Contacts with fixing parts
For contactors with 3 main contacts
S2 3RT10 34 Main contacts (3 NO contacts) for utilization category AC-3 } 3RT19 34-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3
3RT10 35 (1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching elements with fixing } 3RT19 35-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 36 parts) } 3RT19 36-6A 1 1 unit 41B
S3 3RT10 44 } 3RT19 44-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 45 } 3RT19 45-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 46 } 3RT19 46-6A 1 1 unit 41B
S6 3RT10 54 } 3RT19 54-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 55 } 3RT19 55-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 56 } 3RT19 56-6A 1 1 unit 41B
S10 3RT10 64 } 3RT19 64-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 65 } 3RT19 65-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 66 } 3RT19 66-6A 1 1 unit 41B
S12 3RT10 75 } 3RT19 75-6A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 76 A 3RT19 76-6A 1 1 unit 41B
S3 3RT14 46 Main contacts (3 NO contacts) for utilization category AC-1 B 3RT19 46-6D 1 1 unit 41B
S6 3RT14 56 (1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching elements with fixing B 3RT19 56-6D 1 1 unit 41B
S10 3RT14 66 parts) B 3RT19 66-6D 1 1 unit 41B
S12 3RT14 76 A 3RT19 76-6D 1 1 unit 41B
For 3RT12 vacuum contactors
S10 3RT12 64 3 vacuum interrupters with fixing parts B 3RT19 64-6V 1 1 unit 41B
3RT12 65 B 3RT19 65-6V 1 1 unit 41B
3RT12 66 B 3RT19 66-6V 1 1 unit 41B
S12 3RT12 75 B 3RT19 75-6V 1 1 unit 41B
3RT12 76 B 3RT19 76-6V 1 1 unit 41B
For contactors with 4 main contacts
S2 3RT13 36 Main contacts (4 NO contacts) for utilization category AC-1 C 3RT19 36-6E 1 1 unit 41B
S3 3RT13 44 (1 set = 4 movable and 8 fixed switching elements with fixing C 3RT19 44-6E 1 1 unit 41B
3RT13 46 parts) B 3RT19 46-6E 1 1 unit 41B
Arc chutes
S2 3RT10 3. Arc chutes, 3-pole C 3RT19 36-7A 1 1 unit 41B
S3 3RT10 4., B 3RT19 46-7A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT14 46
S6 3RT10 54 B 3RT19 54-7A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 55 B 3RT19 55-7A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 56 B 3RT19 56-7A 1 1 unit 41B
S10 3RT10 64 B 3RT19 64-7A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 65 B 3RT19 65-7A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 66 B 3RT19 66-7A 1 1 unit 41B
S12 3RT10 75 B 3RT19 75-7A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 76 B 3RT19 76-7A 1 1 unit 41B
S6 3RT14 56 B 3RT19 56-7B 1 1 unit 41B
S10 3RT14 66 B 3RT19 66-7B 1 1 unit 41B
S12 3RT14 76 B 3RT19 76-7B 1 1 unit 41B

Siemens AG 2011
Coupling Contactors
SIRIUS 3RT10 coupling contactors (interface),
3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
Overview
DC operation Two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be fitted to the
3RT10 2 coupling contactors (see Accessories on page 3/38).
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, Coupling contactors have a low power consumption and an ex-
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) tended solenoid coil operating range.
The 3RT10 coupling contactors for switching motors are tailored Depending on the version, the solenoid coils are supplied either
to the special requirements of working with electronic controls. without overvoltage damping (3RT10 1.-1HB4.and 3RT10 1.-
.MB4.-0KT0) or with a diode, suppressor diode or varistor con-
3
The 3RT10 1 coupling contactors cannot be extended with aux- nected as standard.
iliary switch blocks.

DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the solenoid coil
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3RT10 1.-1.B4. 3RT10 1.-2.B4.

Rated data Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 C
Operational current Ie Rating of induction motors Ident. No. Version Order No. Price Order No. Price
up to at 50 Hz and per PU per PU
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC
For screw and snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Us = 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the coils 2.3 W at 24 V
7 3 10 1 -- } 3RT10 15-1HB41 B 3RT10 15-2HB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 15-1HB42 B 3RT10 15-2HB42
9 4 10 1 -- } 3RT10 16-1HB41 B 3RT10 16-2HB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 16-1HB42 B 3RT10 16-2HB42
12 5,5 10 1 -- A 3RT10 17-1HB41 B 3RT10 17-2HB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1HB42 B 3RT10 17-2HB42
7 3 10 1 -- B 3RT10 15-1MB41-0KT0 B 3RT10 15-2MB41-0KT0
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 15-1MB42-0KT0 B 3RT10 15-2MB42-0KT0
9 4 10 1 -- B 3RT10 16-1MB41-0KT0 B 3RT10 16-2MB41-0KT0
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 16-1MB42-0KT0 B 3RT10 16-2MB42-0KT0
12 5,5 10 1 -- B 3RT10 17-1MB41-0KT0 B 3RT10 17-2MB41-0KT0
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1MB42-0KT0 B 3RT10 17-2MB42-0KT0
Surge suppressors see page 3/43.

Siemens AG 2011
Coupling Contactors
3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
DC operation
Coil with integrated surge suppression
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 1.-1.B4. 3RT10 1.-2.B4.

AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 C
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (diode)
1 NO, Ident. No. 10
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
1 NC, Ident. No. 01
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Power consumption of the coils 2.3 W at 24 V)
7 3 10 1 -- } 3RT10 15-1JB41 } 3RT10 15-2JB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 15-1JB42 } 3RT10 15-2JB42
9 4 10 1 -- } 3RT10 16-1JB41 } 3RT10 16-2JB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 16-1JB42 } 3RT10 16-2JB42
12 5,5 10 1 -- } 3RT10 17-1JB41 } 3RT10 17-2JB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 17-1JB42 A 3RT10 17-2JB42
7 3 10 1 -- B 3RT10 15-1VB41 B 3RT10 15-2VB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 15-1VB42 B 3RT10 15-2VB42
9 4 10 1 -- B 3RT10 16-1VB41 B 3RT10 16-2VB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 16-1VB42 B 3RT10 16-2VB42
12 5,5 10 1 -- B 3RT10 17-1VB41 B 3RT10 17-2VB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1VB42 B 3RT10 17-2VB42

Siemens AG 2011
Coupling Contactors
3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
DC operation
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 1.-1.B4. 3RT10 1.-2.B4.
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 C
Operational current Ie Rating Ident. No. Version Order No. Price Order No. Price
up to of induction motors at 50 per PU per PU
Hz and
400 V 400 V
kW NO NC
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
1 NC, Ident. No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Power consumption of the coils 2.3 W at 24 V)
7 3 10 1 -- } 3RT10 15-1KB41 } 3RT10 15-2KB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 15-1KB42 } 3RT10 15-2KB42
9 4 10 1 -- } 3RT10 16-1KB41 } 3RT10 16-2KB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 16-1KB42 } 3RT10 16-2KB42
12 5,5 10 1 -- } 3RT10 17-1KB41 } 3RT10 17-2KB41
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 17-1KB42 } 3RT10 17-2KB42
7 3 10 1 -- A 3RT10 15-1WB41 B 3RT10 15-2WB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 15-1WB42 B 3RT10 15-2WB42
9 4 10 1 -- B 3RT10 16-1WB41 B 3RT10 16-2WB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 16-1WB42 B 3RT10 16-2WB42
12 5,5 10 1 -- B 3RT10 17-1WB41 B 3RT10 17-2WB41
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1WB42 B 3RT10 17-2WB42

Siemens AG 2011
Coupling Contactors
3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
DC operation
PS* = 1 UNIT
PG = 41B
3
3RT10 2.-1KB40 3RT10 2.-3KB40

AC-2 and AC-3 for coil terminals
Tu: Up to 60 C
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC
Size S0
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Varistor mounted 5,5 -- -- -- } 3RT10 24-1KB40 B 3RT10 24-3KB40
7,5 -- -- -- } 3RT10 25-1KB40 } 3RT10 25-3KB40
11 -- -- -- } 3RT10 26-1KB40 } 3RT10 26-3KB40

Siemens AG 2011
SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
Overview
The 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies can be ordered as Complete units
follows:
The fully wired reversing contactor assemblies are suitable for
Sizes S00 to S3 use in any climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Fully wired and tested, with mechanical and electrical inter- The contactor assemblies consist of 2 contactors with the same
lock power, with one NC contact in the basic unit. The contactors are
For assemblies with AC operation and 50/60 Hz, a dead inter- mechanically and electrically interlocked (NC contact interlock).
val of 50 ms must be provided when used with voltages
3
For motor protection, either 3RU11 or 3RB2. overload relays for
500 V; a dead interval of 30 ms is recommended for use with direct mounting or stand-alone installation or thermistor motor
voltages 400 V. These dead times do not apply to assem- protection tripping units must be ordered separately.
blies with DC operation.
Sizes S00 to S12 Components for customer assembly
As individual parts for customer assembly Assembly kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly
of reversing contactor assemblies.
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately. Contactors, overload relays, the mechanical interlock (as of size
S2) and for momentary-contact operation auxiliary switch
Overload relays for motor protection see Chapter 7 blocks for latching must be ordered separately.
The 3RA13 contactor assemblies have screw terminals and are
suitable for screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rails.
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 for 50 Hz Size Order No.
400 V AC
Rating Operational cur- Contactor Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Assembly kit Fully wired and tested
rent Ie interlocks1) interlocks2) interlocks3) contactor assemblies
kW A
3 7 S00 3RT10 15 --4) -- -- 3RA19 13-2A5) 3RA13 15-8XB30-1 . .
4 9 3RT10 16 3RA13 16-8XB30-1 . .
5,5 12 3RT10 17 3RA13 17-8XB30-1 . .
5,5 12 S0 3RT10 24 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B -- 3RA19 23-2A6) 3RA13 24-8XB30-1 . .
7,5 17 3RT10 25 3RA13 25-8XB30-1 . .
11 25 3RT10 26 3RA13 26-8XB30-1 . .
15 32 S2 3RT10 34 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B -- 3RA19 33-2A7) 3RA13 34-8XB30-1...
18,5 40 3RT10 35 3RA13 35-8XB30-1...
22 50 3RT10 36 3RA13 36-8XB30-1...
30 65 S3 3RT10 44 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B -- 3RA19 43-2A7) 3RA13 44-8XB30-1...
37 80 3RT10 45 3RA13 45-8XB30-1...
45 95 3RT10 46 3RA13 46-8XB30-1...
55 115 S6 3RT10 54 -- -- 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 53-2M8) --
75 150 3RT10 55
90 185 3RT10 56
110 225 S10 3RT10 64 -- -- 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 63-2A8) --
132 265 3RT10 65
160 300 3RT10 66
200 400 S12 3RT10 75 -- -- 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 73-2A8) --
250 500 3RT10 76
1)
Can be mounted onto the front.
2) Laterally mountable with one auxiliary contact.
3)
Laterally mountable without auxiliary contact.
4)
Interlock can only be ordered with assembly kit.
5) Assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock; connecting clips for 2 contac-
tors; wiring modules on the top and bottom.
6)
Assembly kit contains: wiring modules on the top and bottom.
7)
Assembly kit contains: 2 connecting clips for contactors; wiring modules
on the top and bottom.
8) Assembly kit contains: wiring module on the top and bottom.

Siemens AG 2011

Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S00 up to 5.5 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 Rated control DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
Opera- Ratings of supply voltage (UNIT,
tional induction motors Us1) SET, M)
current Ie at 50 Hz and Order No. Price
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
3
A kW kW kW kW V
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
7 2,2 3 3,5 4 24 AC A 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AB0 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AF0 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AP0 1 1 unit 41B
9 3 4 4,5 5,5 24 AC A 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AB0 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AF0 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AP0 1 1 unit 41B
12 3 5,5 5,5 5,5 24 AC A 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AB0 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AF0 1 1 unit 41B
3RA13 1.-8XB30-1. . . 230 AC } 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AP0 1 1 unit 41B
DC operation
7 2,2 3 3,5 4 24 DC } 3RA13 15-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
9 3 4 4,5 5,5 24 DC } 3RA13 16-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
1)
Coil operating range Note:
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us;
at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us. The contactors integrated in the contactor assemblies have no
unassigned auxiliary contacts.
1
14 14 13
2
NSB0_00459a
14 14
5
The connecting
14 leads are not
16
6 shown.
13
Mountable accessories (optional) Complete contactor assemblies

To be ordered separately Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K2
13 Solder pin adapters 3RT19 16-4KA1 3/66 1 2 Contactor, 3 kW 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3/15
14 Auxiliary switch block, 3RH19 11-1. . . . 3/36 1 2 Contactor, 4 kW 3RT10 16 3RT10 16 3/15
front 1 2 Contactor, 5.5 kW 3RT10 17 3RT10 17 3/15
(according to EN 50005
must be used) 4 5 6 Assembly kit 3RA19 13-2A 3/65
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 16-1. . . . 3/43 The assembly kit contains:
4 Mechanical interlock
5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors
6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting
the main current paths, electrical interlock included1),
interruptible (NC contact interlock)
1) 3RT10 1. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit are required for
the electrical interlock.

Siemens AG 2011
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S0 up to 11 kW
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
3
12 3 5,5 7,5 7,5 24 AC A 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
17 4 7,5 10 11 24 AC A 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
25 5,5 11 11 11 24 AC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
3RA13 2.-8XB30-1. . . DC operation
12 3 5,5 7,5 7,5 24 DC } 3RA13 24-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
17 4 7,5 10 11 24 DC A 3RA13 25-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
25 5,5 11 11 11 24 DC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1,1 Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1,1 Us.
16
1
2
15
NSB0_00460b
14
4
12
The connecting
cables are
14
6 not shown.

K1 K2
12 Mechanical interlock, 3RA19 24-1A 3/64 1 2 Contactor, 5.5 kW 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3/16
14 Auxiliary switch block, 3RH19 21-1CA. . 3/35 1 2 Contactor, 11 kW 3RT10 26 3RT10 26 3/16
front
15 Auxiliary switch block, 3RH19 21-1EA. . 3/39
lateral 4 Mechanical interlock, lateral 3RA19 24-2B 3/64
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1. . . . 3/43 6 Assembly kit 3RA19 23-2A 3/65
The assembly kit contains wiring modules on the top and bottom
(they also form the mechanical connection between the contactors).

Siemens AG 2011
up to per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
3
32 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 24 AC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B

110 AC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
40 11 18,5 22 22 24 AC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
50 15 22 30 22 24 AC B 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC A 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
3RA13 3.-8XB30-1. . . DC operation
32 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 24 DC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
40 11 18,5 22 22 24 DC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
50 15 22 30 22 24 DC A 3RA13 36-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
1) Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
1
16
6
5
15
NSB0_00461b
14
4
12
The connecting
cables are
14 not shown.
6

K1 K2
12 Mechanical interlock, 3RA19 24-1A 3/64 1 2 Contactor, 15 kW 3RT10 34 3RT10 34 3/17
front
lateral 4 Mechanical interlock, lateral 3RA19 24-2B 3/64
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1. . . . 3/44 5 6 Assembly kit 3RA19 33-2A 3/65
3RT19 36-1. . . . The assembly kit contains:
5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with 10 mm distance
6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main current paths

Siemens AG 2011
up to per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
AC operation at 50/60 Hz
3
65 18,5 30 37 45 24 AC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
80 22 37 45 55 24 AC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
95 22 45 55 55 24 AC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
DC operation
3RA13 4.-8XB30-1. . .
65 18,5 30 37 45 24 DC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
80 22 37 45 55 24 DC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
95 22 45 55 55 24 DC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
6
16
1
5
2
15
NSB0_00462b
4
14
12
The connecting
14 cables are
6 not shown.

K1 K2
12 Mechanical interlock, 3RA19 24-1A 3/64 1 2 Contactor, 30 kW 3RT10 44 3RT10 44 3/18
front 1 2 Contactor, 37 kW 3RT10 45 3RT10 45 3/18
front
4 Mechanical interlock, lateral 3RA19 24-2B 3/64
lateral 5 6 Assembly kit 3RA19 43-2A 3/65
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1. . . . 3/44 The assembly kit contains:
3RT19 36-1. . . . 5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with 10 mm distance
main current paths

Siemens AG 2011
Components for customer assembly
For contac- Size Version Order No. Price PU PS* PG
tors per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
Mechanical interlocks
3RT10 2 S0 Laterally mountable1) } 3RA19 24-2B 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 3 S2 Each with one auxiliary contact (1 NC
3RT10 4 S3 contact) per contactor (can only be used
3
3RT13 2 to connect contactors which are not

3RT13 4 more than 1 size larger or smaller).
3RT14 4 The mounting depth of the smaller con-
3RT15 2 tactor has to be adapted.)
3RT15 3
3RT10 2 S0 Can be mounted onto the front2) } 3RA19 24-1A 1 1 unit 41B
3RA19 24-1A mounted 3RT10 3 S2 Onto contactor sizes S2 and S3
onto 2 contactors 3RT10 4 S3 (for contactors of the same size)
3RT13 2 Note:
3RT15 2 Size S0:
Wiring modules must be mounted first.
Sizes S2 and S3:
Use 3RA19 32-2C mechanical connec-
tors.
3RT1. 5 S6 Laterally mountable, } 3RA19 54-2A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 6 S10 without auxiliary contacts
3RT1. 7 S12 Contactor sizes S6, S10 and S12 can be
interlocked with each other as required;
no adaptation of mounting depth is nec-
essary. Contactor clearance 10 mm.
3RA19 54-2A
3RT10 4.-A S3 Adapters, laterally mountable; for A 3RA19 54-2C 1 1 unit 41B
with with mechanical interlocking of contactor S3
3RT10 5 S6 (only for AC operation) with contactor S6
using 3RA19 54-2A locking device (must
be ordered separately) incl. connecting
clips
3RA19 54-2C
Coil repeat terminals
3RT10 3 S2, S3 For the coil terminals A1 and A2 for B 3RA19 23-3B 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 4 reversing starters (contactor sizes S2
and S3). 2 x A1 and 1 x A2 required per
assembly
(one set contains 10 x A1 and 5 x A2)
3RA19 23-3B
Base plates
3RT10 5 S6 For customer assembly of reversing B 3RA19 52-2A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 6 S10 contactor assemblies B 3RA19 62-2A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7 S12 B 3RA19 72-2A 1 1 unit 41B
1) Can also be used for 4-pole contactors with sizes S2 and S3.
2)
Can also be used for size S0 4-pole contactors.

Siemens AG 2011
For contac- Size Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

tors per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
3RT10 1 S00 The assembly kit contains: } 3RA19 13-2A 1 1 unit 41B
mechanical interlock;
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3
3RA19 13-2A
3RA19 23-2A
3RA19 33-2A
3RA19 43-2A
3RT10 5 S6 The assembly kit contains: A 3RA19 53-2A 1 1 unit 41B
Wiring modules on the top and bottom
(for connection with box terminal)
NSB0_01724
3RA19 53-2A
3RT10 5 S6 The assembly kit contains: A 3RA19 53-2M 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 6 S10 Wiring modules on the top and bottom A 3RA19 63-2A 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. 7 S12 (for connection without box terminal) A 3RA19 73-2A 1 1 unit 41B
NSB0_01725
3RA19 53-2M

Siemens AG 2011
For con- Size Contac- Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

tactors tor clear- per PU (UNIT,
ance SET, M)
Type mm
Wiring modules, single
3RT10 1 S00-S00 0 Top (in-phase) } 3RA19 13-3D 1 5 units 41B
Bottom (with phase reversal) } 3RA19 13-3E 1 5 units 41B
3RT10 2 S0-S0 0 Top (in-phase) } 3RA19 23-3D 1 5 units 41B
and and
3
Bottom (with phase reversal) } 3RA19 23-3E 1 5 units 41B

S0-S0 10
3RT10 3 S2-S2 10 Top (in-phase) } 3RA19 33-3D 1 1 unit 41B
Bottom (with phase reversal) } 3RA19 33-3E 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 4 S3-S3 10 Top (in-phase) } 3RA19 43-3D 1 1 unit 41B
Bottom (with phase reversal) } 3RA19 43-3E 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 5 S6-S6 10 Top (in-phase, for connection A 3RA19 53-3D 1 1 unit 41B
with box terminal)
NSB0_01834
3RA19 53-3D
Top (with phase reversal, for A 3RA19 53-3P 1 1 unit 41B
connection without box terminal)
NSB0_01835
3RA19 53-3P
For con- Size Contac- Interlocking Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
tactors tor clear- per PU (UNIT,
ance SET, M)
Type mm
Mechanical connectors 1 pack = 10 units for 10 combinations
3RT1. 11) S00-S00 0 Lateral For 3- and } 3RA19 12-2H 1 10 41B
4-pole contactors units
3RA19 12-2H
3RT1. 2 S0-S0 0 On front For 3- and A 3RA19 22-2C 1 10 41B
102) 4-pole contactors units
Lateral } 3RT19 22-2D 100 20 41B
3RA19 22-2C units
3RT1. 3 S2-S2 0 On front For 3-pole con- } 3RA19 32-2C 1 10 41B
3RT1. 4 S3-S3 tactors units
3RA19 32-2C
3RT1. 3 S2-S2 10 Lateral For 3-pole con- } 3RA19 32-2D 1 10 41B
3RT1. 4 S3-S3 tactors units
3RT1. 5 S6-S6
3RA19 32-2D
3RT1. 3 S2-S2 10 Lateral For 4-pole con- A 3RA19 32-2G 1 10 41B
tactors units
3RA19 32-2G
3RT1. 4 S3-S3 10 Lateral For 4-pole con- B 3RA19 42-2G 1 10 41B
tactors units
3RA19 42-2G
1) This pack contains 10 additional interlocks.
2)
The connector function can be fulfilled with the wiring modules for size S0,
a contactor clearance of 10 mm and a lateral interlock.

Siemens AG 2011
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies
Overview
These 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are Overload relays for motor protection see Chapter 7
designed for standard applications. "Protection Equipment" "Overload Relays"
"SIRIUS 3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays".
Note:
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies have screw terminals and are
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applica- suitable for screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
tions such as very heavy starting1) or wye-delta starting of spe- mounting rails.
cial motors must be customized. Help with designing such spe-
cial applications is available from Technical Assistance. Fully wired and tested 3RA14 contactor assemblies have one
3
unassigned NO contact which is mounted onto the front of the
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be K3 delta contactor.
ordered as follows:
A solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is snapped onto
Sizes S00 to S3 the front of the complete contactor assemblies, size S00 up to
Fully wired and tested, with electrical interlock, dead interval 7.5 kW, while a timing relay is mounted onto the side of sizes S0
of up to 10 s on reversing (size S00 with electrical and me- to S3, 11 kW to 75 kW.
chanical interlocks) 1)
For effective support from Technical Assistance you must provide the fol-
lowing details:
Sizes S00 to S12 - Rated motor voltage
As individual parts for customer assembly - Rated motor current
- Service factor, operating values
A dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the - Motor starting current factor
time relay function. - Starting time
- Ambient temperature
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
Rated data Size

at 50 Hz 400 V AC
Rating P Operational current Motor current Line/delta contactor Star contactor Order No.
Ie complete
kW A A
5,5 12 9,5 ... 13,8 S00-S00-S00 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3RA14 15-8XB31-1. . .
7,5 17 12,1 ... 17 3RT10 17 3RA14 16-8XB31-1. . .
11 25 19 ... 25 S0-S0-S0 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3RA14 23-8XC21-1. . .
15 32 24,1 ... 34 3RT10 26 3RA14 25-8XC21-1. . .
18,5 40 34,5 ... 40
22 50 31 ... 43 S2-S2-S0 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 3RA14 34-8XC21-1. . .
30 50 48,3 ... 65 3RT10 34 --
37 80 62,1 ... 77,8 S2-S2-S2 3RT10 34 3RA14 35-8XC21-1. . .
45 86 69 ... 86 3RT10 36 3RA14 36-8XC21-1. . .
55 115 77,6 ... 108,6 S3-S3-S2 3RT10 44 3RT10 35 3RA14 44-8XC21-1. . .
75 150 120,7 ... 150 3RT10 45 3RT10 36 3RA14 45-8XC21-1. . .
90 160 86 ... 160 S6-S6-S3 3RT10 54 3RT10 44 --
110 195 86 ... 195
132 230 86 ... 230 3RT10 55 3RT10 45
160 280 86 ... 280 3RT10 56 3RT10 46
200 350 95 ... 350 S10-S10-S6 3RT10 64 3RT10 54 --
250 430 95 ... 430 3RT10 65 3RT10 55
315 540 277 ... 540 S12-S12-S10 3RT10 75 3RT10 64 --
355 610 277 ... 610
400 690 277 ... 690 3RT10 65
500 850 277 ... 850 3RT10 76 3RT10 66

Siemens AG 2011
Components for customer assembly In the case of sizes S2 to S12 only the bottom main conducting
path connection between the delta and star contactors is in-
Assembly kits with wiring modules and, if necessary, mechanical cluded in the wiring module, owing to the larger conductor
connectors are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta cross-section at the infeed.
starting. Contactors, overload relays, wye-delta timing relays,
auxiliary switches for electrical interlock if required also feeder Motor protection
terminals, mechanical interlocks and base plates must be or-
dered separately (exception: in the case of the assembly kit for Overload relays or thermistor motor protection releases can be
size S00 contactor assemblies, the mechanical interlock be- used for overload protection.
tween the delta contactor and the star contactor is included in The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
3
the kit). or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
The wiring kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top and bottom current.
main conducting path connections between the line and delta Note:
contactors (top) and between the delta and star contactors (bot-
tom). The selection of contactor types refers to fused configurations.
Accessories for Overload relay, thermal Overload relay, solid-state

customer assembly (CLASS 10 trip class) (CLASS 10 trip class)
P Timing relays Assembly kit A, Assembly kit B, Star jumper Base plates Setting Order No. Setting range Order No.
for double for single range A
kW infeed infeed A
5,5 3RT19 16-2G.51 -- 3RA19 13-2B1) -- -- 5,5 ... 8 3RU11 16-1HB0 3 ... 12 3RB20 16-1SB0
7,5 3RP15 74-1N.30 7 ... 10 3RU11 16-1JB0
11 3RP15 74-1N.30 -- 3RA19 23-2B2) -- -- 11 ... 16 3RU11 26-4AB0 6 ... 25 3RB20 26-1QB0
15 14 ... 20 3RU11 26-4BB0
18,5 20 ... 25 3RU11 26-4DB0
22 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 33-2C 3) 3RV19 35-1A 3RT19 26-4BA31 3RA19 32-2E 18 ... 25 3RU11 36-4DB0 12,5 ... 50 3RB20 36-1UB0
30 28 ... 40 3RU11 36-4FB0
37 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 33-2B3) 3RV19 35-1A 3RT19 36-4BA31 3RA19 32-2F 36 ... 45 3RU11 36-4GB0 12,5 ... 50 3RB20 36-1UB0
45 40 ... 50 3RU11 36-4HB0
55 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 43-2C 3) -- 3RT19 36-4BA31 3RA19 42-2E 45 ... 63 3RU11 46-4JB0 25 ... 100 3RB20 46-1EB0
75 70 ... 90 3RU11 46-4LB0
90 3RP15 74-1N.30 -- 3RA19 53-3D 4) 3RT19 46-4BA31 3RA19 52-2E -- -- 50 ... 200 3RB20 56-1FC2
110
132
160
200 3RP15 74-1N.30 -- -- 3RT19 56-4BA31 3RA19 62-2E -- -- 55 ... 250 3RB20 66-1GC2
250 160 ... 630 3RB20 66-1MC2
315 3RP15 74-1N.30 -- -- 3RT19 66-4BA31 3RA19 72-2E -- -- 160 ... 630 3RB20 66-1MC2
355
400
500
1) Assembly kit contains mechanical interlock, 3 connecting clips; wiring
modules on the top (connection between line and delta contactor) and on
the bottom (connection between delta and star contactor); star jumper.
2)
Assembly kit contains 5 connecting clips; wiring modules on the top (con-
nection between line and delta contactor) and on the bottom (connection
between delta and star contactor); star jumper.
3)
Assembly kit contains wiring module on the bottom (connection between
delta and star contactor) and star jumper.
4)
Wiring module on top from reversing contactor assembly (note conductor
cross-sections).

Siemens AG 2011

Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S00-S00-S00 up to 7.5 kW
Rated data AC-3 Rated control DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
3
A kW kW kW kW V
12 3,3 5,5 7,2 9,2 24 AC B 3RA14 15-8XB31-1AB0 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA14 15-8XB31-1AF0 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 15-8XB31-1AP0 1 1 unit 41B
17 4,7 7,5 10,3 9,2 24 AC B 3RA14 16-8XB31-1AB0 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA14 16-8XB31-1AF0 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 16-8XB31-1AP0 1 1 unit 41B
3RA14 1.-8XB31-1. . .
DC operation
12 3,3 5,5 7,2 9,2 24 DC B 3RA14 15-8XB31-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
17 4,7 7,5 10,3 9,2 24 DC } 3RA14 16-8XB31-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
1)
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
6
6
17
1
2
14
3
NSB0_00463a
14 14 7 9
4 5
14
The connecting
16 6 leads are not
shown.

K11) K32) K22)
14 Auxiliary switch block, 3RH19 11-1. . . . 3/35 1 2 3 Contactor, 5.5 kW 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3/15
front 1 2 3 Contactor, 7.5 kW 3RT10 17 3RT10 17 3RT10 15 3/15
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 16-1. . . . 3/43
7 Solid-state time-delay 3RT19 16-2G.51 3/41
17 Three-phase feeder 3RA19 13-3K 3/74 auxiliary switch block, front
terminal
9 Auxiliary switch block with 1 3RH19 11-1BA10 3/35
unassigned NO contact
4 5 6 Assembly kit 3RA19 13-2B 3/74
The assembly kit contains:
4 Mechanical interlock
5 3 connecting clips
main and control conducting paths
1)
Use version with 1 NO.
2)
Use version with 1 NC.

Siemens AG 2011
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S0-S0-S0 up to 18.5 kW
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
3
25 7,1 11 15,6 19 24 AC B 3RA14 23-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B

110 AC B 3RA14 23-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 23-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
32 / 40 11,4 15 / 19 19 24 AC B 3RA14 25-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
18,5 110 AC B 3RA14 25-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 25-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
3RA14 2.-8XC21-1. . . DC operation
25 7,1 11 15,6 19 24 DC } 3RA14 23-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
32 / 40 11,4 15 / 19 19 24 DC } 3RA14 25-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
18,5
1)
Coil operating range at 50 Hz:
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us ; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
16
17 6 6
2 5
1 19
18 3
15
NSB0_00464c
10
4 9
10
10 19
8
The connecting
7 leads are not
6 shown.
12

K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, 3RA19 24-2B 3/64 1 2 3 Contactor, 11 kW 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3/16
lateral Contactor, 15/18.5 kW 3RT10 26 3RT10 26 3RT10 24 3/16
1 2 3
7 Solid-state time-delay auxil- 3RT19 26-2G. . . 3/41 4)
iary switch block, front1) 8 Timing relay, lateral 3RP15 74-1N.30
12 Mechanical interlock, front 3RA19 24-1A 3/64 9 Auxiliary switch block with 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
1 unassigned NO contact
lateral 10 Auxiliary switch block for
local control
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1. . . . 3/43 - 2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01
17 Three-phase feeder 3RV19 15-5A 3/74 - 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
terminal2) 5 6 Assembly kit 3RA19 23-2B 3/74
18 Three-phase busbar2) 3RT19 26-4CC20 3/74 The assembly kit contains:
4)
19 Push-in lug for screw 3RP19 03 5 Connecting clips
mounting of timing relay3)
main and control conducting paths
1) 4)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is See chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" "3RP, 7PV Timing
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be Relays" "3RP15 Timing Relays in Industrial Enclosure, 22.5 mm".
mounted onto the side.
2) 17
and 18 can only be mounted with contactors with screw terminal (coil).
3) Not included in the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assem-
blies; can be ordered as an accessory.

Siemens AG 2011
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies Size S2-S2-S0 up to 30 kW
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
3
50 / 65 19,6 22 / 30 35 34 24 AC B 3RA14 34-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA14 34-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 34-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
DC operation
50 / 65 19,6 22 / 30 35 34 24 DC } 3RA14 34-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
3RA14 34-8XC21-1. . .
1)
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
1 6
16 2
3
17
11
18
19
15
NSB0_00465d
10
9
10
10
4 8
The connecting
7 6 cables are not
shown.

K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, 3RA19 24-2B 3/64 1 2 3 Contactor, 22/30 kW 3RT10 34 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 3/16
lateral. Depth compen- 8 Timing relay, lateral 3RP15 74-1N.30 3)
sation required:
K3: 1.5 mm; K2: 0 mm1) 9 Auxiliary switch block with 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
7 Solid-state time-delay auxil- 3RT19 26-2G. . . 3/41
iary switch block, front2) 10 Auxiliary switch block for
local control
15 Auxiliary switch block, 3RH19 21-1EA. . 3/39 - 2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01 3/38
lateral - 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1. . . . 3/43, 11 Base plate 3RA19 32-2E 3/74
3RT19 36-1. . . . 3/44
6 Assembly kit 3RA19 33-2C 3/74
17 Three-phase feeder 3RV19 35-5A 3/74
terminal The assembly kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
18 Three-phase busbar 3RV19 35-1A 3/74
4)
19 Push-in lug for screw 3RP19 03
mounting of timing relay
1)
Use the 3RA19 32-2B base plate for this configuration.
2) Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
3)
See chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" "3RP, 7PV Timing
Relays" "3RP15 Timing Relays in Industrial Enclosure, 22.5 mm".

Siemens AG 2011
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
3
80 25 37 51 63 24 AC B 3RA14 35-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B

110 AC B 3RA14 35-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 35-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
86 27 45 55 63 24 AC B 3RA14 36-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA14 36-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 36-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
3RA14 3.-8XC21-1. . .
DC operation
80 25 37 51 63 24 DC B 3RA14 35-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
86 27 45 55 63 24 DC B 3RA14 36-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
1)
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
1
2 6
17 16
3
11
18
19
15
NSB0_00466c
10
9
4 10
10
8
The connecting cables

are not shown.
6
12

K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, 3RA19 24-2B 3/64 1 2 3 Contactor, 37 kW 3RT10 35 3RT10 35 3RT10 34 3/17
lateral 1 2 3 Contactor, 45 kW 3RT10 36 3RT10 36 3RT10 34 3/17
7 Solid-state time-delay auxil- 3RT19 26-2G. . . 3/41 8 2)
Timing relay, lateral 3RP15 74-1N.30
iary switch block, front1)
9 Auxiliary switch block with 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
12 Mechanical interlock, front 3RA19 24-1A 3/64
10 Auxiliary switch block for
lateral
local control
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1. . . . 3/43, - 2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01 3/38
3RT19 36-1. . . . 3/44 - 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
17 Three-phase feeder 3RV19 35-5A 3/74 11 Base plate 3RA19 32-2F 3/74
terminal
6 Assembly kit 3RA19 33-2B 3/74
18 Three-phase busbar 3RV19 35-1A 3/74
2) The assembly kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
19 Push-in lug for screw 3RP19 03 module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
1) Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is 2) See chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" "3RP, 7PV Timing
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be Relays" "3RP15 Timing Relays in Industrial Enclosure, 22.5 mm".

Siemens AG 2011
up to per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V
3
115 37 55 81 93 24 AC B 3RA14 44-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA14 44-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 44-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
150 47 75 103 110 24 AC B 3RA14 45-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 41B
110 AC B 3RA14 45-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 41B
230 AC } 3RA14 45-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 41B
DC operation
3RA14 4.-8XC21-1. . . 115 37 55 81 93 24 DC B 3RA14 44-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
150 47 75 103 110 24 DC B 3RA14 45-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 41B
1)
Coil operating range at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
1 6
2
16 3
11
20
19
15
NSB0_00467d
10
8
9
4 10 10
The connecting
6 leads are not shown.
7

K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, lateral. 3RA19 24-2B 3/64 1 2 3 Contactor, 55 kW 3RT10 44 3RT10 44 3RT10 35 3/17
Depth compensation 1 2 3 Contactor, 75 kW 3RT10 45 3RT10 45 3RT10 36 3/17
required: 8 Timing relay, lateral 3RP15 74-1N.30 3)
K3: 0 mm; K2: 27.5 mm1)
9 Auxiliary switch block with 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
7 Solid-state time-delay 3RT19 26-2G. . . 3/41 1 unassigned NO contact
auxiliary switch block, front2) 10 Auxiliary switch block for
15 Auxiliary switch block, lateral 3RH19 21-1EA. . 3/39 local control
16 Surge suppressors 3RT19 .6-1 . . . . 3/44 - 2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01 3/38
3) - 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 3/38
19 Push-in lug for screw 3RP19 03 11 Base plate 3RA19 42-2E 3/74
6 Assembly kit 3RA19 43-2C 3/74
20 Single-phase feeder terminal 3RA19 43-3L 3/74
The assembly kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
1) Use the 3RA19 42-2B base plate for this configuration. 3) See chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" "3RP, 7PV Timing
2)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is Relays" "3RP15 Timing Relays in Industrial Enclosure, 22.5 mm".
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be

Siemens AG 2011
Components for customer assembly
Version Size DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Assembly kits
The assembly kit contains: S00-S00-S00 } 3RA19 13-2B 1 1 unit 41B
Mechanical interlock;
3 connecting clips, star jumper,
3

The assembly kit contains: S0-S0-S0 } 3RA19 23-2B 1 1 unit 41B
5 connecting clips, star jumper,
The assembly kit contains: S2-S2-S0 } 3RA19 33-2C 1 1 unit 41B
Star jumper, S2-S2-S2 } 3RA19 33-2B 1 1 unit 41B
wiring module on the bottom S3-S3-S2 } 3RA19 43-2C 1 1 unit 41B
(Wiring module on the top is not included in the S3-S3-S3 } 3RA19 43-2B 1 1 unit 41B
scope of supply.) S6-S6-S6 A 3RA19 53-2B 1 1 unit 41B
NSB0_01836
(A double infeed between the line contactor and S6-S6-S6 A 3RA19 53-2N 1 1 unit 41B
the delta contactor is recommended.)
S10-S10-S10 A 3RA19 63-2B 1 1 unit 41B
3RA19 53-2B S12-S12-S12 B 3RA19 73-2B 1 1 unit 41B
NSB0_01837
3RA19 53-2N,
3RA19 63-2B,
3RA19 73-2B
Single-phase feeder terminals
Conductor cross-section: 95 mm2 S3 A 3RA19 43-3L 1 1 unit 41B
Three-phase feeder terminal

Feeder terminal block for the line contactor for
large conductor cross-sections
Conductor cross-section: 6 mm2 S00 } 3RA19 13-3K 1 1 unit 41B
Conductor cross-section: 25 mm2 S0 } 3RV19 25-5AB 1 1 unit 41E
Conductor cross-section: 50 mm2 S2 } 3RV19 35-5A 1 1 unit 41E
Three-phase busbars
Bridging phase-by-phase of all input terminals of S0 D 3RT19 26-4CC20 1 1 unit 41B
the line contactor (K1) and the delta contactor S2 } 3RV19 35-1A 1 1 unit 41E
(K3)
Links for paralleling, 3-pole (star jumpers)
Without terminal S00 } 3RT19 16-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
(The links for paralleling can be reduced by one S0 } 3RT19 26-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
pole) S2 } 3RT19 36-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
S3 } 3RT19 46-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
S61) } 3RT19 56-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
S10, S121) } 3RT19 66-4BA31 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 36-4BA31
Base plates
For customer assembly of contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting with timing relay mounted
on the side
Side-by-side mounting S2, S2, S0 B 3RA19 32-2E 1 1 unit 41B
10 mm distance between K3 and K2 S2, S2, S2 B 3RA19 32-2F 1 1 unit 41B
Side-by-side mounting S3, S3, S2 B 3RA19 42-2E 1 1 unit 41B
10 mm distance between K1, K3 and K2 S6, S6, S3 B 3RA19 52-2E 1 1 unit 41B
S6, S6, S6 B 3RA19 52-2F 1 1 unit 41B
S10, S10, S6 B 3RA19 62-2E 1 1 unit 41B
S10, S10, S10 B 3RA19 62-2F 1 1 unit 41B
S12, S12, S10 B 3RA19 72-2E 1 1 unit 41B
S12, S12, S12 B 3RA19 72-2F 1 1 unit 41B
For customer assembly of contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting with a timing relay mounted
on the front
10 mm distance between K1, K3 and K2 S2, S2, S0 B 3RA19 32-2B 1 1 unit 41B
S2, S2, S2 B 3RA19 32-2B 1 1 unit 41B
S3, S3, S2 B 3RA19 42-2B 1 1 unit 41B
1)
The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1 (S10, S12) cover can be used for touch protection.

4
Siemens AG 2011

Special Applications
Price Groups
PG 41B
4/2 Introduction
Contactors for Special

Applications
4/4 SIRIUS 3RT14 contactors for resistive
loads (AC-1), 3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
4/6 SIRIUS 3RT13 contactors for resistive
loads (AC-1), 4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
4
4/8 SIRIUS 3RT15 contactors, 4-pole,
2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW
4/10 SIRIUS 3RT16 capacitor contactors,
12.5 ... 50 kvar
Contactors with Extended
Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 Us
for Railway Applications
4/13 SIRIUS 3RT10 motor contactors,
5.5 ... 45 kW
Ch.5 SIRIUS 3RH11 contactor relays
Coupling Contactors
Ch.3 SIRIUS 3RT10 coupling contactors
(interface), 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
Ch.5 SIRIUS 3RH11 coupling contactors
for switching auxiliary circuits,
4-pole

page 8
Note:
- Safety characteristics for contactors
see Catalog IC 10 2012
"Appendix" "Standards and
Approvals" "Overview"
Siemens
Siemens
IC 10
ICAO
10 AO
2012
2012
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Overview
Size S00 S0
Type 3RT13 1, 3RT15 1 3RT13 2, 3RT15 2
4-pole 3RT13, 3RT15 contactors
Type 3RT13 16 3RT13 17 3RT15 16 3RT15 17 3RT13 25 3RT13 26 3RT15 26
4
Number of main contacts 4 NO 2 NO + 2 NC 4 NO 2 NO + 2 NC

AC, DC operation (p. 4/6, 4/7) (p. 4/9) (p. 4/6, 4/7) (p. 4/9)
-1 AC
Ie at 400 V A 18 / 16 22 / 20 18 / 16 22 / 20 35 / 30 40 / 35 40 / 35
40 C kW 12 14,5 11 13 22 26 26
60 C kW 11 13 6,5 7,5 20 23 15
AC-2 and AC-3
Ie at 400 V A 9 12 9 12 17 25 25
400 V kW 4 5,5 4 5,5 7,5 11 11
230 V kW 3 3 3 3 4 5,5 5,5

Auxiliary switch blocks On front 3RH19 11 (Chap. 3) 3RH19 21 (Chap. 3)
Lateral 3RH19 11 (Chap. 3) 3RH19 21 (Chap. 3)
Timing relay blocks 3RT19 16 (Chap. 3) 3RT19 26 (Chap. 3)
Surge suppressors 3RT19 16 (Chap. 3) 3RT19 26 (Chap. 3)
Size S2 S3 S6, S10, S12

Type 3RT13 36, 3RT15 35 3RT13 4. 3RT14 5.
4-pole 3RT13, 3RT15 contactors 3-pole 3RT14 contactors
Type 3RT13 36 3RT15 35 3RT13 44 3RT13 46 3RT14 46 3RT14 56 3RT14 66 3RT14 76
Number of main contacts 4 NO 2 NO + 2 NC 4 NO 3 NO 3 NO
AC, DC operation (p. 4/6, 4/7) (p. 4/9) (p. 4/6, 4/7) (p. 4/4) (p. 4/4)
AC-1 ( 690 V)
Ie 40 C A 60 60 110 140 140 275 400 690
60 C A 55 55 100 120 130 250 380 650
400 V 40 C kW 39 36 72 92 92 180 263 454
230 V 40 C kW 23 20 42 53 53 105 151 261
500 V kW -- -- -- -- 115 225 329 568
690 V kW -- -- -- -- 159 310 454 783
1000 V 60 C kW -- -- -- -- 98 165 247 410
AC-2 and AC-3

Ie/AC-3/400 V A 44 97 138 170
400 V kW 11 18,5 22 55 75 90
230 V kW 5,5 9,5 -- -- 12,7 30 37 55
500 V kW -- -- -- -- 29,9 55 90 110
690 V kW -- -- -- -- 38,2 90 132 160

Auxiliary switch blocks On front 3RH19 21 (Chap. 3)
Lateral 3RH19 21 (Chap. 3)
Terminal covers 3RT19 36-4EA4 (Chap. 3) 3RT19 46-4EA4 (Chap. 3) 3RT19 56-4EA1/2/3 (Chap. 3)
Box terminal blocks -- -- 3RT19 55/56/66-4G (Chap. 3)
Surge suppressors 3RT19 26/36 (Chap. 3) 3RT19 56-1C (Chap. 3)

Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors see
Catalog IC 10 2012, "Appendix" "Standards and Approvals"
"Overview"
Connection methods
The contactors are available with screw terminals (box terminals
or flat connectors) or with spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals
4


Siemens AG 2011
Contactors for Special Applications

SIRIUS 3RT14 contactors for resistive loads
(AC-1), 3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
Overview
Standards Size S3: AC or DC operation
Sizes S6 to S12: AC/DC operation
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, The following applies for sizes S6 to S12:
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) Withdrawable coils
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are Coils with integrated surge suppression (varistor)
finger-safe according to EN 50274. Main conductors: Busbar connections
3RT14 contactors are used for switching resistive loads (AC-1)
or as contactors, for example for variable-speed operating The accessories for the 3RT10 contactors can also be used
mechanisms that normally only have to carry the current. here.
General descriptions of the sizes S3 to S12 see Chapter 3,
4
"SIRIUS 3RT10 Contactors, 3-pole, 3 to 250 kW".

Size S3: AC or DC operation
3RT14 46-1A. .0
Size Rated data AC-1, Auxiliary Rated control DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
Tu: 40 C contacts supply voltage (UNIT,
Opera- Rating of AC loads (p f. = 0.95) Us SET, M)
tional at Version Order No. Price
current Ie per PU
Up to
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V
TH 35 and TH 75 standard mounting rail
AC operation
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
S3 140 53 92 115 159 -- -- AC 24, 50 Hz B 3RT14 46-1AB00 1 1 unit 41B
AC 110, 50 Hz B 3RT14 46-1AF00 1 1 unit 41B
AC 230, 50 Hz } 3RT14 46-1AP00 1 1 unit 41B
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
S3 140 53 92 115 159 -- -- 24 DC } 3RT14 46-1BB40 1 1 unit 41B
220 DC B 3RT14 46-1BM40 1 1 unit 41B

Accessories and spare parts see "3RT10 Contactors",
Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011

(AC-1), 3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
Sizes S6 to S12: UC operation (AC/DC)
Coils with integrated surge suppression (varistor)
Main conductors: Busbar connections
3RT14 6.
4
Size Rated data AC-1, Auxiliary Rated control DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
Tu: 40 C contacts supply voltage (UNIT,
Opera- Rating of AC loads (p f. = 0.95) Us SET, M)
tional at Version Order No. Price
current Ie per PU
Up to
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43

U
A2() 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
S6 275 105 180 225 310 2 2 110 ... 127 } 3RT14 56-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 ... 240 } 3RT14 56-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S10 400 151 263 329 454 2 2 110 ... 127 } 3RT14 66-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 ... 240 } 3RT14 66-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 690 261 454 568 783 2 2 110 ... 127 A 3RT14 76-6AF36 1 1 unit 41B
220 ... 240 } 3RT14 76-6AP36 1 1 unit 41B
Solid-state operating mechanism
For 24 V DC PLC output
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43

U
A2() 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
S6 275 105 180 225 310 2 2 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 56-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 ... 277 A 3RT14 56-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S10 400 151 263 329 454 2 2 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 66-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 ... 277 A 3RT14 66-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
S12 690 261 454 568 783 2 2 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 76-6NF36 1 1 unit 41B
200 ... 277 A 3RT14 76-6NP36 1 1 unit 41B
For 24 V DC PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
S6 275 105 180 225 310 1 1 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 56-6PF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 ... 277 B 3RT14 56-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
S10 400 151 263 329 454 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 66-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
S12 690 261 454 568 783 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 76-6PP35 1 1 unit 41B
With AS-Interface interface and remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
S6 275 105 180 225 310 1 1 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 56-6QF35 1 1 unit 41B
200 ... 277 B 3RT14 56-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
S10 400 151 263 329 454 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 66-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B
S12 690 261 454 568 783 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 76-6QP35 1 1 unit 41B

Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011

(AC-1), 4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
Overview
Standards Accessories
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The accessories for the 3-pole SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors can
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, also be used for the 4-pole versions (see Chapter 3).
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
Auxiliary switches
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274. Size S00: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to
EN 50005.
3RT13 contactors are used for switching resistive loads (AC-1)
but are also suitable for switching mixed loads in distribution Sizes S0 to S3: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to
systems (e. g. for supplying heaters, lamps, motors, PC power EN 50012 and EN 50005 (for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts).
supply units) with p.f. > 0.8 according to IEC 60947-4-1, test
conditions for utilization category AC-1.
4

AC operation, 4 NO contacts
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3RT13 3.-1A.00 3RT13 1.-1A.00 3RT13 1.-2A.00

Rated data AC-1, Rated control supply DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
Tu: 40/60 C voltage Us terminals
Operational Ratings of AC loads (p.f. = 0.95) Order No. Price Order No. Price
current Ie at 50 Hz and per PU per PU
400 V
A kW V AC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 7/L4
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 8/T4
Size S001)
18 / 16 12 / 11 24, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 16-1AB00 B 3RT13 16-2AB00
110, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 16-1AF00 B 3RT13 16-2AF00
230, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 16-1AP00 B 3RT13 16-2AP00
22 / 20 14,5 / 13 24, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 17-1AB00 B 3RT13 17-2AB00
110, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 17-1AF00 B 3RT13 17-2AF00
230, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 17-1AP00 B 3RT13 17-2AP00
Size S02)
35 / 30 22 / 20 24, 50 Hz } 3RT13 25-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz } 3RT13 25-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 25-1AP00 --
40 / 35 26 / 23 24, 50 Hz } 3RT13 26-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz } 3RT13 26-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 26-1AP00 --
Size S2
60 / 55 39 / 36 24, 50 Hz B 3RT13 36-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT13 36-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 36-1AP00 --
Size S3
110 / 100 72 / 66 24, 50 Hz B 3RT13 44-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT13 44-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 44-1AP00 --
140 / 120 92 / 79 24, 50 Hz B 3RT13 46-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT13 46-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 46-1AP00 --
1)
Other voltages according to page 4/12 on request. For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us,
Accessories and spare parts see "3RT10 Contactors", at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Chapter 3. 2) Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

Siemens AG 2011

(AC-1), 4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
DC operation DC solenoid system, 4 NO contacts
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
4
3RT13 4.-1B..40 3RT13 1.-1B.40 3RT13 1.-2B.40
Rated data AC-1, Rated control supply DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
Tu: 40/60 C voltage Us terminals
Operational Ratings of AC loads (p.f. = 0.95) Order No. Price Order No. Price
current Ie at 50 Hz and per PU per PU
400 V
A kW V DC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 7/L4
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 8/T4
Size S00
18 / 16 12 / 11 24 } 3RT13 16-1BB40 } 3RT13 16-2BB40
220 B 3RT13 16-1BM40 B 3RT13 16-2BM40
22 / 20 14,5 / 13 24 } 3RT13 17-1BB40 A 3RT13 17-2BB40
220 B 3RT13 17-1BM40 B 3RT13 17-2BM40
Size S01)
35 / 30 22 / 20 24 } 3RT13 25-1BB40 --
220 B 3RT13 25-1BM40 --
40 / 35 26 / 23 24 } 3RT13 26-1BB40 --
220 B 3RT13 26-1BM40 --
Size S2
60 / 55 39 / 36 24 } 3RT13 36-1BB40 --
220 B 3RT13 36-1BM40 --
Size S3
110 / 100 72 / 66 24 B 3RT13 44-1BB40 --
220 B 3RT13 44-1BM40 --
140 / 120 92 / 79 24 B 3RT13 46-1BB40 --
220 B 3RT13 46-1BM40 --

Chapter 3.
1) Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

Siemens AG 2011

4-pole, 2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW
Overview
Standards
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Note:
Single device for pole reversal; not suitable for reversing duty.
3RT15 contactors are not suitable for switching a load between
2 current sources.
Accessories
4
The accessories for the 3-pole SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors can

also be used for the 4-pole versions (see Chapter 3).
Auxiliary switches
Size S00: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to
EN 50005.
Sizes S0 to S3: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to
EN 50012 and EN 50005 (for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts).

Siemens AG 2011

4-pole, 2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW

AC and DC operation, 2 NO contacts + 2 NC contacts1)
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
4
3RT15 26-1A..0 3RT15 1.-1...0 3RT15 1.-2...0
Rated data Rated control supply DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
AC-2/AC-3, AC-1, voltage Us terminals
Tu: Up to 60 C Tu: 40/60 C
Operational Ratings of Operational Order No. Price Order No. Price
current Ie induction motors current Ie per PU per PU
at 50 Hz and
At 400 V 400 V
A kW A V
AC operation
A1(+) 1 R1 R3 3
A2() 2 R2 R4 4
Size S001)
9 4 18 / 16 24, 50 Hz B 3RT15 16-1AB00 B 3RT15 16-2AB00
110, 50 Hz B 3RT15 16-1AF00 B 3RT15 16-2AF00
230, 50 Hz } 3RT15 16-1AP00 B 3RT15 16-2AP00
12 5,5 22 / 20 24, 50 Hz A 3RT15 17-1AB00 B 3RT15 17-2AB00
110, 50 Hz } 3RT15 17-1AF00 B 3RT15 17-2AF00
230, 50 Hz } 3RT15 17-1AP00 } 3RT15 17-2AP00
Size S02)
25 11 40 / 35 24, 50 Hz B 3RT15 26-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT15 26-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT15 26-1AP00 --
Size S2
40 18,5 55 / 50 24, 50 Hz B 3RT15 35-1AB00 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT15 35-1AF00 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT15 35-1AP00 --
A1(+) 1 R1 R3 3
A2() 2 R2 R4 4
Size S00
9 4 18 / 16 24 DC } 3RT15 16-1BB40 } 3RT15 16-2BB40
220 DC B 3RT15 16-1BM40 B 3RT15 16-2BM40
12 5,5 22 / 20 24 DC } 3RT15 17-1BB40 B 3RT15 17-2BB40
220 DC B 3RT15 17-1BM40 B 3RT15 17-2BM40
Size S02)
25 11 40 / 35 24 DC } 3RT15 26-1BB40 --
220 DC B 3RT15 26-1BM40 --
Size S2
40 18,5 55 / 50 24 DC } 3RT15 35-1BB40 --
220 DC B 3RT15 35-1BM40 --
1)
For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
2) Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RT16 capacitor contactors,
12.5 ... 50 kvar
Overview
Standards Circuit diagrams
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, Size S00 Sizes S0 and S3
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are F0 F0
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Function
The 3RT16 capacitor contactors are special versions of the 13 51 43
1/L1
5/L3
3/L2
1/L1
5/L3
3/L2
3RT10 contactors size S00 to S3. The capacitors are precharged A1 A1
by means of the mounted leading NO contacts and resistors;
4
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
only then do the main contacts close. A2 A2
14 52 44
This prevents disturbances in the network and welding of the
contactors.
Only discharged capacitors are permitted to be switched on
with capacitor contactors.
NSB0_00558b
NSB0_01382c
Capacitor switching capacity of the basic 3RT10 contactor ver-
sion see "Technical Information" on the Internet. C1 C1
Auxiliary switches
The auxiliary switch block which is snapped onto the capacitor
contactor contains the three leading NO contacts and in the
case of S00 one standard NC contact and in the case of S0 and
S3 one standard NO contact, which is unassigned. Size S00 also
contains another unassigned NO contact in the basic unit.
In addition, a 2-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted lat-
erally on the 3RT16 47 capacitor contactors (2 NO, 2 NC or
1 NO + 1 NC versions); type 3RH19 21-1EA. .. The fitting of aux-
iliary switches for 3RT16 17 and 3RT16 27 is not expandable.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RT16 capacitor contactors,
12.5 ... 50 kvar

AC operation
Screw terminals
4
3RT16 17-1A.03 3RT16 27-1A.01 3RT16 47-1A.01
Utilization category AC-6b Auxiliary Rated control supply DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
Switching of AC capacitors contacts, voltage Us2) (UNIT,
for an ambient temperature of 60 C1) unassigned SET, M)
Capacitor rating at Version Order No. Price
operational voltage 50/60 Hz per PU
At 230 V At 400 V At 525 V At 690 V

kvar kvar kvar kvar NO NC V AC Hz
Size S00
3 7,5 5 12,5 7,5 15 10 21 1 1 24 50 / 60 B 3RT16 17-1AB03 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT16 17-1AF03 1 1 unit 41B
230 } 3RT16 17-1AP03 1 1 unit 41B
Size S03)
3,5 15 6 25 7,8 30 10 42 1 -- 24 50 B 3RT16 27-1AB01 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT16 27-1AF01 1 1 unit 41B
230 } 3RT16 27-1AP01 1 1 unit 41B
Size S3
3,5 30 5 50 7,5 60 10 84 1 -- 24 50 B 3RT16 47-1AB01 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT16 47-1AF01 1 1 unit 41B
230 } 3RT16 47-1AP01 1 1 unit 41B
1)
For size S3: 55 C.
2)
Operating range: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
3) For conductor cross-sections > 6 mm2
use 3RV19 25-5AB terminals (2 units).
Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011
SIRIUS 3RT1 contactors
Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Rated control supply Contactor type 3RT13 1, 3RT13 2, 3RT13 3, 3RT14 4 3RT16 17,
voltage Us 3RT15 1 3RT15 2 3RT13 4, 3RT16 27,
3RT15 3 3RT16 47
Size S00 S0 S2, S3 S3 S00, S0, S3
Sizes S00 to S3
AC operation
Solenoid coils for 50 Hz (exception: Size S00: 50 and 60 Hz1))
24 V AC B0 B0 B0 B0 B0
42 V AC D0 D0 -- D0 --
48 V AC H0 H0 -- H0 --
4
110 V AC F0 F0 F0 F0 F0
230 V AC P0 P0 P0 P0 P0
240 V AC U0 U0 U0 U0 U0
400 V AC V0 V0 V0 V0 V0
Solenoid coils for 50 and 60 Hz1)
24 V AC B0 C2 C2 C2 C2
42 V AC D0 D2 D2 D2 --
48 V AC H0 H2 H2 H2 --
110 V AC F0 G2 G2 G2 G2
220 V AC N2 N2 N2 N2 N2
230 V AC P0 L2 L2 L2 L2
240 V AC P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
Solenoid coils (for USA and Canada2))
50 Hz 60 Hz
110 V AC 120 V AC K6 K6 K6 K6 K6
220 V AC 240 V AC P6 P6 P6 P6 P6
Solenoid coils (for Japan)
50/60 Hz3) 60 Hz4)
100 V AC 110 V AC G6 G6 G6 G6 G6
200 V AC 220 V AC N6 N6 N6 N6 N6
400 V AC 440 V AC R6 R6 R6 R6 R6
DC operation
12 V DC A4 -- -- -- --
24 V DC B4 B4 B4 B4 --
42 V DC D4 D4 D4 D4 --
48 V DC W4 -- W4 W4 --
60 V DC -- -- -- E4 --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4 F4 --
125 V DC G4 G4 G4 G4 --
220 V DC M4 M4 M4 M4 --
230 V DC P4 -- P4 P4 --
Examples
AC operation 3RT13 25-1AP00 Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50 Hz for rated control supply voltage 230 V AC.
3RT13 25-1AG20 Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50/60 Hz for rated control supply voltage 110 V AC.
DC operation 3RT15 26-2BB40 Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 24 V DC.
3RT15 26-2BG40 Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 125 V DC.
Rated control supply Contactor type 3RT14 56-6A..., Rated control supply Contactor type 3RT14 56-6N..., 3RT14 56-6P/Q ...,
voltage 3RT14 66-6A..., voltage 3RT14 66-6N..., 3RT14 66-6P/Q ...,
3RT14 76-6A... 3RT14 76-6N... 3RT14 76-6P/Q ...
Us min ... Us max5) Size S00 Us min ... Us max5) Size
Size S6 to S12
UC operation (AC 40 to 60 Hz, DC)
23 ... 26 V AC/DC B3 21 ... 27.3 V AC/DC B3 --
42 ... 48 V AC/DC D3 96 ... 127 V AC/DC F3 F3
110 ... 127 V AC/DC F3 200 ... 277 V AC/DC P3 P3
200 ... 220 V AC/DC M3
220 ... 240 V AC/DC P3
240 ... 277 V AC/DC U3
380 ... 420 V AC/DC V3
440 ... 480 V AC/DC R3
500 ... 550 V AC/DC S3
575 ... 600 V AC/DC T3
1) Coil operating range 3) Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us Size S00: at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us. Size S0 to S3: at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us
2)
Coil operating range at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us.
4)
Size S00: at 50 Hz: 0,85 ... 1.1 x Us Coil operating range
at 60 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us at 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us.
Size S0 to S3: at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0,8 ... 1.1 x Us. 5)
Coil operating range: 0.7 x Us min ... 1.3 x Us max.

Siemens AG 2011

Contactors with extended operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us for railway applications
SIRIUS 3RT10 motor contactors,
5.5 ... 45 kW
Overview L+
L-
Standards
S1
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
for requirements acc. to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274 (excep- E1+
tion: series resistor S2 and S3). Rv
K1
The contactors are available with screw terminals or spring-type
terminals. On sizes S0 to S3, only the auxiliary conductor termi-
nals and coil terminals are spring-type terminals. 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
K1
NSB0_00559b
Control and auxiliary circuits
A2- 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Contactors are available with:
4
Conventional coils
Coils with series resistor Circuit diagram with series resistor (size S00)
Coils with solid-state control unit The size S0 to S3 contactors are equipped on the front with an
The solenoid coils of the contactors have an extended coil oper- auxiliary switch block with 2 NO + 2 NC contacts. The separate
ating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard with series resistor, which is attached laterally next to the contactor
varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The opening on the 35 mm standard mounting rail, is fitted with connecting
delay is therefore 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors. cables for mounting onto contactors. A circuit diagram showing
the terminals is stuck onto each contactor. The NC contact
Ambient temperature 21-22 of the auxiliary contacts is required for the series resistor
function.
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the con-
tactors (across the full coil operating range) is -40 C to +70 C. Mounting
Uninterrupted duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the me- At ambient temperatures up to 70C, the size S00 contactors
chanical endurance, the load rating capacity of the conducting and contactor relays are allowed to be mounted side by side.
paths and the switching frequency.
The resistor module of the size S0 to S3 contactors must be
mounted to the left of the contactor owing to the prefabricated
Application connecting cables.
For operation in installations which are subject both to consider- Dimensions
able variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tem-
peratures, e. g. railway applications under extreme climatic con- Attaching the series resistor increases the width of contactor
ditions, rolling mills, etc. sizes S0 to S3.
Sizes S00 and S0 with conventional coil Sizes S0 to S3 with solid-state control unit
These contactor relays have an extended operating range from The contactors are supplied as complete units with a built-on
0.7 to 1.25 x Us; the coils are fitted with varistors as standard. An solid-state control unit.
additional series resistor is not required. Control and auxiliary circuits
Please note:
The contactors are energized via upstream control electronics
Size S00: It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x Us at an
Size S0: Up to two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be ambient temperature of 70 C.
mounted.
A varistor is integrated for damping opening surges in the coil.
Mounting The opening delay is therefore 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard
contactors.
A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at
ambient temperatures > 60 C 70 C. The possibility of mounting auxiliary switches is the same as that
for equivalent standard contactors.
Sizes S00 to S3 with series resistor
Mounting
The DC solenoid systems of the contactors are modified (to
holding excitation) by means of a series resistor. At ambient temperatures up to 70 C, sizes S0 to S3 of these
contactor versions are allowed to be mounted side by side.
Auxiliary switches
Dimensions
The size S00 contactors are supplied prewired with a plug-on
module containing the series resistor. The varistor is integrated. Because of the built-on solid-state control unit, the height of the
The integrated NC contact is used for switching the series resis- size S0 to S3 contactors increases by up to 34 mm .
tor. A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can
be fitted additionally.

Siemens AG 2011

5.5 ... 45 kW

Conventional solenoid coil, fitted with varistor
4
3RT10 3.-2K.40
Rated data Auxiliary Rated control supply DT Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG
AC-2 and AC-3 contacts voltage Us (UNIT,
Tu: 70 C SET, M)
Operational Ratings of Version Order No. Price
current Ie induction motors per PU
at at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC
Size S00
Ident. No. 10, 1 NO
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
Ident. No. 01, 1 NC
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
12 3 5,5 5,5 5,5 11) -- 24 } 3RT10 17-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 17-2KF41 1 1 unit 41B
12 3 5,5 5,5 5,5 -- 11) 24 } 3RT10 17-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 17-2KF42 1 1 unit 41B
Size S0 Spring-type terminals
for coil terminals
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
U
A2(-) 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
17 4 7,5 10 11 -- --2) 24 } 3RT10 25-3KB40 1 1 unit 41B

110 B 3RT10 25-3KF40 1 1 unit 41B
25 5,5 11 11 11 -- --2) 24 } 3RT10 26-3KB40 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 26-3KF40 1 1 unit 41B
1)
The auxiliary contacts are not expandable.
2) Up to two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted.
Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011

5.5 ... 45 kW
Solenoid coil with series resistor, fitted with varistor
3RT10 3.-3K.44-0LA0 3RT10 3.-3K.44-0LA0

Rated data Auxiliary Rated control supply DT Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG
4
AC-2 and AC-3 contacts voltage Us (UNIT,
Tu: 70 C SET, M)
Operational Ratings of Version Order No. Price
current Ie induction motors per PU
at at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC
Size S00
E1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
12 3 5,5 5,5 5,5 -- --1) 24 A 3RT10 17-2KB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 17-2KF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
Size S0 Spring-type terminals
for coil terminals and
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 31 43 auxiliary contacts
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 32 44
17 4 7,5 10 11 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 25-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 25-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
25 5,5 11 11 11 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 26-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 26-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
Size S2
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 32 44
32 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 34-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 34-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
40 11 18,5 22 22 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 35-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 35-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
50 15 22 30 22 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 36-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 36-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
Size S3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 31 43
A1(+)
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 32 44
65 18,5 30 37 43 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 44-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 44-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
2)
80 22 37 45 55 2 1 24 B 3RT10 45-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 45-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
95 22 45 55 55 2 12) 24 B 3RT10 46-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B
110 B 3RT10 46-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B

Chapter 3.
1)
The integrated NC contact is used for switching the series resistor. A 4-
pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted.
2)
The NC contact 21-22 is used for switching the series resistor. The auxiliary
contacts are not expandable.

Siemens AG 2011

5.5 ... 45 kW
Solid-state control unit
Solenoid coil fitted with varistor
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
4
3RT10 3.-3X.40-0LA2
Rated data Auxiliary Rated control DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
AC-2 and AC-3 contacts1) supply volt- for coil terminals
Tu: Up to 70 C age Us
Rated opera- Ratings of Version Order No. Price Order No. Price
tional current Ie induction motors per PU per PU
up to at 50 Hz and
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC V DC
Size S0
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
U
A2(-) 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
17 7,5 -- -- 24 C 3RT10 25-1XB40-0LA2 B 3RT10 25-3XB40-0LA2

-- -- 110 B 3RT10 25-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 25-3XF40-0LA2
25 11 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 26-1XB40-0LA2 B 3RT10 26-3XB40-0LA2
-- -- 110 B 3RT10 26-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 26-3XF40-0LA2
Size S2
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
U
A2(-) 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
32 15 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 34-1XB40-0LA2 C 3RT10 34-3XB40-0LA2

-- -- 110 B 3RT10 34-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 34-3XF40-0LA2
40 18,5 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 35-1XB40-0LA2 C 3RT10 35-3XB40-0LA2
-- -- 110 B 3RT10 35-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 35-3XF40-0LA2
50 22 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 36-1XB40-0LA2 B 3RT10 36-3XB40-0LA2
-- -- 110 B 3RT10 36-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 36-3XF40-0LA2
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

U
A2(-) 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Size S3
65 30 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 44-1XB40-0LA2 B 3RT10 44-3XB40-0LA2
-- -- 110 B 3RT10 44-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 44-3XF40-0LA2
80 37 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 45-1XB40-0LA2 B 3RT10 45-3XB40-0LA2
-- -- 110 B 3RT10 45-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 45-3XF40-0LA2
95 45 -- -- 24 B 3RT10 46-1XB40-0LA2 B 3RT10 46-3XB40-0LA2
-- -- 110 B 3RT10 46-1XF40-0LA2 B 3RT10 46-3XF40-0LA2
1)
Auxiliary switch blocks mountable as 3RT10 standard contactors.

5
Siemens AG 2011

Contactor Relays and Relays
Price Groups
PG 41A, 41B, 41H
5/2 Introduction
Contactor Relays
5/3 SIRIUS 3RH1 contactor relays,
4- and 8-pole
5/10 SIRIUS 3RH14 latched contactor relays,
4-pole
Coupling Relays
5/11 SIRIUS 3RH11 coupling relays
for switching auxiliary circuits,
4-pole
Contactors with Extended
5
Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 Us
for Railway Applications
5/13 SIRIUS 3RH11 contactor relays

page 8
Siemens
Siemens
IC 10
ICAO
10 AO
2012
2012
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Overview
The advantages at a glance
Size S00 S00

Type 3RH11 3RH12
Order No. Page
3RH1 contactor relays
4-pole Screw terminals or spring-type terminals 3RH11 5/5, 5/6
8-pole 3RH12 5/5, 5/6
5
4-pole, latched 3RH14 5/10

Coupling relays Coils for control by PLC 3RH11 5/11
Contactor relays Coils with extended voltage range 3RH11 5/13
for railway applications
Accessories for 3RH1 contactor relays
Auxiliary switch blocks On front 3RH19 11 5/7
Lateral 3RH19 11 Chapter 3
Timing relay blocks On front 3RT19 16 Chapter 3
OFF-delay devices For mounting separately 3RT19 16 5/9
Surge suppressors On front 3RT19 16 5/8
Additional load modules On front 3RT19 16 5/8
Connection methods
The contactor relays are available with screw terminals (box ter-
minals) or with spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals


Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
SIRIUS 3RH1 contactor relays,
4- and 8-pole
Overview
Contactor relays and coupling relays,
size S00, with accessories
3
12
5
5
6
7 13
8 2
14
10
11
15
NSB0_00066a
16
1 Contactor relay 10 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks

2 Coupling relay for auxiliary circuits (terminal designations according to EN 50011 or EN 50005)
11 2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard version or
3 Solid-state timing relay block, with ON-delay solid-state compatible version
4 Solid-state timing relay block, with OFF-delay (terminal designations according to EN 50005)
5 Auxiliary switch block, with solid-state time-delay 12 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with 4-pole auxiliary switch
(versions: ON or OFF-delay) block
6 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above 13 Solder pin adapters for contactor relays and coupling relays
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above 14 Additional load modules for increasing the permissible residual
8 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below current
9 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below 15 Surge suppressors with LED
16 Surge suppressors without LED

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
4- and 8-pole
Standards Auxiliary switch blocks
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The 3RH1 contactor relays can be expanded by up to four con-
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1. tacts by the addition of snap-on auxiliary switch blocks.
The 3RH1 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate. The auxiliary switch block can easily be snapped onto the front
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274. of the contactors. The auxiliary switch block has a centrally po-
sitioned release lever for disassembly.
The 3RH1 contactor relays have screw terminals or spring-type
terminals. Four contacts are available in the basic unit. For ex- The contactor relays with 4 contacts with Ident. No. 40E accord-
pansions see "Accessories" on page 5/7. ing to EN 50011 can be extended with 3RH19 111GA .. auxil-
iary switch blocks to obtain contactor relays with 8 contacts ac-
Contact reliability cording to EN 50011. The Ident. Nos. 80E to 44E on the auxiliary
High contact stability at low voltages and currents, suitable for switch blocks apply to the complete contactors. These auxiliary
solid-state circuits with currents 1 mA at a voltage of 17 V. switch blocks cannot be combined with contactor relays with
Ident. Nos. 31E and 22E; they are coded.
Surge suppression
All contactor relays with 4 contacts with Ident. Nos. 40E to 22E
RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies (combina- can be extended with auxiliary switch blocks 40 to 02 to obtain
tion of a diode and a Zener diode) can be plugged onto all con- contactor relays with 6 or 8 contacts in accordance with EN
tactor relays from the front for damping opening surges in the 50005. The Ident. Nos. on the auxiliary switch blocks apply only
coil. The plug-in direction is determined by a coding device.
5
to the attached auxiliary switch blocks.

Note: In addition, fully mounted 3RH12 8-pole contactor relays are
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC available; the mounted 4-pole auxiliary switch block in the 2nd
contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated tier is not removable. The terminal designations are in accor-
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; dance with EN 50011 or IEC 60947-5-1.
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms). These versions are built according to special Swiss regulations
SUVA and are distinguished externally by a red labeling plate.
Of the auxiliary contacts (integrated plus mountable) possible
on the device, no more than 4 NC contacts are permitted.
Order No. scheme

Digit of the Order No. 1. - 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
@@@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
SIRIUS contactor relays 3RH
1. generation 1
Device type (e. g. 1 = 4-pole contactor relay, 2 = 8-pole contactor relay) @
Number of NO contacts (e. g. 2 = 2 NO) @
Number of NC contacts (e. g. 2 = 2 NC) @
Connection type (1 = screw, 2 = spring) @
Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e. g. A = AC standard / without) @
Rated control supply voltage (e. g. P0 = 230 V, 50 Hz) @ @
No significance (0) @
Special version @ @ @ @
Example 3RH 1 1 2 2 1 A P 0 0
Note:
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the alog in the Selection and ordering data.
order numbers.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
4- and 8-pole

AC operation
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41A
Size S00
3RH11 . .-1B.40 3RH11 . .-2B.40 3RH12 . .-1B.40 3RH12 . .-2B.40

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply voltage DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
5
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident. No. Version Us terminals
at 230 V at 50/60 Hz1)
per PU per PU
A NO NC V AC
4 NO, Ident. No. 40E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident. No. 31E 2 NO + 2 NC, Ident. No. 22E
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 A1(+)
13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2() A2() A2()

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
6 40E 4 -- 24 } 3RH11 40-1AB00 } 3RH11 40-2AB00
110 } 3RH11 40-1AF00 } 3RH11 40-2AF00
230 } 3RH11 40-1AP00 } 3RH11 40-2AP00
31E 3 1 24 } 3RH11 31-1AB00 } 3RH11 31-2AB00
110 } 3RH11 31-1AF00 } 3RH11 31-2AF00
230 } 3RH11 31-1AP00 } 3RH11 31-2AP00
22E 2 2 24 } 3RH11 22-1AB00 } 3RH11 22-2AB00
110 } 3RH11 22-1AF00 } 3RH11 22-2AF00
230 } 3RH11 22-1AP00 } 3RH11 22-2AP00
4 NO + 4 NC, Ident. No. 44E 6 NO + 2 NC, Ident. No. 62E
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81 A1(+) 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A2() 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82 A2() 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
6 44E 4 4 230 } 3RH12 44-1AP00 B 3RH12 44-2AP00
62E 6 2 230 } 3RH12 62-1AP00 B 3RH12 62-2AP00
1)
Coil operating range Other voltages according to page 5/7 on request.
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us. Accessories see pages 5/7 to 5/9 and
"Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors", Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
4- and 8-pole
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41A
Size S00
3RH11 . .-1B.40 3RH11 . .-2B.40 3RH12 . .-1B.40 3RH12 . .-2B.40

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply voltage DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident. No. Version Us terminals
at 230 V
5
per PU per PU
A NO NC V DC
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 A1(+)
13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2() A2() A2()

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
6 40E 4 -- 24 } 3RH11 40-1BB40 } 3RH11 40-2BB40
220 } 3RH11 40-1BM40 B 3RH11 40-2BM40
31E 3 1 24 } 3RH11 31-1BB40 } 3RH11 31-2BB40
220 } 3RH11 31-1BM40 B 3RH11 31-2BM40
22E 2 2 24 } 3RH11 22-1BB40 } 3RH11 22-2BB40
220 } 3RH11 22-1BM40 B 3RH11 22-2BM40
4 NO + 4 NC, Ident. No. 44E 6 NO + 2 NC, Ident. No. 62E
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81 A1(+) 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A2() 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82 A2() 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
6 44E 4 4 24 } 3RH12 44-1BB40 A 3RH12 44-2BB40
62E 6 2 24 } 3RH12 62-1BB40 A 3RH12 62-2BB40

Accessories see pages 5/7 to 5/9 and
"Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors", Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
4- and 8-pole
Options
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type 3RH11 Contactor type 3RH11
Rated control supply Control supply voltage at Rated control supply Control supply voltage at
voltage Us voltage Us
AC operation DC operation
Solenoid coils for 50/60 Hz and 60 Hz 12 V DC A4
24 V DC B4
50/60 Hz1) 60 Hz
42 V DC D4
24 V AC -- B0 48 V DC W4
42 V AC -- D0 60 V DC E4
48 V AC -- H0 110 V DC F4
110 V AC -- F0 125 V DC G4
220 V AC -- N2 220 V DC M4
230 V AC -- P0 230 V DC P4
400 V AC -- V0 1)
Solenoid coils for USA and Canada2)
5
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
50 Hz 60 Hz at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
110 V AC 120 V AC K6
220 V AC 240 V AC P6 at 50 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0,8 to 1.1 x Us.
Solenoid coils for Japan3) 3)
50/60 Hz 60 Hz at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
100 V AC 110 V AC G6 at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
200 V AC 220 V AC N6
400 V AC 440 V AC R6
Accessories
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3RH19 11-1GA22 3RH19 11-2GA22
For contactor Contactor relays Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type

relays with AS block terminals
Ident. No. Version
per PU per PU
Type NO NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front acc. to EN 50011
Size S001)
For assembling contactor relays with 8 contacts
3RH11 40, 80E 4 -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH19 11-1GA40 } 3RH19 11-2GA40
3RH14 40,
Ident. No. 40E
54 64 74 84
71E 3 1 53 61 73 83 } 3RH19 11-1GA31 } 3RH19 11-2GA31
54 62 74 84
62E 2 2 53 61 71 83 } 3RH19 11-1GA22 } 3RH19 11-2GA22
54 62 72 84
53E 1 3 53 61 71 81 } 3RH19 11-1GA13 } 3RH19 11-2GA13
54 62 72 82
44E -- 42) 51 61 71 81 } 3RH19 11-1GA04 } 3RH19 11-2GA04
52 62 72 82
Auxiliary switch blocks and solid-state compatible auxiliary

switch blocks according to EN 50005 see "Accessories for 3RT1
Contactors", Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
4- and 8-pole
For contac- Version Rated control supply Power con- DT Order No.2) Price PU PS* PG
tors voltage Us1) sumption per PU (UNIT,
AC operation DC operation of LED SET, M)
at Us
Type V AC V DC mW
Surge suppressors with LED
3RT1, 3RH1 Varistor 24 ... 48 12 ... 24 10 ... 120 } 3RT19 16-1JJ00 1 1 unit 41B
48 ... 127 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1JK00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1JL00 1 1 unit 41B
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 A 3RT19 16-1JP00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1, 3RH1 Noise sup- -- 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1LM00 1 1 unit 41B
pression -- 50 ... 150 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1LN00 1 1 unit 41B
diodes -- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 } 3RT19 16-1LP00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 16-1L.00
1) Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
5
2) For packs of 10 or 5 units "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
Order No.
Type V AC V DC
3RT1., Varistor 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 16-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 16-1BC00 1 1 unit 41B
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 A 3RT19 16-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 16-1BE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 -- A 3RT19 16-1BF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1., RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 16-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 16-1CC00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 16-1DG00 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 16-1CE00 1 1 unit 41B
400 ... 600 -- } 3RT19 16-1CF00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1., Noise suppression diodes -- 12 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1DG00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1
3RT1., Diode assemblies -- 12 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1EH00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1 (diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation
1)
voltages.
2)
Order No.
For contactors Version DT Order No.1) Price PU PS* PG

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
Additional load modules
3RT1. 1, For increasing the permissible residual current and } 3RT19 16-1GA00 1 1 unit 41B
3RH1. for limiting the residual voltage. Ensures safe open-
ing of contactors with direct control via 230 V AC
semiconductor outputs of SIMATIC controllers. Also
performs the function of an overvoltage damping cir-
cuit.
Rated voltage: AC 50/60 Hz, 180 V to 255 V.
Operating range: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
3RT19 16-1GA00
1) For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be supplemented with "-Z" and

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
4- and 8-pole
For contactors Rated control supply Time setting range DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
voltage Us t (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Type V s per PU
OFF-delay devices
Size S00
For contactor relays with DC operation
Non-adjustable delay time
3RH1. . .-1BF40 110 AC/DC S00: 130 non- D 3RT19 16-2BK01 1 1 unit 41H
adjustable
3RH1. . .-1BM40 220/230 AC/DC S00: 600 non- D 3RT19 16-2BL01 1 1 unit 41H
adjustable
3RH1. . .-1BB40 24 DC S00: 250 non- } 3RT19 16-2BE01 1 1 unit 41H
3RT19 16-2B.01 adjustable
5
per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
Control kit
Size S00
3RH1. For manual operation of the contactor A 3RK1 903-0CA00 1 1 unit 42D
contacts for start-up and service
3RK1 903-0CA00
Sealable covers
Size S00
3RH111) Sealable covers C 3RT19 16-4MA10 1 5 units 41B
for preventing manual operation
NSB0_01471
3RT19 .6-4MA10
1)
Not for contactor relays with auxiliary switch block mounted onto the front.
Version DT Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG

(UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
per PU
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation
on conductors up to 1 mm2
Insulation stop strip can be inserted in cable entry of the
spring-type terminal
(2 strips per contactor required)
For auxiliary and control current on basic devices and for B 3RT19 16-4JA02 1 20 41B
3RT19 16-4JA02 mountable 3RH19 auxiliary switches, removable in pairs units
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers
for all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length: approx. 200 mm, A 3RA29 08-1A 1 1 unit 41B
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA29 08-1A
More accessories see "Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors",

Chapter 3.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
SIRIUS 3RH14 latched contactor relays,
4-pole
Overview
Standards Control circuit
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The contactor coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 designed for uninterrupted duty.
The terminal designations comply with EN 50011. RC elements, varistors diodes or diode assemblies can be fitted
to both coils from the front for damping opening surges in the
Auxiliary switches coil.
The number of auxiliary contacts can be extended by means of The contactor relay can also be switched on and released man-
front auxiliary switch blocks (max. 4 contacts). ually. Minimum actuating times see internet addresses for more
information, page 8.

5
3RH14 22-1A. . 0
Rated operational Contacts Rated control supply DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current Ident. No. acc. to Version voltage Us (UNIT,
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 EN 50011 SET, M)
at 230 V Order No. Price
per PU
A NO NC V
( ) 13 23 33 43
E1(+) A1+ E1(+) A1(+) 13 21 33 43 E1(+) A1(+) 13 21 31 43
E2(-) A2(-) 14 24 34 44 E2() A2() 14 22 34 44 E2() A2() 14 22 32 44

AC operation
AC 50/60 Hz1)
6 40E 4 -- 24 B 3RH14 40-1AB00 1 1 unit 41A
42 B 3RH14 40-1AD00 1 1 unit 41A
110 B 3RH14 40-1AF00 1 1 unit 41A
230 A 3RH14 40-1AP00 1 1 unit 41A
31E 3 1 24 B 3RH14 31-1AB00 1 1 unit 41A
42 B 3RH14 31-1AD00 1 1 unit 41A
110 B 3RH14 31-1AF00 1 1 unit 41A
230 B 3RH14 31-1AP00 1 1 unit 41A
22E 2 2 24 B 3RH14 22-1AB00 1 1 unit 41A
42 B 3RH14 22-1AD00 1 1 unit 41A
110 B 3RH14 22-1AF00 1 1 unit 41A
230 } 3RH14 22-1AP00 1 1 unit 41A
DC
6 40E 4 -- 24 } 3RH14 40-1BB40 1 1 unit 41A
110 B 3RH14 40-1BF40 1 1 unit 41A
220 B 3RH14 40-1BM40 1 1 unit 41A
31E 3 1 24 B 3RH14 31-1BB40 1 1 unit 41A
110 B 3RH14 31-1BF40 1 1 unit 41A
220 B 3RH14 31-1BM40 1 1 unit 41A
22E 2 2 24 } 3RH14 22-1BB40 1 1 unit 41A
110 B 3RH14 22-1BF40 1 1 unit 41A
220 B 3RH14 22-1BM40 1 1 unit 41A
1)
Coil operating range Accessories see pages 5/7 and 5/8.
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 Us.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
Coupling relays
SIRIUS 3RH11 coupling relays
for switching auxiliary circuits, 4-pole
Overview
DC operation The 3RH11 coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary
switch blocks.
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 Coupling relays have a low power consumption and an ex-
tended coil operating range.
The 3RH11 coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits are tai-
lored to the special requirements of working with electronic con- Depending on the version, the solenoid coils are supplied either
trols. without overvoltage damping (3RH11 . .-.HB40 or 3RH11 . .-
.MB40-0KT0 versions) or with a diode or varistor connected as
standard.

DC operation
Solenoid coil with surge suppression
5
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41A
3R11 . .-1.B40 3RH11 . .-2.B40

Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident. No. acc. to EN Version
at 230 V 50011 Order No. Price Order No. Price
per PU per PU
A NO NC
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 A1(+)
13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2() A2() A2()

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
6 40E 4 -- } 3RH11 40-1HB40 B 3RH11 40-2HB40
31E 3 1 } 3RH11 31-1HB40 B 3RH11 31-2HB40
22E 2 2 } 3RH11 22-1HB40 B 3RH11 22-2HB40
6 40E 4 -- B 3RH11 40-1MB40-0KT0 B 3RH11 40-2MB40-0KT0
31E 3 1 B 3RH11 31-1MB40-0KT0 B 3RH11 31-2MB40-0KT0
22E 2 2 A 3RH11 22-1MB40-0KT0 B 3RH11 22-2MB40-0KT0
Surge suppressors see page 5/8.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
Coupling relays
SIRIUS 3RH11 coupling relays
for switching auxiliary circuits, 4-pole
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41A
3R11 . .-1.B40 3RH11 . .-2.B40

Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident. No. acc. to EN Version
at 230 V 50011 Order No. Price Order No. Price
per PU per PU
5
A NO NC
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (diode)
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2() A2() A2()

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
6 40E 4 -- } 3RH11 40-1JB40 B 3RH11 40-2JB40
31E 3 1 } 3RH11 31-1JB40 } 3RH11 31-2JB40
22E 2 2 } 3RH11 22-1JB40 B 3RH11 22-2JB40
6 40E 4 -- B 3RH11 40-1VB40 B 3RH11 40-2VB40
31E 3 1 A 3RH11 31-1VB40 B 3RH11 31-2VB40
22E 2 2 B 3RH11 22-1VB40 B 3RH11 22-2VB40
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 A1(+) 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2() A2() A2()

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
6 40E 4 -- } 3RH11 40-1KB40 B 3RH11 40-2KB40
31E 3 1 } 3RH11 31-1KB40 } 3RH11 31-2KB40
22E 2 2 } 3RH11 22-1KB40 } 3RH11 22-2KB40
6 40E 4 -- B 3RH11 40-1WB40 B 3RH11 40-2WB40
31E 3 1 A 3RH11 31-1WB40 B 3RH11 31-2WB40
22E 2 2 A 3RH11 22-1WB40 B 3RH11 22-2WB40

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
SIRIUS 3RH11 contactor relays
Contactor relays with series resistor
Overview
DC operation
The DC solenoid systems of the contactor relays are modified (to
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, holding excitation) by means of a series resistor.
for requirements acc. to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2
The contactor relays are supplied prewired with a plug-on mod-
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to EN 50274. The ule containing the series resistor. A surge suppressor (varistor)
size S00 contactor relays have spring-type connections for all is integrated.
terminals.
Ambient temperature L+
L-
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the con-
S1
tactor relays (across the full coil operating range) is -40 to
+70 C.
Uninterrupted duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the me- E1+
chanical endurance, the load rating capacity of the conducting R K1
paths and the switching frequency. v
5
K1 13 23 31
The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil
operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard
NSB0_00560a
A2- 14 24 32
with surge suppressors. The opening delay is therefore 2 to 5 ms
longer than for standard contactors.
Application Circuit diagram

A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be
For operation in installations which are subject both to consider- fitted additionally.
able variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tem-
peratures, e. g. railway applications under extreme climatic con- Side-by-side mounting
ditions, rolling mills, etc.
Side-by-side-side mounting is permissible at ambient tempera-
Also for control supply voltages with battery buffering to extend tures up to 70 C.
the operating time in the event of battery charge failure.
Contactor relays with conventional coil
These auxiliary contactor relays have an extended operating
range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us; the coils are fitted with varistors as
standard. An additional series resistor is not required.
Note:
An additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted.
Mounting
A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at
ambient temperatures > 60 C 70 C.

Siemens AG 2011
Contactor Relays
SIRIUS 3RH11 contactor relays

For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil with integrated surge suppression
3RH11 22-2K.40 3RH11 22-2K.40-0LA0

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply DT Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 voltage Us (UNIT,
5
Tu: 70 C at SET, M)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Version
Order No. Price
per PU
A A A A NO NC V DC
Size S00
With conventional coil, fitted with varistor
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50011
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident. No. 22E
A1(+) 13 21 31 43
A2()
14 22 32 44
6 3 2 1 2 21) 24 } 3RH11 22-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A
110 A 3RH11 22-2KF40 1 1 unit 41A
With series resistor, fitted with varistor
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50011
2 NO + 1 NC, Ident. No. 21X
E1(+) 13 23 31
A2()
14 24 32
6 3 2 1 2 12) 24 A 3RH11 22-2KB40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A
110 A 3RH11 22-2KF40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A
1) It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block.
2)
4-pole auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50005 can be mounted.

7
Siemens AG 2011
Price Groups
PG 41B, 41E, 41F, 41G, 41H, 41J, 143
7/2 Introduction
SIRIUS 3RV1
Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
7/5 General data
7/8 For motor protection
7/11 For motor protection
with overload relay function
7/12 For starter combinations
7/13 For transformer protection
7/14 For fuse monitoring
7/15 For system protection acc. to
UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
7/16 For transformer protection acc. to
UL 489/CSA C22.2 No.5-02
7/17 For distance protection
Accessories
7/18 - Mountable accessories
7/21 - Busbar accessories
7
7/24 - Rotary operating mechanisms
7/26 - Mounting accessories
7/30 - Enclosures and front plates
7/33 3RV19 infeed systems
Overload Relays
7/37 General data
SIRIUS 3RU1
Thermal Overload Relays
7/41 3RU11 up to 100 A
for standard applications
7/46 Accessories
SIRIUS 3RB2
Solid-State Overload Relays
7/48 3RB20, 3RB21 up to 630 A
7/53 Accessories for 3RB20, 3RB21
7/55 3RB22, 3RB23 up to 630 A
for High-Feature applications
7/60 Current measuring modules
for 3RB22, 3RB23
7/61 Accessories for 3RB22, 3RB23
More information can be found

on the Internet: see the opening infor-
mation, page 8
Siemens IC 10 AO 2012
Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Overview
Type 3RV10 3RV11 3RV13 3RV14 3RV16 3RV16 3RV17 3RV18

SIRIUS 3RV1 motor starter protectors up to 100 A
Applications
System protection 1) 1) -- -- -- --
Motor protection -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Motor protection with -- -- -- -- -- -- --
overload relay function
Starter combinations -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Transformer protection -- -- -- -- --
Fuse monitoring -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Voltage transformer -- -- -- -- -- -- --
circuit breaker
for distance protection
Size S00, S0, S2, S3 S0, S2, S3 S0, S2, S3 S0, S2 S00 S00 S0, S3 S0
7
Rated current In
Size S00 A Up to 12 -- -- -- 0,2 Up to 3 -- --
Size S0 A Up to 25 Up to 25 Up to 25 Up to 20 -- -- Up to 22 Up to 20
Size S2 A Up to 50 Up to 50 Up to 50 Up to 40 -- -- -- --
Size S3 A Up to 100 Up to 100 Up to 100 -- -- -- Up to 70 --
Rated operational voltage V 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 400 AC 690 AC 690 AC
Ue according to IEC
2
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 16 /3 ... 60 50/60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10, 20 CLASS 10 -- CLASS 10 -- -- -- --
Thermal overload release A 0,11 ... 0,16 0,11 ... 0,16 None3) 0,11 ... 0,16 0,2 1,4 ... 3 0,16 ... 70 0,16 ... 20
up to up to up to non-adjust- non-adjust-
A 80 ... 100 80 ... 100 28 ... 40 able able
Electronic release
A multiple of the 13 times 13 times 13 times 20 times 6 times 4 ... 7 times 13 times 20 times
rated current
4) 4)
Short-circuit breaking kA 50/100 50/100 50/100 50/100 100 50
capacity Icu at 400 V AC
Pages 7/8 7/11 7/12 7/13 7/14 7/17 7/15 7/16
Accessories
For sizes S00 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S00 S00 S0, S3 S0
Auxiliary switches 5) 5)
Signaling switches -- -- -- -- --
Undervoltage releases -- -- --
Shunt releases -- -- --
Isolator modules -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Three-phase busbar system -- -- -- -- -- --
Busbar adapters -- --
Rotary operating mechanisms -- -- --
Remote motorized operat- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
ing mechanisms
Link modules -- --
Enclosures for surface -- -- -- -- --
mounting
Enclosures for flush mounting -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Front plates -- --
Infeed system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Pages 7/18 ... 7/36
Has this function or can use this accessory 3) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory used.
4)
1) According to UL 489
For symmetrical loading of the three phases.
2)
- at 480 Y/277 V AC: For size S0 50 kA, for size S3 65 kA;
With molded-plastic enclosure 500 V AC. DC applications see - at 480 V AC: for size S3 (10 to 30 A) 65 kA.
"Technical Specifications" "DC Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity" 5)
Only lateral auxiliary switches can be fitted.
in Catalog IC 10 2012.

Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Type 3RV10 3RV13

SIRIUS 3RV1 molded case motor starter protectors up to 800 A1)
Applications
Motor protection --
Starter combinations --
Switching capacity Standard switching capacity Standard switching capacity Increased switching
capacity
Size 3RV10 63 3RV10 73 3RV10 83 3RV13 53 3RV13 63 3RV13 73 3RV13 83 3RV13 64 3RV13 74
Rated current In A 100 ... 200 400 630 1 ... 32 100 ... 250 400, 630 630, 800 100 ... 250 400
Rated operational voltage V 690 AC 690 AC
Ue according to IEC
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10A, 10, 20, 30 --1)
Thermal overload release A 40 ... 100 None1)
up to
A 252 ... 630
7
Electronic release
A multiple of the rated Adjustable, 6 ... 13 times Non-adjust- 1 ... 10 times
current able
1 ... 12.5 A:
13 times
Adjustable
20 A, 32 A:
6 ... 12 times
Short-circuit breaking kA 120 120 100 85 120 120 100 200 200
capacity Icu at 400 V AC
Trip unit TU 4 TU 1: TU 3
1 ... 12.5 A
TU 2:
20 A, 32 A
Accessories1)
For molded case motor 3RV10 63 3RV10 73 3RV10 83 3RV13 53 3RV13 63 3RV13 73 3RV13 83 3RV13 64 3RV13 74
starter protectors
Auxiliary switches
Undervoltage releases
Shunt releases
Rotary operating mecha-
nisms
Connection methods
Front-extended terminals -- --
Front-accessible cable
terminals
Rear terminals
= Has this function or can use this accessory
-- = Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory
1)
More information see Catalog IC 10 2012.
2) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
used.

Siemens AG 2011
Introduction
Type 3RU11 3RB20 3RB21 3RB22, 3RB23

SIRIUS overload relays up to 630 A
Applications
System protection 1) 1) 1) 1)
Motor protection
Alternating current, three-phase
Alternating current, single-phase -- --
Direct current -- -- --
Size of contactor S00, S0, S2, S3 S00 ... S12 S00 ... S12 S00 ... S12
Rated operational current Ie
Size S00 A Up to 12 Up to 12 Up to 12 Up to 25
Size S6 A -- Up to 200 Up to 200 Up to 200
Size S10/S12, A -- Up to 630 Up to 630 Up to 630
7
size 14 (3TF68/3TF69)
Rated operational voltage Ue V 690/1 000 AC2) 690/1 000 AC3) 690/1 000 AC3) 690/1 000 AC4)
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10 CLASS 10, 20 CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30 CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30
Adjustable Adjustable
Thermal overload releases A 0,11 ... 0,16 -- -- --
up to
A 80 ... 100
Electronic overload releases A -- 0,1 ... 0,4 0,1 ... 0,4 0,3 ... 3
up to up to up to
A 160 ... 630 160 ... 630 63 ... 630
Rating for induction motor kW 0,04 0,04 ... 0,09 0,04 ... 0,09 0,09 ... 1,1
at 400 V AC to up to up to up to
kW 45 90 ... 450 90 ... 450 37 ... 450
Pages 7/43 ... 7/45 7/50, 7/51 7/52 7/57 ... 7/59
Accessories
For sizes S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10/S12 S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10/S12 S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10/S12
5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5)
Terminal brackets for stand-alone instal-
lation
Mechanical RESET -- -- -- -- -- --
Cable releases for RESET -- -- -- -- -- --
Electrical remote RESET -- -- -- -- -- -- Integrated in the unit Integrated in the
unit
Terminal covers -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Sealable covers Integrated in the unit
for setting knobs
Pages 7/46, 7/47 7/53, 7/54 7/53, 7/54 7/60, 7/61
Has this function or can use this accessory
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory
1)
The units are responsible in the main circuit for overload protection of the
assigned electrical loads (e. g. motors), feeder cable and other switching
and protection devices in the respective load feeder.
2) Size S3 up to 1 000 V AC.
3)
Size S2 (only with straight-through transformer), S3, S6, S10, S12
up to 1 000 V AC.
4)
With reference to the 3RB29 .6 current measuring modules.
5) Stand-alone installation without accessories is possible.

Siemens AG 2011
Motor Starter Protectors

General data
Overview
The following illustration shows our 3RV1 motor starter protec- "Accessories" see page 7/18 onwards.
tors with the accessories which can be mounted for the various
sizes, see also "Introduction" "Overview" on page 7/2.
Motor starter protectors/circuit breakers, size S00, with mountable accessories
4
2
1
6.1
3
7
Motor starter protectors/circuit breakers, sizes S0, S2 or S3, with mountable accessories
2
7 4
1
3 6.2
5
NSB0_01426b
Mountable accessories for all sizes S00 ... S3 Mountable accessories For sizes
1 Transverse auxiliary switch (can not be used with 6.1 Undervoltage release with S00
3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers) leading auxiliary contacts
2 Lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts 6.2 Undervoltage release with S0 ... S3
3 Lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts leading auxiliary contacts
4 Shunt release 7 Alarm switch S0 ... S3
5 Undervoltage release 8 Isolator module S0, S2

Siemens AG 2011

General data
Type of construction
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors are available in four sizes:
Size S00 - width 45 mm,
max. rated current 12 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW
Size S0 width 45 mm,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 11 kW
Size S0 motor starter protector 3RV2 motor starter protectors in sizes S00 and S0 up to 40 A
3RV1 motor starter protectors are compact, current limiting mo- see Catalog IC 10 2012.
tor starter protectors which are optimized for load feeders. The Circuit breakers acc. to UL 489
motor starter protectors are used in accordance with IEC 60947
for switching and protecting three-phase induction motors of up The 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers are available two sizes:
to 45 kW at 400 V AC and for other loads with rated currents of Size S0 width 45 mm
up to 100 A. 3RV17 21: max. rated current 22 A at 480 Y/277 V AC
3RV18 21: max. rated current 20 A at 480 Y/277 V AC
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors are generally approved ac-
cording to IEC and UL/CSA. Size S3 width 70 mm
3RV17 42:
According to UL 508 the 3RV1 motor starter protectors in sizes max. rated current 70 A at 480 Y/277 V AC,
S00 to S3 are approved as max. rated current 10 A to 30 A at 480 V AC.
7
"Manual motor controllers"

3RV27 and 3RV28 circuit breakers in size S00 up to 15 A
"Manual Motor Controllers" for "Group Installations" see Catalog IC 10 2012.
"Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tab Conductor Protec-
Connection methods
tion in Group Installations"
"Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller (Type E)" The SIRIUS 3RV1 motor starter protectors can be supplied with
This approval does not apply to size S00. Furthermore, the screw terminals or spring-type terminals.
3RV10 motor starter protectors in sizes S0 and S3 must be
equipped with additional feeder terminals. Screw terminals
3RV2 motor starter protectors in sizes S00 and S0 up to 40 A see
Catalog IC 10 2012. Spring-type terminals
The 3RV17 and 3RV18 are approved as circuit breakers accord-
ing to UL 489; they are a special variant of the 3RV1 motor starter The terminals are indicated in the corresponding ta-
protectors. bles by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to

ATEX directive 94/9/EC
3RV10 motor starter protectors are suitable for overload protec-
tion of explosion-protected motors with "increased safety" type of
protection EEx e;
see www.siemens.com /sirius/atex .
Order No. scheme

Digit of the Order No. 1. - 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
@@@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Motor starter protectors 3RV
SIRIUS 1st generation 1
Type of motor starter protector @
Size @
Switching capacity @
Setting range for overload release @ @
Trip class (CLASS) @
Connection methods @
With or without auxiliary switch @
Special versions @ @ @ @
Example 3RV 1 0 3 1 4 A A 1 0
Note:
order numbers.

Siemens AG 2011

General data
Application
Operating conditions Possible uses
3RV1 motor starter protectors are suitable for use in any climate. The 3RV1 motor starter protectors can be used:
They are intended for use in enclosed rooms in which no severe For short-circuit protection
operating conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous
gases) prevail. When installed in dusty and damp areas, suitable For motor protection (also with overload relay function)
enclosures must be provided. For system protection
3RV1 motor starter protectors can optionally be fed from the top For short-circuit protection for starter combinations
or from below. For transformer protection
The permissible ambient temperatures, the maximum switching As main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
capacities, the tripping currents and other boundary conditions For fuse monitoring
can be found in the technical specifications and tripping charac-
teristics, see "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment For operation in IT systems (IT networks)
Motor Starter Protectors 3RV1 Molded Case Motor Starter Pro- For switching of DC currents
tectors". As voltage transformer circuit breakers
3RV1 motor starter protectors are suitable for operation in IT sys- In areas subject to explosion hazard (ATEX)
tems (IT networks). In this case, the different short-circuit break- As circuit breakers according to UL 489 (3RV17 and 3RV18)
ing capacity in the IT system must be taken into account.
More details see "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment
Since operational currents, starting currents and current peaks Motor Starter Protectors 3RV1 Molded Case Motor Starter Pro-
are different even for motors with identical power ratings due to tectors".
the inrush current, the motor ratings in the selection tables are
only guide values. The specific rated and start-up data of the
motor to be protected is always paramount to the choice of the
most suitable motor starter protector. This also applies to motor
starter protectors for transformer protection.

Siemens AG 2011

For motor protection

CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
3RV10 11-0JA10 3RV10 21-0JA10 3RV10 11-1EA20
Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instanta- Short-circuit break- DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
current three-phase thermal overload neous over- ing capacity terminals
induction release current at 400 V AC
motors1) release
with P
In I Icu Order No. Price Order No. Price
v
per PU per PU
A kW A A kA
Size S00
0,16 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 2,1 100 } 3RV10 11-0AA10 } 3RV10 11-0AA20
0,2 0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 2,6 100 } 3RV10 11-0BA10 } 3RV10 11-0BA20
0,25 0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 3,3 100 } 3RV10 11-0CA10 } 3RV10 11-0CA20
0,32 0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 4,2 100 } 3RV10 11-0DA10 } 3RV10 11-0DA20
7
0,4 0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 5,2 100 } 3RV10 11-0EA10 } 3RV10 11-0EA20
0,5 0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 6,5 100 } 3RV10 11-0FA10 } 3RV10 11-0FA20
0,63 0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 8,2 100 } 3RV10 11-0GA10 } 3RV10 11-0GA20
0,8 0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 10 100 } 3RV10 11-0HA10 } 3RV10 11-0HA20
1 0,25 0,7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV10 11-0JA10 } 3RV10 11-0JA20
1,25 0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 16 100 } 3RV10 11-0KA10 } 3RV10 11-0KA20
1,6 0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 21 100 } 3RV10 11-1AA10 } 3RV10 11-1AA20
2 0,75 1,4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV10 11-1BA10 } 3RV10 11-1BA20
2,5 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 33 100 } 3RV10 11-1CA10 } 3RV10 11-1CA20
3,2 1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 42 100 } 3RV10 11-1DA10 } 3RV10 11-1DA20
4 1,5 2,8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV10 11-1EA10 } 3RV10 11-1EA20
5 1,5 3,5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV10 11-1FA10 } 3RV10 11-1FA20
6,3 2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 82 100 } 3RV10 11-1GA10 } 3RV10 11-1GA20
8 3 5,5 ... 8 104 50 } 3RV10 11-1HA10 } 3RV10 11-1HA20
10 4 7 ... 10 130 50 } 3RV10 11-1JA10 } 3RV10 11-1JA20
12 5,5 9 ... 12 156 50 } 3RV10 11-1KA10 } 3RV10 11-1KA20
Size S0
0,16 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 2,1 100 } 3RV10 21-0AA10 --
0,2 0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 2,6 100 } 3RV10 21-0BA10 --
0,25 0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 3,3 100 } 3RV10 21-0CA10 --
0,32 0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 4,2 100 } 3RV10 21-0DA10 --
0,4 0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 5,2 100 } 3RV10 21-0EA10 --
0,5 0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 6,5 100 } 3RV10 21-0FA10 --
0,63 0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 8,2 100 } 3RV10 21-0GA10 --
0,8 0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 10 100 } 3RV10 21-0HA10 --
1 0,25 0,7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV10 21-0JA10 --
1,25 0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 16 100 } 3RV10 21-0KA10 --
1,6 0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 21 100 } 3RV10 21-1AA10 --
2 0,75 1,4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV10 21-1BA10 --
2,5 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 33 100 } 3RV10 21-1CA10 --
3,2 1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 42 100 } 3RV10 21-1DA10 --
4 1,5 2,8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV10 21-1EA10 --
5 1,5 3,5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV10 21-1FA10 --
6,3 2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 82 100 } 3RV10 21-1GA10 --
8 3 5,5 ... 8 104 100 } 3RV10 21-1HA10 --
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 } 3RV10 21-1JA10 --
12,5 5,5 9 ... 12,5 163 100 } 3RV10 21-1KA10 --
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 50 } 3RV10 21-4AA10 --
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 50 } 3RV10 21-4BA10 --
22 11 17 ... 22 286 50 } 3RV10 21-4CA10 --
25 11 20 ... 25 325 50 } 3RV10 21-4DA10 --
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered sepa-
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered rately (see "Mountable Accessories" on page 7/18 onwards).
when selecting the units.
Multi-unit packing and reusable packaging on request.

Siemens AG 2011

CLASS 10, with transverse auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC)
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
3RV10 11-0KA15 3RV10 21-1GA15 3RV10 11-0GA25

with integrated trans- with integrated trans- with integrated trans-
verse auxiliary switch verse auxiliary switch verse auxiliary switch
Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instanta- Short-circuit break- DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
current three-phase thermal overload neous over- ing capacity terminals
induction release current at 400 V AC
motors1) release
with P
In I Icu Order No. Price Order No. Price
v
per PU per PU
A kW A A kA
Size S00
0,16 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 2,1 100 } 3RV10 11-0AA15 B 3RV10 11-0AA25
0,2 0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 2,6 100 } 3RV10 11-0BA15 B 3RV10 11-0BA25
0,25 0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 3,3 100 } 3RV10 11-0CA15 B 3RV10 11-0CA25
0,32 0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 4,2 100 } 3RV10 11-0DA15 B 3RV10 11-0DA25
0,4 0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 5,2 100 } 3RV10 11-0EA15 B 3RV10 11-0EA25
0,5 0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 6,5 100 } 3RV10 11-0FA15 B 3RV10 11-0FA25
}
7
0,63 0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 8,2 100 3RV10 11-0GA15 B 3RV10 11-0GA25
0,8 0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 10 100 } 3RV10 11-0HA15 B 3RV10 11-0HA25
1 0,25 0,7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV10 11-0JA15 B 3RV10 11-0JA25
1,25 0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 16 100 } 3RV10 11-0KA15 B 3RV10 11-0KA25
1,6 0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 21 100 } 3RV10 11-1AA15 B 3RV10 11-1AA25
2 0,75 1,4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV10 11-1BA15 B 3RV10 11-1BA25
2,5 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 33 100 } 3RV10 11-1CA15 B 3RV10 11-1CA25
3,2 1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 42 100 } 3RV10 11-1DA15 B 3RV10 11-1DA25
4 1,5 2,8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV10 11-1EA15 B 3RV10 11-1EA25
5 1,5 3,5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV10 11-1FA15 B 3RV10 11-1FA25
6,3 2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 82 100 } 3RV10 11-1GA15 B 3RV10 11-1GA25
8 3 5,5 ... 8 104 50 } 3RV10 11-1HA15 B 3RV10 11-1HA25
10 4 7 ... 10 130 50 } 3RV10 11-1JA15 B 3RV10 11-1JA25
12 5,5 9 ... 12 156 50 } 3RV10 11-1KA15 B 3RV10 11-1KA25
Size S0
0,16 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 2,1 100 } 3RV10 21-0AA15 --
0,2 0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 2,6 100 } 3RV10 21-0BA15 --
0,25 0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 3,3 100 } 3RV10 21-0CA15 --
0,32 0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 4,2 100 } 3RV10 21-0DA15 --
0,4 0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 5,2 100 } 3RV10 21-0EA15 --
0,5 0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 6,5 100 } 3RV10 21-0FA15 --
0,63 0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 8,2 100 } 3RV10 21-0GA15 --
0,8 0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 10 100 } 3RV10 21-0HA15 --
1 0,25 0,7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV10 21-0JA15 --
1,25 0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 16 100 } 3RV10 21-0KA15 --
1,6 0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 21 100 } 3RV10 21-1AA15 --
2 0,75 1,4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV10 21-1BA15 --
2,5 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 33 100 } 3RV10 21-1CA15 --
3,2 1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 42 100 } 3RV10 21-1DA15 --
4 1,5 2,8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV10 21-1EA15 --
5 1,5 3,5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV10 21-1FA15 --
6,3 2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 82 100 } 3RV10 21-1GA15 --
8 3 5,5 ... 8 104 100 } 3RV10 21-1HA15 --
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 } 3RV10 21-1JA15 --
12,5 5,5 9 ... 12,5 163 100 } 3RV10 21-1KA15 --
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 50 } 3RV10 21-4AA15 --
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 50 } 3RV10 21-4BA15 --
22 11 17 ... 22 286 50 } 3RV10 21-4CA15 --
25 11 20 ... 25 325 50 } 3RV10 21-4DA15 --
1) Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered sepa-
Multi-unit packing and reusable packaging on request.

Siemens AG 2011

Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instanta- Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current three-phase thermal over- neous over- breaking (UNIT,
induction load release current capacity at SET, M)
motors1) release 400 V AC
with P
In Icu Order No. Price
per PU
A kW A A kA
Size S2
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 50 } 3RV10 31-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 50 } 3RV10 31-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 18 ... 25 325 50 } 3RV10 31-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 22 ... 32 416 50 } 3RV10 31-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 50 } 3RV10 31-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E
45 22 36 ... 45 585 50 } 3RV10 31-4GA10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 40 ... 50 650 50 } 3RV10 31-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV10 31-4HA10
Size S3
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 50 } 3RV10 41-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 36 ... 50 650 50 } 3RV10 41-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E
63 30 45 ... 63 819 50 } 3RV10 41-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E
75 37 57 ... 75 975 50 } 3RV10 41-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E
90 45 70 ... 90 1 170 50 } 3RV10 41-4LA10 1 1 unit 41E
100 45 80 ... 100 1 235 50 } 3RV10 41-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E
7
3RV10 41-4LA10
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 100 } 3RV10 42-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 100 } 3RV10 42-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 18 ... 25 325 100 } 3RV10 42-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 22 ... 32 416 100 } 3RV10 42-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 100 } 3RV10 42-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 } 3RV10 42-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 } 3RV10 42-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 } 3RV10 42-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E
90 45 70 ... 90 1 170 100 } 3RV10 42-4LA10 1 1 unit 41E
100 45 80 ... 100 1 235 100 } 3RV10 42-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV10 42-4JA10

Size S2
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 50 A 3RV10 31-4AB10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 50 A 3RV10 31-4BB10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 18 ... 25 325 50 A 3RV10 31-4DB10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 22 ... 32 416 50 A 3RV10 31-4EB10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 50 A 3RV10 31-4FB10 1 1 unit 41E
45 22 36 ... 45 585 50 A 3RV10 31-4GB10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 40 ... 50 650 50 A 3RV10 31-4HB10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV10 31-4AB10
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 100 A 3RV10 42-4FB10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 A 3RV10 42-4HB10 1 1 unit 41E
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 A 3RV10 42-4JB10 1 1 unit 41E
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 A 3RV10 42-4KB10 1 1 unit 41E
90 45 70 ... 90 1 170 100 A 3RV10 42-4LB10 1 1 unit 41E
100 45 80 ... 100 1 235 100 A 3RV10 42-4MB10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV10 42-4KB10
Multi-unit packing and reusable packaging
see Catalog IC 10 2012.

Siemens AG 2011

For motor protection with overload relay function

CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET), without auxiliary switches
Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instanta- Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current three-phase thermal overload neous over- breaking (UNIT,
induction release current capacity at SET, M)
with P
per PU
A kW A A kA
Size S02)
0,16 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 2,1 100 A 3RV11 21-0AA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,2 0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 2,6 100 A 3RV11 21-0BA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,25 0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 3,3 100 A 3RV11 21-0CA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,32 0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 4,2 100 A 3RV11 21-0DA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,4 0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 5,2 100 A 3RV11 21-0EA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,5 0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 6,5 100 A 3RV11 21-0FA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,63 0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 8,2 100 A 3RV11 21-0GA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV11 21-0KA10 0,8 0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 10 100 A 3RV11 21-0HA10 1 1 unit 41E
1 0,25 0,7 ... 1 13 100 A 3RV11 21-0JA10 1 1 unit 41E
1,25 0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 16 100 A 3RV11 21-0KA10 1 1 unit 41E
1,6 0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 21 100 A 3RV11 21-1AA10 1 1 unit 41E
2 0,75 1,4 ... 2 26 100 A 3RV11 21-1BA10 1 1 unit 41E
2,5 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 33 100 A 3RV11 21-1CA10 1 1 unit 41E
3,2 1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 42 100 A 3RV11 21-1DA10 1 1 unit 41E
4 1,5 2,8 ... 4 52 100 A 3RV11 21-1EA10 1 1 unit 41E
5 1,5 3,5 ... 5 65 100 A 3RV11 21-1FA10 1 1 unit 41E
7
6,3 2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 82 100 A 3RV11 21-1GA10 1 1 unit 41E
8 3 5,5 ... 8 104 100 A 3RV11 21-1HA10 1 1 unit 41E
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 A 3RV11 21-1JA10 1 1 unit 41E
12,5 5,5 9 ... 12,5 163 100 A 3RV11 21-1KA10 1 1 unit 41E
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 50 A 3RV11 21-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 50 A 3RV11 21-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
22 11 17 ... 22 286 50 A 3RV11 21-4CA10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 20 ... 25 325 50 A 3RV11 21-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E
Size S22)
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 50 A 3RV11 31-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 50 A 3RV11 31-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 18 ... 25 325 50 A 3RV11 31-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 22 ... 32 416 50 A 3RV11 31-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 50 A 3RV11 31-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E
45 22 36 ... 45 585 50 A 3RV11 31-4GA10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 40 ... 50 650 50 A 3RV11 31-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV11 31-4EA10
Size S3, with increased switching capacity2)
16 7,5 11 ... 16 208 100 A 3RV11 42-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 14 ... 20 260 100 A 3RV11 42-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 18 ... 25 325 100 A 3RV11 42-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 22 ... 32 416 100 A 3RV11 42-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 28 ... 40 520 100 A 3RV11 42-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 A 3RV11 42-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 A 3RV11 42-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 A 3RV11 42-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E
90 45 70 ... 90 1 170 100 A 3RV11 42-4LA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV11 42-4AA10 100 45 80 ... 100 1 235 100 A 3RV11 42-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E
2) Accessories for mounting on the right (for sizes S0 to S3) and 3RV19 15
three-phase busbars (for size S0) cannot be used.

Siemens AG 2011

For starter combinations

Without auxiliary switches
Rated Suitable for Thermal over- Instanta- Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current three-phase load release2) neous over- breaking (UNIT,
induction current capacity at SET, M)
with P
per PU
A kW A A kA
Size S0
0,16 0,04 None 2,1 100 A 3RV13 21-0AC10 1 1 unit 41E
0,2 0,06 None 2,6 100 A 3RV13 21-0BC10 1 1 unit 41E
0,25 0,06 None 3,3 100 A 3RV13 21-0CC10 1 1 unit 41E
0,32 0,09 None 4,2 100 A 3RV13 21-0DC10 1 1 unit 41E
0,4 0,09 None 5,2 100 A 3RV13 21-0EC10 1 1 unit 41E
0,5 0,12 None 6,5 100 A 3RV13 21-0FC10 1 1 unit 41E
0,63 0,18 None 8,2 100 A 3RV13 21-0GC10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV13 21-0AC10 0,8 0,18 None 10 100 A 3RV13 21-0HC10 1 1 unit 41E
1 0,25 None 13 100 A 3RV13 21-0JC10 1 1 unit 41E
1,25 0,37 None 16 100 A 3RV13 21-0KC10 1 1 unit 41E
1,6 0,55 None 21 100 A 3RV13 21-1AC10 1 1 unit 41E
2 0,75 None 26 100 A 3RV13 21-1BC10 1 1 unit 41E
2,5 0,75 None 33 100 A 3RV13 21-1CC10 1 1 unit 41E
3,2 1,1 None 42 100 A 3RV13 21-1DC10 1 1 unit 41E
4 1,5 None 52 100 A 3RV13 21-1EC10 1 1 unit 41E
5 1,5 None 65 100 A 3RV13 21-1FC10 1 1 unit 41E
7
6,3 2,2 None 82 100 A 3RV13 21-1GC10 1 1 unit 41E

8 3 None 104 100 A 3RV13 21-1HC10 1 1 unit 41E
10 4 None 130 100 A 3RV13 21-1JC10 1 1 unit 41E
12,5 5,5 None 163 100 A 3RV13 21-1KC10 1 1 unit 41E
16 7,5 None 208 50 A 3RV13 21-4AC10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 None 260 50 A 3RV13 21-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E
22 11 None 286 50 A 3RV13 21-4CC10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 None 325 50 A 3RV13 21-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E
Size S2
16 7,5 None 208 50 A 3RV13 31-4AC10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 None 260 50 A 3RV13 31-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 None 325 50 A 3RV13 31-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 None 416 50 A 3RV13 31-4EC10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 None 520 50 A 3RV13 31-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E
45 22 None 585 50 A 3RV13 31-4GC10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 None 650 50 A 3RV13 31-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV13 31-4AC10
Size S3
40 18,5 None 520 50 A 3RV13 41-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 None 650 50 A 3RV13 41-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E
63 30 None 819 50 A 3RV13 41-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E
75 37 None 975 50 A 3RV13 41-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E
90 45 None 1 170 50 A 3RV13 41-4LC10 1 1 unit 41E
100 45 None 1 235 50 A 3RV13 41-4MC10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV13 41-4JC10
16 7,5 None 208 100 A 3RV13 42-4AC10 1 1 unit 41E
20 7,5 None 260 100 A 3RV13 42-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E
25 11 None 325 100 A 3RV13 42-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E
32 15 None 416 100 A 3RV13 42-4EC10 1 1 unit 41E
40 18,5 None 520 100 A 3RV13 42-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E
50 22 None 650 100 A 3RV13 42-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E
63 30 None 819 100 A 3RV13 42-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E
75 37 None 975 100 A 3RV13 42-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E
90 45 None 1 170 100 A 3RV13 42-4LC10 1 1 unit 41E
100 45 None 1 235 100 A 3RV13 42-4MC10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV13 42-4JC10
2) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be Multi-unit and reusable packagings
used. Size S0 on request
Sizes S2 and S3 see Catalog IC 10 2012

Siemens AG 2011

For transformer protection

Motor starter protectors for the protection of transformers with
high inrush current
Rated current Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
thermal overload overcurrent breaking (UNIT,
release release capacity at SET, M)
400 V AC
per PU
A A A kA
Size S0
0,16 0,11 ... 0,16 3,3 100 } 3RV14 21-0AA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 4,2 100 } 3RV14 21-0BA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,25 0,18 ... 0,25 5,2 100 } 3RV14 21-0CA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,32 0,22 ... 0,32 6,5 100 } 3RV14 21-0DA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,4 0,28 ... 0,4 8,2 100 } 3RV14 21-0EA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,5 0,35 ... 0,5 10 100 } 3RV14 21-0FA10 1 1 unit 41E
0,63 0,45 ... 0,63 13 100 } 3RV14 21-0GA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV14 21-0KA10 0,8 0,55 ... 0,8 16 100 } 3RV14 21-0HA10 1 1 unit 41E
1 0,7 ... 1 21 100 } 3RV14 21-0JA10 1 1 unit 41E
1,25 0,9 ... 1,25 26 100 } 3RV14 21-0KA10 1 1 unit 41E
1,6 1,1 ... 1,6 33 100 } 3RV14 21-1AA10 1 1 unit 41E
2 1,4 ... 2 42 100 } 3RV14 21-1BA10 1 1 unit 41E
2,5 1,8 ... 2,5 52 100 } 3RV14 21-1CA10 1 1 unit 41E
3,2 2,2 ... 3,2 65 100 } 3RV14 21-1DA10 1 1 unit 41E
7
4 2,8 ... 4 82 100 } 3RV14 21-1EA10 1 1 unit 41E
5 3,5 ... 5 104 100 } 3RV14 21-1FA10 1 1 unit 41E
6,3 4,5 ... 6,3 130 100 } 3RV14 21-1GA10 1 1 unit 41E
8 5,5 ... 8 163 100 } 3RV14 21-1HA10 1 1 unit 41E
10 7 ... 10 208 100 } 3RV14 21-1JA10 1 1 unit 41E
12,5 9 ... 12,5 260 100 } 3RV14 21-1KA10 1 1 unit 41E
16 11 ... 16 286 50 } 3RV14 21-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 14 ... 20 325 50 } 3RV14 21-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
Size S2
16 11 ... 16 325 50 } 3RV14 31-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E
20 14 ... 20 416 50 } 3RV14 31-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E
25 18 ... 25 520 50 } 3RV14 31-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E
32 22 ... 32 660 50 } 3RV14 31-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E
40 28 ... 40 836 50 } 3RV14 31-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV14 31-4DA10
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered sepa- Multi-unit and reusable packagings
rately (see "Mountable Accessories" on page 7/18 onwards). Size S0 on request
Size S2 see Catalog IC 10 2012

Siemens AG 2011

For fuse monitoring

Rated current Thermal over- Instantaneous Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
load release overcurrent breaking (UNIT,
release capacity at SET, M)
400 V AC
per PU
A A A kA
Size S00
0,2 0,2 1,2 100 } 3RV16 11-0BD10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV16 11-0BD10
Note: Multi-unit packing and reusable packaging on request.
The auxiliary switch required for signaling must be ordered sep-
arately.
Accessories
Version Contacts DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
7
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
per PU
Mountable auxiliary switches (essential accessories)
Transverse auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1E 1 1 unit 41E
With screw terminals, mountable on front
3RV19 01-1E
Lateral auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 41E
With screw terminals, mountable on the left
3RV19 01-1A
Additional auxiliary switches and other accessories
see "Mountable Accessories" on page 7/18 onwards.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RV1 circuit breakers up to 100 A
For system protection
according to UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5-02

Circuit breakers for system protection and non-motor loads according to UL/CSA
Rated Thermal over- Instanta- Short-circuit breaking DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current1) load release neous over- capacity (UNIT,
(non-adjust- current at SET, M)
able) release 480 Y/277 V AC2) 480 V AC
In1) Ibc Ibc Order No. Price
per PU
A A A kA kA
Size S0
0,16 0,16 2,1 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0AD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,2 0,2 2,6 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0BD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,25 0,25 3,3 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0CD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,32 0,32 4,2 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0DD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,4 0,4 5,2 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0ED10 1 1 unit 41E
0,5 0,5 6,5 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0FD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,63 0,63 8,2 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0GD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,8 0,8 10 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0HD10 1 1 unit 41E
1 1 13 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0JD10 1 1 unit 41E
1,25 1,25 16 50 -- C 3RV17 21-0KD10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV17 21-0AD10 1,6 1,6 21 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1AD10 1 1 unit 41E
2 2 26 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1BD10 1 1 unit 41E
2,5 2,5 33 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1CD10 1 1 unit 41E
3,2 3,2 42 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1DD10 1 1 unit 41E
4 4 52 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1ED10 1 1 unit 41E
7
5 5 65 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1FD10 1 1 unit 41E
6,3 6,3 82 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1GD10 1 1 unit 41E
8 8 104 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1HD10 1 1 unit 41E
10 10 130 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1JD10 1 1 unit 41E
12,5 12,5 163 50 -- C 3RV17 21-1KD10 1 1 unit 41E
15 15 208 50 -- C 3RV17 21-4AD10 1 1 unit 41E
20 20 260 50 -- C 3RV17 21-4BD10 1 1 unit 41E
22 22 286 50 -- C 3RV17 21-4CD10 1 1 unit 41E
Size S3
10 10 150 65 65 B 3RV17 42-5AD10 1 1 unit 41E
15 15 225 65 65 B 3RV17 42-5BD10 1 1 unit 41E
20 20 260 65 65 B 3RV17 42-5CD10 1 1 unit 41E
25 25 325 65 65 B 3RV17 42-5DD10 1 1 unit 41E
30 30 390 65 65 B 3RV17 42-5ED10 1 1 unit 41E
35 35 455 65 -- B 3RV17 42-5FD10 1 1 unit 41E
40 40 520 65 -- B 3RV17 42-5GD10 1 1 unit 41E
45 45 585 65 -- B 3RV17 42-5HD10 1 1 unit 41E
50 50 650 65 -- B 3RV17 42-5JD10 1 1 unit 41E
60 60 780 65 -- B 3RV17 42-5LD10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV17 42-5FD10 70 70 910 65 -- B 3RV17 42-5QD10 1 1 unit 41E
1)
Rated value 100 % according to UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 ("100 % rated
breaker").
2)
Values for 600 Y/347 V AC see "Technical Specifications" "Permissible
rated data of devices approved for North America (UL/CSA)"
"3RV17 Motor Starter Protectors as Circuit Breakers" in "Reference Manual
for Protection Equipment Motor Starter Protectors 3RV1 Molded Case
Motor Starter Protectors".
Transverse auxiliary switches must not be mounted, lateral aux-
iliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories" on page 7/18 onwards).

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RV1 circuit breakers up to 100 A
For transformer protection
according to UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5-02

Circuit breakers for system and transformer protection according to UL/CSA,
specially designed for transformers with high inrush current
Rated Thermal Instanta- Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current1) overload neous over- breaking capacity (UNIT,
release current at SET, M)
(non-adjust- release 480 Y/277 V AC2)
able)
In1) I Ibc Order No. Price
v per PU
A A A kA
Size S0
0,16 0,16 3,3 50 C 3RV18 21-0AD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,2 0,2 4,2 50 C 3RV18 21-0BD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,25 0,25 5,2 50 C 3RV18 21-0CD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,32 0,32 6,5 50 C 3RV18 21-0DD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,4 0,4 8,2 50 C 3RV18 21-0ED10 1 1 unit 41E
0,5 0,5 10 50 C 3RV18 21-0FD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,63 0,63 13 50 C 3RV18 21-0GD10 1 1 unit 41E
0,8 0,8 16 50 C 3RV18 21-0HD10 1 1 unit 41E
1 1 21 50 C 3RV18 21-0JD10 1 1 unit 41E
1,25 1,25 26 50 C 3RV18 21-0KD10 1 1 unit 41E
3RV18 21-0AD10 1,6 1,6 33 50 C 3RV18 21-1AD10 1 1 unit 41E
2 2 42 50 C 3RV18 21-1BD10 1 1 unit 41E
2,5 2,5 52 50 C 3RV18 21-1CD10 1 1 unit 41E
3,2 3,2 65 50 C 3RV18 21-1DD10 1 1 unit 41E
7
4 4 82 50 C 3RV18 21-1ED10 1 1 unit 41E

5 5 104 50 C 3RV18 21-1FD10 1 1 unit 41E
6,3 6,3 130 50 C 3RV18 21-1GD10 1 1 unit 41E
8 8 163 50 C 3RV18 21-1HD10 1 1 unit 41E
10 10 208 50 C 3RV18 21-1JD10 1 1 unit 41E
12,5 12,5 260 50 C 3RV18 21-1KD10 1 1 unit 41E
15 15 286 50 C 3RV18 21-4AD10 1 1 unit 41E
20 20 325 50 C 3RV18 21-4BD10 1 1 unit 41E
1)
Rated value 100 % according to UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 ("100 % rated
breaker").
2)
Values for 600 Y/347 V AC see "Technical Specifications" "Permissible
rated data of devices approved for North America (UL/CSA)"
"3RV18 Motor Starter Protectors as Circuit Breakers" in "Reference Manual
for Protection Equipment Motor Starter Protectors 3RV1 Molded Case
Motor Starter Protectors".
Transverse auxiliary switches must not be mounted, lateral aux-
iliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories" on page 7/18 onwards).

Siemens AG 2011

For distance protection

Voltage transformer circuit breakers with auxiliary switches (1 CO)
Rated Thermal Instanta- Auxiliary Short-circuit DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
current overload neous over- switch inte- breaking (UNIT,
release current grated in the capacity at SET, M)
release motor starter 400 V AC
protector,
transverse
per PU
A A A kA
Size S00
1,4 1,4 6 1 CO 50 B 3RV16 11-1AG14 1 1 unit 41E
2,5 2,5 10,5 1 CO 50 } 3RV16 11-1CG14 1 1 unit 41E
3 3 20 1 CO 50 } 3RV16 11-1DG14 1 1 unit 41E
3RV16 11-1.G14
Accessories
Version Contacts DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
(UNIT,
SET, M)
7
Order No. Price
per PU
Mountable auxiliary switches for other signaling purposes

Lateral auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 41E
With screw terminals, mountable on the left
3RV19 01-1A
Additional auxiliary switches and other accessories
see "Mountable Accessories" on page 7/18 onwards.
More information
Conversion of 3VU13 to 3RV1 voltage transformer circuit breakers
The 3VU13 voltage transformer circuit breakers previously avail-
able have been discontinued. The 3RV1 voltage transformer cir-
cuit breakers are offered as replacement types.
Previous type Replacement type
3VU13 11-6HR00 3RV16 11-1CG14
3VU13 21-6HR00 3RV16 11-1CG14 + 3RV19 01-1A
3VU13 11-6JR00 3RV16 11-1DG14

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Mountable accessories
Overview
Mounting location and function
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors have three main contact These components are easily fitted to the switches without the
elements. In order to achieve maximum flexibility, auxiliary use of any tools according to requirements.
switches, signaling switches, auxiliary releases and isolator
modules can be supplied separately. Overview graphic see page 7/5 onwards.
Front panel Transverse auxiliary switches, An auxiliary switch block can be inserted transversely on the front. The over-
Notes: solid-state compatible trans- all width of the motor starter protectors remains unchanged.
verse auxiliary switches
A maximum of 4 auxiliary contacts with
auxiliary switches can be attached to each 1 NO + 1 NC
motor starter protector. or
2 NO
Transverse auxiliary switches must not be or
used for the 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit 1 CO
breakers.
Left-hand side Lateral auxiliary switches One of the three lateral auxiliary switches can be mounted on the left side
Notes: (2 contacts) per motor starter protector. The contacts of the auxiliary switch close and
1 NO + 1 NC open together with the main contacts of the motor starter protector.
A maximum of 4 auxiliary contacts with
auxiliary switches can be attached to each or The width of the lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts is 9 mm.
motor starter protector. 2 NO
or
Auxiliary switches (2 contacts) and signal- 2 NC
ing switches can be mounted separately or
together. Lateral auxiliary switches One lateral auxiliary switch with four contacts can be mounted on the left
(4 contacts) side per motor starter protector. The contacts of the auxiliary switch close
The signaling switch cannot be used for the
2 NO + 2 NC and open together with the main contacts of the motor starter protector.
3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers.
The width of the lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts is 18 mm.
Signaling switches for sizes S0, One signaling switch can be mounted on the left side of each motor starter
7
S2, and S3 protector.

Tripping 1 NO + 1 NC The signaling switch has two contact systems.
Short circuit 1 NO + 1 NC One contact system always signals tripping irrespective of whether this was
caused by a short circuit, an overload or an auxiliary release. The other con-
tact system only switches in the event of a short circuit. There is no signaling
as a result of switching off with the handle.
In order to be able to switch on the motor starter protector again after a short
circuit, the signaling switch must be reset manually after the error cause has
been eliminated.
The overall width of the signaling switch is 18 mm.
Right-hand side Auxiliary releases
Notes: Shunt releases For remote-controlled tripping of the motor starter protector. The release coil
One auxiliary release can be mounted per should only be energized for short periods (see circuit diagrams).
motor starter protector.
or
Accessories cannot be mounted at the
right-hand side of the 3RV11 motor starter Undervoltage releases Trips the motor starter protector when the voltage is interrupted and prevents
protectors for motor protection with over- the motor from being restarted accidentally when the voltage is restored.
load relay function. Used for remote-controlled tripping of the motor starter protector.
Particularly suitable for EMERGENCY-STOP disconnection by way of the cor-
responding EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton according to IEC 60204-1.
or
Undervoltage releases with Function and use as for the undervoltage release without leading auxiliary
leading auxiliary contacts 2 NO contacts, but with the following additional function: the auxiliary contacts will
open in switch position OFF to deenergize the coil of the undervoltage
release, thus interrupting energy consumption. In the "tripped" position,
these auxiliary contacts are not guaranteed to open. The leading contacts
permit the motor starter protector to reclose.
The overall width of the auxiliary release is 18 mm.
Top Isolator modules for Isolator modules can be mounted to the upper terminal end of motor starter
Notes: sizes S0 and S2 protector of sizes S0 and S2.
The isolator module cannot be used for the The supply cable is connected to the motor starter protector through the iso-
3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers. lator module.
The isolator module covers the terminal The plug can only be unplugged when the motor starter protector is open
screws of the transverse auxiliary switch. If and isolates all 3 poles of the motor starter protector from the network. The
the isolator module is used, we therefore shock-protected isolation point is clearly visible and secured with a padlock
recommend that either the lateral auxiliary to prevent reinsertion of the plug.
switches be fitted or that the isolator mod-
ule not be mounted until the auxiliary switch
has been wired.
For a complete overview of which accessories can be used for

the various motor starter protectors, see page 7/2.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories

Version Contacts For motor starter DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
protectors (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Size per PU
Auxiliary switches1)
Transverse auxiliary switches 1 CO S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 01-1D 1 1 unit 41E
with screw terminals, 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1E 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 01-1E mountable on front 2 NO } 3RV19 01-1F 1 1 unit 41E
Solid-state compatible 1 CO S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 01-1G 1 1 unit 41E
transverse auxiliary switches
with screw terminals,
3RV19 01-1G front mountable,
for operation in dusty atmosphere
and in solid-state circuits with low
operating currents
Covers for transverse auxiliary -- S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 01-0H 1 10 units 41E
switches
3RV19 01-0H
Lateral auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 41E
With screw terminals, 2 NO } 3RV19 01-1B 1 1 unit 41E
mountable on the left 2 NC } 3RV19 01-1C 1 1 unit 41E
2 NO + 2 NC A 3RV19 01-1J 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 01-1A
7
3RV19 01-1J
1)
Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lat-
eral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with 2 NO + 2 NC is used
without a transverse auxiliary switch. Transverse auxiliary switches must
not be used for the 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers.
Version Contacts For motor starter DT Spring-type PU PS* PG

protectors terminals (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Size per PU
Auxiliary switches1)
Transverse auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 01-2E 1 1 unit 41E
With spring-type terminals, 2 NO } 3RV19 01-2F 1 1 unit 41E
mountable on the front
3RV19 01-2E
Lateral auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 01-2A 1 1 unit 41E
With spring-type terminals, 2 NO } 3RV19 01-2B 1 1 unit 41E
mountable on the left 2 NC } 3RV19 01-2C 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 01-2A
1)
Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lat-
eral auxiliary switch. Transverse auxiliary switches must not be used for the
3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Version For motor starter DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG

protectors (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Size per PU
Signaling switches1)
Signaling switches Separate tripped and short- S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 21-1M 1 1 unit 41E
One signaling switch circuit alarms,
can be mounted on 1 NO + 1 NC each
the left of the motor
starter protector.
3RV19 21-1M
Isolator modules1)
Isolator modules Visible isolating distance for S0 } 3RV19 28-1A 1 1 unit 41E
isolating individual motor S2 } 3RV19 38-1A 1 1 unit 41E
starter protectors from the
network, lockable in discon-
nected position
3RV19 38-1A
with padlock
1) This accessory cannot be used for the 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers.
7
Rated control supply voltage Us For motor starter DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
AC AC AC AC/DC DC protectors (UNIT,
50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz, SET, M)
DC
100 % ON 5 s ON
period1) period2)
Order No. Price
V V V V V Size per PU
Auxiliary releases3)
Undervoltage releases
-- -- -- -- 24 S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1AB4 1 1 unit 41E
24 -- -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1AB0 1 1 unit 41E
110 120 -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1AF0 1 1 unit 41E
-- 208 -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1AM1 1 1 unit 41E
230 240 -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 02-1AP0 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 02-1DP0 400 440 -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 02-1AV0 1 1 unit 41E
415 480 -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1AV1 1 1 unit 41E
500 600 -- -- -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1AS0 1 1 unit 41E
Undervoltage releases with
leading auxiliary contacts 2 NO
230 240 -- -- -- S00 A 3RV19 12-1CP0 1 1 unit 41E
400 440 -- -- -- S00 A 3RV19 12-1CV0 1 1 unit 41E
415 480 -- -- -- S00 A 3RV19 12-1CV1 1 1 unit 41E
230 240 -- -- -- S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 22-1CP0 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 12-1CP0 400 440 -- -- -- S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 22-1CV0 1 1 unit 41E
415 480 -- -- -- S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 22-1CV1 1 1 unit 41E
Shunt releases
-- -- 20 ... 24 20 ... 70 -- S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 02-1DB0 1 1 unit 41E
-- -- 90 ... 110 70 ... 190 -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1DF0 1 1 unit 41E
-- -- 210 ... 240 190 ... 330 -- S00, S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 02-1DP0 1 1 unit 41E
-- -- 350 ... 415 330 ... 500 -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1DV0 1 1 unit 41E
-- -- 500 500 -- S00, S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 02-1DS0 1 1 unit 41E
1)
The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period. The response
voltage lies at 0.9 of the lower limit of the voltage range.
2)
The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50/60Hz and DC. The
response voltage lies at 0.85 of the lower limit of the voltage range.
3)
One auxiliary release can be mounted on the right per motor starter protec-
tor (does not apply to 3RV11 motor starter protectors with overload relay
function).

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Busbar accessories
Overview
Insulated three-phase busbar system The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe. They are de-
signed for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the output
Three-phase busbar systems provide an easy, time-saving and side of connected motor starter protectors.
clearly arranged means of feeding 3RV1 motor starter protectors
with screw terminals. Different designs are available for sizes The three-phase busbar systems can also be used to construct
S00, S0 and S2 and can be used for the various different ver- "Type E Starters" of size S00 or S2 according to UL/CSA. Special
sions of motor starter protectors/circuit breakers. The 3RV19 15 feeder terminals must be used for this purpose however (see
three-phase busbar systems are not suitable for 3RV11 motor page 7/22).
starter protectors with overload relay function. The three-phase
bus bars must not be used for 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit break- Busbar adapters 8US for 40 mm and 60 mm systems
ers. The motor starter protectors are mounted directly with the aid of
The busbars are suitable for between 2 and 5 motor starter pro- busbar adapters on busbar systems with 40 mm and 60 mm
tectors/circuit breakers. However, any kind of extension is possi- center-to-center clearance in order to save space and to reduce
ble by clamping the tags of an additional busbar (rotated by infeed times and costs. Busbar adapters for busbar systems
180) underneath the terminals of the respective last motor with 40 mm center-to-center spacing are suitable for copper
starter protector. busbars with a width of 12 mm to 15 mm, while those with 60 mm
center-to-center spacing are suitable for copper busbars with a
A combination of motor starter protectors of different sizes is width of 12 mm to 30 mm. The busbars can be 4 to 5 mm or
possible only with sizes S00 and S0. Connecting pieces are 10 mm thick.
available for this purpose. The motor starter protectors are sup-
plied by appropriate feeder terminals. The motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are snapped onto
the adapter and connected on the line side. This prepared unit
is then plugged directly onto the busbar system, and is thus con-
3RV19 15-5A
nected both mechanically and electrically at the same time.
3RV19 15-1CB Further busbar adapters for snap-mounting direct-on-line start-
ers and reversing starters as well as additional accessories such
rotated as line terminals and outgoing terminals, flat copper profile, etc.
by 180
7
see Catalog LV 10.1.
NSB0_01073c
3RV19 15-5B
3RV19 15-6AB
3-phase busbar system SIRIUS, size S00
3RV19 35-5A 3RV19 35-1C

3RV19 35-1A
SIRIUS load feeders with busbar adapters snapped onto busbars

NSB0_01074b
3RV19 35-6A
SIRIUS three-phase busbar system size S2
3RV19 25-5AB
3RV19 15-1AB 3RV19 15-5DB
3RV19 15-1CB
NSB0_01075b
3RV19 15-6AB
3-phase busbar system SIRIUS, with example for combining sizes S00
and S0

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Busbar accessories

Modular Number of motor starter protec- Rated For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
spacing tors that can be connected current starter per PU (UNIT,
Without With lateral With In at 690 protectors SET, M)
lateral auxiliary auxiliary V
acces- switch release
sories
mm A Size
Three-phase busbar systems
For feeding several motor starter protectors with screw terminals,
mounted side by side on standard mounting rails, insulated, with
touch protection
3RV19 15-1AB
451)2) 2 -- -- 63 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-1AB 1 1 unit 41E
3 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-1BB 1 1 unit 41E
4 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-1CB 1 1 unit 41E
5 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-1DB 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 15-1BB 551)2) -- 2 -- 63 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-2AB 1 1 unit 41E
3 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-2BB 1 1 unit 41E
4 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-2CB 1 1 unit 41E
5 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-2DB 1 1 unit 41E
631)2) -- -- 2 63 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-3AB 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 15-1CB
4 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-3CB 1 1 unit 41E
551) 2 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV19 35-1A 1 1 unit 41E
3 S2 } 3RV19 35-1B 1 1 unit 41E
4 S2 } 3RV19 35-1C 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 15-1DB 753) -- 2 2 108 S2 } 3RV19 35-3A 1 1 unit 41E
3 3 S2 } 3RV19 35-3B 1 1 unit 41E
4 4 S2 } 3RV19 35-3C 1 1 unit 41E
1) 3)
7
Not suitable for 3RV11 motor starter protectors for motor protection with For 3RV1 motor starter protectors with accessories mounted on the side.
overload relay function. Common clamping of S00 and S0 motor starter Auxiliary releases and lateral auxiliary/signaling switches cannot be used
protectors is not possible, due to the different modular spacings and termi- in combination.
nal heights. A 3RV19 15-DB connector is available for connecting busbars
from size S0 to size S00.
2)
Not suitable for 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers according to UL 489 /
CSA C22.2 No.5-02.
Version Modular For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

spacing starter per PU (UNIT,
protectors SET, M)
mm Size
Connecting pieces for three-phase busbars
For connecting three-phase busbars for 45 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-5DB 1 1 unit 41E
motor starter protectors of size S0 (left)
to size S00 (right)
3RV19 15-5DB
Conductor cross-section Tightening For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

Solid or Finely AWG cables, torques starter per PU (UNIT,
stranded stranded solid or stranded protectors SET, M)
with end
sleeve
mm mm AWG Nm Size
Three-phase feeder terminals
Connection from top
2,5 ... 25 4 ... 16 10 ... 4 4 S00 } 3RV19 15-5A 1 1 unit 41E
S0 } 3RV19 25-5AB 1 1 unit 41E
Connection from below1)
3RV19 25-5AB
2,5 ... 25 4 ... 16 10 ... 4 Input: 4, Out- S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-5B 1 1 unit 41E
put:
2 ... 2,5
Connection from top
2,5 ... 50 1,5 ... 35 14 ... 0 4 S2 } 3RV19 35-5A 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 15-5B
Three-phase feeder terminals for constructing "Type E Starters"
Connection from top
2,5 ... 25 4 ... 16 10-4 2 ... 4 S0 } 3RV19 25-5EB 1 1 unit 41E
10 ... 50 -- 8 ... 0 4,5 ... 6 S2 } 3RV19 35-5E 1 1 unit 41E
1)
This terminal is connected in place of a switch, please take the space
requirement into account.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Busbar accessories
Version For motor starter DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

protectors per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size
Covers for connection tags
Touch protection for empty positions S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-6AB 1 10 units 41E
S2 } 3RV19 35-6A 1 5 units 41E
3RV19 15-6AB
8US busbar adapters
8US10 61-5FK08 8US11 11-4SM00 8US12 61-5FM08 8US12 11-4TR00
For motor starter Rated current Connecting Adapter Adapter Rated voltage DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
protectors cable length width per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size A AWG mm mm V
7
Busbar adapters for 40 mm systems
For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 15 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
S00, S0 25 12 121 45 690 } 8US10 51-5DJ07 1 1 unit 143
S00, S0 + lateral aux- 25 12 121 55 690 } 8US10 61-5DJ07 1 1 unit 143
iliary switch
S2 56 8 139 55 690 } 8US10 61-5FK08 1 1 unit 143
S3 100 4 182 70 4001) } 8US11 11-4SM00 1 1 unit 143
S3 100 4 182 72 415 ... 6902) } 8US10 11-4TM00 1 1 unit 143
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 30 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
also for T and double-T special profiles
S00, S0 25 12 182 45 690 } 8US12 51-5DM07 1 1 unit 143
S2 56 8 182 55 690 } 8US12 61-5FM08 1 1 unit 143
S3 100 4 182 70 4001) } 8US11 11-4SM00 1 1 unit 143
S3 100 4 182 72 415 ... 6902) A 8US12 11-4TM00 1 1 unit 143
S33) 704) 4 215 72 6004) A 8US12 11-4TR00 1 1 unit 143
1)
At rated voltage Additional busbar adapters see Catalog LV 10.1.
400 V: short-circuit breaking capacity 50 kA,
> 400 to 460 V: short-circuit breaking capacity 25 kA.
2)
Short-circuit breaking capacity 415/500/525 V AC
- up to In = 25 A: max. 30 kA
Short-circuit breaking capacity 690 V AC:
- max. 12 kA.
3)
This busbar adapter is approved specially for 3RV17 42 circuit breakers for
applications according to UL/CSA.
4)
Values according to UL/CSA
- Rated current: 70 A at 600 V AC;
- Short-circuit breaking capacity:
480 V AC: 65 kA, up to In = 30 A;
480 Y/277 V AC: 65 kA;
600 Y/347 V AC: 20 kA.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms
Overview
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms Remote motorized operating mechanisms
Motor starter protectors with a rotary operating mechanism can 3RV1 motor starter protectors are manually operated controls.
be mounted in a control cabinet and operated externally by They automatically trip in case of an overload or short circuit. In-
means of a door-coupling rotary operating mechanism. When tentional remote-controlled tripping is possible by means of a
the cabinet door with motor starter protector is closed, the oper- shunt release or an undervoltage release. Reclosing is only pos-
ating mechanism is coupled. When the motor starter protector sible directly at the motor starter protector.
closes, the coupling is locked which prevents the door from be-
ing opened unintentionally. This interlock can be defeated by the The remote motorized operating mechanism allows the motor
maintenance personnel. In the OPEN position, the rotary operat- starter protectors to be opened and closed by electrical com-
ing mechanism can be secured against reclosing with up to mands. This enables a load or an installation to be isolated from
three padlocks. Inadvertent opening of the door is not possible the network or reconnected to it from an operator panel.
in this case either. If the motor starter protector is tripped as a result of overload or
short circuit, it will be in tripped position. For reclosing, the re-
mote motorized operating mechanism must first be set manually
or electrically to the 0 position (electrically by means of the Open
command). Then it can be reclosed.
The remote motorized operating mechanism is available for
motor starter protectors of size S2 (In max = 50 A) and
S3 (In max = 100 A) that are designed for control voltages of
NSB0_01078
230 V AC and 24 V DC. The motor starter protector is fitted into

the remote motorized operating mechanism as shown in the
drawing.
In the "MANUAL" position, the motor starter protector in the
remote motorized operating mechanism can continue to be
switched manually on site. In the "AUTOMATIC" position, the
7
motor starter protector is switched by means of electrical com-

mands. The switching command must be applied for a minimum
of 100 ms. The remote motorized operating mechanism closes
the motor starter protector after a maximum of 1 second. On volt-
age failure during the switching operation it is ensured that the
motor starter protector remains in the OPEN or CLOSED posi-
SIRIUS 3RV19 26-0K door-coupling rotary operating mechanism tion. In the "MANUAL" and "OFF" position, the remote motorized
operating mechanism can be locked with a padlock.
RESET function
The RESET button on the motorized operating mechanism
serves to reset any 3RV19 21-1M alarm switch that might be in-
stalled.
NSB0_01079a
NSB0_00007a
SIRIUS 3RV29 36-2B door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for

arduous conditions
SIRIUS 3RV19 .6-3A.. remote motorized operating mechanism

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms

Version Color of Version of For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
handle extension shaft starter per PU (UNIT,
protectors SET, M)
mm Size
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a
knob, a coupling driver and a 130/330 mm long extension
shaft (6 mm x 6 mm).
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are designed
to degree of protection IP64. The door locking device pre-
vents accidental opening of the control cabinet door in the ON
position of the motor starter protector. The OFF position can
3RV29 26-0B be locked with up to 3 padlocks.
Door-coupling Black 130 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV29 26-0B 1 1 unit 41E
rotary operat- 330 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV29 26-0K 1 1 unit 41E
ing mecha-
nisms
EMERGENCY- Red/yellow 130 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV29 26-0C 1 1 unit 41E
STOP door- 330 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV29 26-0L 1 1 unit 41E
coupling rotary
operating
mechanisms
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for arduous conditions
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a
knob, a coupling driver, an extension shaft of 300 mm in
length (8 mm x 8 mm), a spacer and two metal brackets, into
which the motor starter protector is inserted.
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are designed
7
to degree of protection IP65. The door interlocking reliably
prevents opening of the control cabinet door in the ON posi-
tion of the motor starter protector. The OFF position can be
locked with up to 3 padlocks.
Laterally mountable auxiliary releases and two-pole auxiliary
switches can be used.
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms meet the
3RV29 36-2B requirements for isolating functions according to IEC 60947-2.
Door-coupling Gray 300 S0 } 3RV29 26-2B 1 1 unit 41E
rotary operat- S2 } 3RV29 36-2B 1 1 unit 41E
ing mecha- S3 } 3RV29 46-2B 1 1 unit 41E
nisms
EMERGENCY- Red/yellow 300 S0 } 3RV29 26-2C 1 1 unit 41E
STOP door- S2 } 3RV29 36-2C 1 1 unit 41E
coupling rotary S3 } 3RV29 46-2C 1 1 unit 41E
operating
mechanisms
Version Rated control supply For DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

voltage Us motor starter per PU (UNIT,
protectors SET, M)
Size
Remote motorized operating mechanisms
Remote motor- AC 50/60 Hz, 230 V S2 B 3RV19 36-3AP0 1 1 unit 41E
ized operating 24 V DC S2 B 3RV19 36-3AB4 1 1 unit 41E
mechanisms AC 50/60 Hz, 230 V S3 B 3RV19 46-3AP0 1 1 unit 41E
24 V DC S3 B 3RV19 46-3AB4 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 .6-3A..

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Mounting accessories
Overview
Solder pin connections Terminal blocks for "Self-Protected Combination Motor
Controllers (Type E)" according to UL 508
Solder pin connections are available for the main contacts and
transverse auxiliary switches of size S00 motor starter protec- The 3RV10 motor starter protectors size S0 and higher are ap-
tors. proved according to UL 508 as "Self-Protected Combination
Motor Controllers (Type E)".
The prepared terminal parts are clamped to the upper and lower
screw terminals of the motor starter protectors which allows This requires increased clearance and creepage distances
them to be soldered into printed circuit boards. (1 inch and 2 inches respectively) at the input side of the device,
which are achieved by mounting terminal blocks.
Size S0: The 3RV19 28-1H terminal block is simply screwed
onto the basic unit.
Size S2: The basic unit is already compliant with the increased
clearance and creepage distance requirements.
Size S3: The standard box terminal must be replaced by the
3RT19 46-4GA07 terminal block.
NSB0_01077b
NSB0_01380b
NSB0_01379b
3RV19 18-5A
7
SIRIUS 3RV19 28-1H (left), 3RT19 46-4GA07 (right)

terminal blocks (type E)
According to CSA, the terminal blocks can be omitted when the
device is used as a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Control-
ler" (Type E).
Three-phase feeder terminals are required for constructing
"Type E Starters" with an insulated busbar system (see "Busbar
Accessories" on page 7/22).

Accessories
Version For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
starter per PU (UNIT,
protectors SET, M)
Size
Covers
Terminal covers for box terminals S2 } 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
Additional touch protection to be fitted at the box S3 } 3RT19 46-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
terminals
(2 units mountable per device)
Terminal covers S3 } 3RT19 46-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
For cable lug and busbar connection for main-
taining the required voltage clearance and as
touch protection if box terminal is removed (2
units can be mounted per motor starter protector)
3RV1 (size S3) with Scale covers S00, S0, S2, } 3RV19 08-0P 100 10 units 41E
3RT19 46-4EA1 (left) Sealable, S3
3RV19 08-0P (right) for covering the set current scale

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Version For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

starter pro- per PU (UNIT,
tectors SET, M)
Size
Fixing accessories
Push-in lugs S00, S0 A 3RB19 00-0B 100 10 units 41F
for screwing the motor starter protector onto
mounting plates
For each motor starter protector, 2 units are
3RB19 00-0B required.
Solder pin connections
For main contacts S00 B 3RV19 18-5A 1 4 units 41E
For soldering the main conductor connections of a
motor starter protector to a printed circuit board
(1 set = 2 units per motor starter protector)
For main and auxiliary contacts S00 B 3RV19 18-5B 1 4 units 41E
For soldering the main conductor connections and
the auxiliary conductor connections of the trans-
verse auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC of a motor
starter protector to a printed circuit board
3RV19 18-5A with (1 set = 3 units per motor starter protector)
motor starter protector
Terminal blocks for "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)"
according to UL 508
Note:
UL 508 demands 1-inch clearance and 2-inch creepage dis-
tance at line side for "Combination Motor Controller Type E".
The following terminal blocks must be used in 3RV10 motor
7
starter protectors of sizes S0 and S3.
The 3RV10 motor starter protector in size S2 conforms with the
3RV19 28-1H
required clearance and creepage distances without a terminal
block. Terminal blocks are not required for use according to
CSA.
With size S0, these terminal blocks cannot be used in combi-
nation with 3RV19 .5 three-phase busbars and with size S3,
they cannot be used with a transverse auxiliary switch.
3RT19 46-4GA07 For construction with three-phase busbars see "Busbar Acces-
sories" on page 7/21 onwards.
Terminal block type E S0 } 3RV19 28-1H 1 1 unit 41E
for extended clearance and creepage distances S3 B 3RT19 46-4GA07 1 1 unit 41E
(1 and 2 inch)
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
For connection of auxiliary and control cables to S3 B 3RT19 46-4F 1 1 unit 41B
the main conductor connections (for one side)
3RT19 46-4F

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Link modules
Actuating voltage of Size DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
contactor Contactor Motor starter (UNIT,
protector SET, M)
Order No. Price
per PU
Link modules for motor starter protector to contactor1)
For mechanical and electrical connection between motor
starter protector and contactor with screw terminals
Single-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-1DA00 1 1 unit 41B
AC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
3RA19 31-1AA00 DC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B
Multi-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-1A 1 10 units 41B
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-1D 1 10 units 41B
3RA19 41-1AA00 AC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1A 1 10 units 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1A 1 5 units 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1A 1 5 units 41B
DC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1B 1 10 units 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1B 1 5 units 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1B 1 5 units 41B
7
3RA19 31-1A
Hybrid link modules for motor starter protector to contactor1)
Mechanical and electrical connection between motor starter
protector with screw terminals and contactor with spring-type
terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-2F 1 10 units 41B
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-2F 1 10 units 41B
3RA19 11-2FA00
3RA19 11-2F

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Version For motor starter DT Spring-type PU PS* PG

protectors terminals (UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No. Price
Size per PU
Adapters and link modules for spring-type terminals
Link modules S00 } 3RA19 11-2A 1 10 units 41B
Electrical connection between motor starter
protector and contactor (busbar adapter not
included in scope of supply)
Link modules S00 } 3RA19 11-2E 1 10 units 41B
with mechanical connection
mechanical and electrical connection
between motor starter protector and contac-
tor
Standard mounting rail adapters S00 } 3RA19 22-1L 1 5 units 41B
with 2 standard mounting rails 45 mm wide,
one movable
3RA19 11-2A + Busbar adapters 40 mm busbar system } 8US10 51-5CM47 1 1 unit 143
8US10 51-5CM47 45 mm wide, 182 mm long, adapted for 60 mm busbar system } 8US12 51-5CM47 1 1 unit 143
motor starter protectors with spring-type
terminals. If there is an additional contactor,
a further standard mounting rail must be fit-
ted.
TH 35 standard mounting rails -- A 8US19 98-7CA15 1 10 units 143
45 mm wide, plastic, including fixing screws
7
3RA19 11-2E
Version Size Color For motor DT Spring-type PU PS* PG

starter terminals (UNIT,
protectors SET, M)
Order No. Price
Size per PU
Screwdrivers Length approx. Titanium S00, S0, A 3RA29 08-1A 1 1 unit 41B
For all SIRIUS 200 mm, gray/ S2, S3
devices with spring- 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm black,
type terminals partially
insulated
3RA29 08-1A

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
Overview
Enclosures A mushroom-shaped EMERGENCY-STOP knob can be fitted in
place of the locking device. If it is actuated abruptly, the motor
For installing motor starter protectors in sizes S00 (In max = 12 A), starter protector opens and the mushroom-shaped knob
S0 (In max = 25 A) and S2 (In max = 50 A) as a single unit, latches. The knob can be unlatched again either by turning it or
molded-plastic and cast aluminum enclosures for surface by using a special key. The motor starter protector can subse-
mounting and molded-plastic enclosures for flush mounting are quently be switched on again.
available in various dimensions.
The molded-plastic enclosures of the size S0 and S2 motor
When installed in a molded-plastic enclosure the motor starter starter protectors are fitted with a rotary operating mechanism.
protectors have a rated operational voltage Ue of 500 V.
The enclosures can be supplied with either a black rotary oper-
The enclosures for surface mounting have the degree of protec- ating mechanism or with an EMERGENCY-STOP rotary operat-
tion IP55; the enclosures for flush mounting also comply with the ing mechanism with a red/yellow knob.
degree of protection IP55 at the front (the flush-mounted section
complies with IP20). The rotary operating mechanisms can be locked in the Open po-
sition with up to 3 padlocks.
Front plates
Motor starter protectors are frequently required to be actuated in
any enclosure. Front plates equipped with an actuator dia-
phragm for size S00 motor starter protectors, or rotary operating
mechanism for S0 to S3 motor starter protectors are available for
this purpose.
NSB0_01080b
The front plates for size S00 have a holder into which the motor
starter protectors can be snapped. A holder for size S0 motor
starter protectors is available for front plate sizes S0 to S3.
7
NSB0_01082b
Enclosures for surface mounting
NSB0_01081b
Front plate for size S00

Accessories for enclosures and front plates
3RV19 13-7D 3RV19 13-7F
Enclosures for flush mounting

All enclosures are equipped with N and PE terminals. There are
two knock-out cable entries for cable glands at the top and two
at the bottom; also on the rear corresponding cable entries are
scored. There is a knockout on the top of the enclosure for indi-
cator lights that are available as accessories.
3RV19 13-6B 3RV19 13-7E
The narrow enclosure can accommodate a motor starter protec-
tor without accessories, with transverse and lateral auxiliary
NSB0_01083a
switch, whereas wide enclosures and enclosures for S2 motor

starter protectors also provide space for a laterally mounted aux-
iliary release. There is no provision for installing a motor starter
protector with a signaling switch.
With S00 motor starter protectors, the switch rocker is operated
by means of the actuator diaphragm of the enclosure. A locking
device, capable of holding up to three padlocks, can be fitted Accessories for size S00
onto the actuator diaphragm to prevent the circuit breaker from
closing during maintenance work, for example.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories

Version Degree of Integrated Mounting width For DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
protection terminals 3RV10 to per PU (UNIT,
3RV16 SET, M)
motor
starter
protectors
Size
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting
with actuator IP55 N and 54 mm S00 } 3RV19 13-1CA00 1 1 unit 41E
diaphragm PE/ground (for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch)
72 mm S00 } 3RV19 13-1DA00 1 1 unit 41E
(for switch +
3RV19 13-1DA00
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary release)
With rotary IP55 N and 54 mm S0 } 3RV19 23-1CA00 1 1 unit 41E
operating PE/ground (for switch +
mechanism, lateral auxiliary
lockable in 0 switch)
position 72 mm S0 } 3RV19 23-1DA00 1 1 unit 41E
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary release)
82 mm S2 A 3RV19 33-1DA00 1 1 unit 41E
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
7
switch +
auxiliary release)
With EMER- IP55 N and 54 mm S0 } 3RV19 23-1FA00 1 1 unit 41E
GENCY- PE/ground (for switch +
STOP rotary lateral auxiliary
operating switch)
mechanism, 72 mm S0 A 3RV19 33-1GA00 1 1 unit 41E
lockable in 0 (for switch +
3RV19 23-1FA00 position lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary release)
82 mm S2 A 3RV19 33-1GA00 1 1 unit 41E
(for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary release)
Cast aluminum enclosures for surface mounting
With rotary IP65 PE1) 72 mm S0 } 3RV19 23-1DA01 1 1 unit 41E
operating (for switch +
lockable in 0 switch +
position auxiliary release)
3RV19 23-1DA01 With EMER- IP65 PE1) 72 mm S0 } 3RV19 23-1GA01 1 1 unit 41E
GENCY- (for switch +
operating switch +
mechanism, auxiliary release)
lockable in 0
position
Molded-plastic enclosures for flush mounting
with actuator IP55 (front N and 72 mm S00 A 3RV19 13-2DA00 1 1 unit 41E
diaphragm side) PE/ground (for switch +
lateral auxiliary
switch +
auxiliary release)
With rotary IP55 (front N and 72 mm S0 A 3RV19 23-2DA00 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 13-2DA00 operating side) PE/ground (for switch +
lockable in 0 switch +
position auxiliary release)
With EMER- IP55 (front N and 72 mm S0 A 3RV19 23-2GA00 1 1 unit 41E
GENCY- side) PE/ground (for switch +
3RV19 23-2DA00 operating switch +
mechanism, auxiliary release)
lockable in 0
position
1) If required, an additional N terminal can be mounted
(e. g. 8WA1 011-1BG11).

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
Version Degree For DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

of pro- 3RV10 to per PU (UNIT,
tection 3RV16 SET, M)
motor
starter
protectors
Size
Front plates
Molded-plastic front plates IP55 S00 A 3RV19 13-4C 1 1 unit 41E
with actuator diaphragm (front
For actuating 3RV1 motor starter protectors in side)
any enclosures, includes holder for motor
starter protector.
3RV19 13-4C Molded-plastic front plates with IP55 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 23-4B 1 1 unit 41E
rotary operating mechanism (front
Lockable in 0 position side)
For actuation of 3RV1 motor starter protectors
in any enclosure.
Molded-plastic front plates with IP55 S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 23-4E 1 1 unit 41E
EMERGENCY-STOP rotary operating (front
mechanism, red/yellow side)
Lockable in 0 position
EMERGENCY-STOP actuation of 3RV1 motor
3RV19 23-4B + starter protectors in any enclosure.
3RV19 23-4G Holders for front plates -- S0 } 3RV19 23-4G 1 1 unit 41E
Holder is mounted on front plate, motor starter
protector with and without accessories is
snapped in.
Accessories for enclosures
7
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom buttons, IP55 S00 } 3RV19 13-7D 1 1 unit 41E

red/yellow
For 3RV19 13-... enclosures and front panels
Latching mushroom button,
unlatch by turning
Cannot be used in combination with locking
device
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom buttons, IP55 S00 } 3RV19 13-7E 1 1 unit 41E
red/yellow, with lock
Molded-plastic For 3RV19 13-... enclosures and front panels
enclosure for surface
mounting with 3RV19 RONIS lock,
13-7D lock No. SB 30,
supplied with 2 keys
Latching mushroom button,
unlatch with key
Cannot be used in combination with locking
device
Locking devices IP55 S00 } 3RV19 13-6B 1 1 unit 41E
For 3RV19 13-... enclosures and front plates
For 3 padlocks with max. 8 mm shackle diam-
eter.
Cannot be used in combination with EMER-
GENCY-STOP mushroom button
Spare actuator diaphragms IP55 S00 A 3RV19 13-7F 1 1 unit 41E
Holders and screws are included in scope of
supply
Version Rated control For motor DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

supply voltage starter pro- per PU (UNIT,
Us tectors SET, M)
V Size
Indicator lights
Indicator lights 110 ... 120 S2 C 3RV19 03-5B 1 1 unit 41E
for all enclosures and front plates 220 ... 240 C 3RV19 03-5C 1 1 unit 41E
With glow lamp and colored lenses 380 ... 415 C 3RV19 03-5E 1 1 unit 41E
red, green, yellow, orange and clear 480 ... 500 C 3RV19 03-5G 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 03-5B

Siemens AG 2011

3RV19 infeed systems
Overview
The 3RV19 infeed system is a convenient means of energy sup- Expansion modules are available for extending the system
ply and distribution for a group of several motor starter protec- (three-phase busbars for system expansion). The individual
tors or complete load feeders with a screw or spring-type con- modules are connected through an expansion plug.
nection up to size S0 (exception: this system cannot be used for
the 3RV11, 3RV16 to 3RV18 motor starter protectors/circuit The electrical connection between the three-phase busbars and
breakers). the motor starter protectors is implemented through plug-in con-
nectors. The complete system can be mounted on a TH 35 stan-
The devices with spring-type connections are available in the dard mounting rail to IEC 60715 and can be expanded as re-
SIRIUS modular system up to 5.5 kW at 400 V AC. The motor quired up to a maximum current carrying capacity of 63 A.
starter protectors and load feeders with screw terminals for sizes
S00 and S0 can also be integrated in the system at the same The system is mounted extremely quickly and easily thanks to
time. the simple plug-in technique. Thanks to the lateral infeed, the
system also saves space in the control cabinet. The additional
The system is based on a basic module complete with a lateral overall height required for the infeed unit is only 30 mm. The al-
incoming unit (three-phase busbar with infeed). This infeed with ternative infeed possibilities on each side offer a high degree of
spring-type terminals is mounted on the right or left depending flexibility for configuring the control cabinet: Infeed on left-hand
on the version and can be supplied with a maximum conductor or right-hand side, ring infeed or infeed on one side and outfeed
cross-section of 25 mm2 (with end sleeve). A basic module has from the other side to supply further loads are all possible. A ter-
two sockets onto each of which a motor starter protector can be minal block with spring-type connections in combination with a
snapped. standard mounting rail enables the integration of not only SIRIUS
motor starter protectors but also single-phase, two-phase and
three-phase components such as 5SY miniature circuit breakers
or SIRIUS relay components.
5 1 3b 3a 7 2 4 7
7
NSB0_01415a
1 3-phase busbar with infeed

2 3-phase busbar for system expansion
3a Expansion plug
3b Extra-wide expansion plug
4 End cover
5 Plug-in connector
6 Contactor base
7 Terminal block
SIRIUS 3RV19 infeed system

Siemens AG 2011

$ Three-phase busbars with infeed * Contactor base
A three-phase busbar with infeed unit is required for connecting Load feeders can be assembled in the system using the contac-
the energy supply. These modules comprise one infeed module tor base. The contactor bases are suitable for contactors of size
and 2 sockets which each accept one motor starter protector. A S00 with spring-type terminals and are simply snapped onto the
choice of two versions with infeed on the left or right is available. 3-phase busbars. Direct-on-line starters and reversing starters
The infeed is connected using spring-type terminals. They per- are possible. One contactor base is required for direct-on-line
mit an infeed with conductor cross-sections of up to 25 mm2 with starters and two are required for reversing starters. To assemble
end sleeves. An end cover is supplied with each module. load feeders for reversing starters, the contactor bases can be
arranged either below each other (45 mm overall width) or
% Three-phase busbars for system expansion alongside each other (90 mm overall width). It is important to
The three-phase busbars for system expansion allow the system note that mechanical interlocking of the contactors is only possi-
to be expanded. There is a choice of modules with 2 or 3 sock- ble when they are arranged vertically.
ets. The system can be expanded as required up to a maximum The infeed system is designed for mounting on a TH 35 standard
current carrying capacity of 63 A. An expansion plug is supplied mounting rail with 7.5 mm overall depth. This standard mounting
with each module. rail gives the contactor base a stable mounting surface to sit on.
If standard mounting rails with a depth of 15 mm are used, the
&a Expansion plug spacer connected to the bottom of the contactor base must be
The expansion plug is used for electrical connection of adjacent knocked out and plugged into the mating piece that is also on
three-phase busbars. The current carrying capacity of this plug the underside. Then the contactor base also has a stable mount-
equals 63 A. One expansion plug is supplied with each three- ing surface. When standard mounting rails with a depth of
phase busbar for system expansion. Additional expansion plugs 7.5 mm are used, the spacer has no function and can be re-
are therefore only required as spare parts. moved.
&b Extra-wide expansion plug As an alternative to using a contactor base, the 3RA19 11-2E
electrical link modules can also be used for direct start load
The wide expansion plug makes the electrical connection be- feeders with spring-type connections of size S00. Motor starter
tween two 3-phase busbars, thus performing the same function protector and contactor assemblies can then be directly
as the 3RV19 17-5BA00 expansion plug; the electrical charac- snapped onto the sockets of the three-phase busbars. For feed-
teristics (e. g. a current carrying capacity of 63 A) are identical. ers of size S00 and S0, the corresponding 3RA19 11-1.... or
7
3RA19 21-1.... link modules should generally be used. For size

The 3RV19 17-5E expansion plug is 10 mm wider than the S0, it is only possible integrate direct start load feeders and they
3RV19 17-5BA00 expansion plug, hence in the plugged state must be integrated in the system as complete assemblies.
there is a distance of 10 mm between the connected 3-phase
busbars. This distance can be used to lay the auxiliary current + Terminal block
and control current wiring ("wiring duct"). The motor starter pro-
tector and contactor can be wired from underneath, which The 3RV19 17-5D terminal block enables the integration of not
means that the complete cable duct above the system can be only SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase, 2-
omitted. phase and 3-phase components. Using the terminal block the 3
phases can be fed out of the system; which means that single-
( End cover phase loads can also be integrated in the system. The terminal
block is plugged into the slot of the expansion plug and thus en-
The end cover is used to cover the three-phase busbar at the ables outfeeding from the middle or end of the infeed system.
open end of the system. This cover is therefore only required The terminal block can be rotated through 180 and be locked
once for each system. An end cover is supplied with each three- to the support modules of the infeed system. The 3RV19 17-7B
phase busbar system with infeed. Further end covers are there- 45 mm wide TH 35 standard mounting rail for screwing onto the
fore only required as spare parts. support plate is available in addition in order to be able to plug
) Plug-in connector the single-phase, 2-phase and 3-phase components onto the in-
feed system.
The plug-in connector is used for the electrical connection be-
tween the three-phase busbar and the motor starter protector.
These plug-in connectors are available in versions with screw
terminals for sizes S00, S0 or with spring-type terminals for size
S00.

Siemens AG 2011


Type Version For motor starter DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
protectors per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size
Three-phase busbars with infeed
Three-phase bus- For 2 motor starter S00 (spring- A 3RV19 17-1A 1 1 unit 41E
bars with infeed protectors with infeed type)1),
incl. 3RV19 17-6A from the left S00, S0 (screw)
end cover For 2 motor starter S00 (spring- A 3RV19 17-1E 1 1 unit 41E
protectors with infeed type)1),
from the right S00, S0 (screw)
3RV19 17-1A
Three-phase busbars for system expansion
Three-phase For 2 motor starter S00 (spring- A 3RV19 17-4A 1 1 unit 41E
busbars protectors type)1),
incl. 3RV19 17- S00, S0 (screw)
5BA00 For 3 motor starter S00 (spring- A 3RV19 17-4B 1 1 unit 41E
expansion plug protectors type)1),
S00, S0 (screw)
7
3RV19 17-4B
Plug-in connectors
Plug-in connec- Single-unit packaging S00 (spring- A 3RV19 17-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E
tors type)1)
to make contact Multi-unit packaging S00 (spring- A 3RV19 17-5A 1 10 units 41E
with the motor type)1)
starter protectors
3RV19 17-5AA00
Single-unit packaging S00 (screw) A 3RV19 17-5CA00 1 1 unit 41E
S0 (screw) A 3RV19 27-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E
Multi-unit packaging S00 (screw) A 3RV19 17-5C 1 10 units 41E
S0 (screw) A 3RV19 27-5A 1 10 units 41E
3RV19 27-5AA00
1)
Compatible with the following motor starter protectors: 3RV10 11-...2.
(size S00, spring-type) product version E03 and upwards.
Type Version For contactors DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size
Contactor bases
Contactor bases Single-unit packaging S00 A 3RV19 17-7AA00 1 1 unit 41E
for mounting Multi-unit packaging S00 A 3RV19 17-7A 1 10 units 41E
direct-on-line or
reversing starters
3RV19 17-7A

Siemens AG 2011

Type Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Terminal blocks
Terminal blocks Single-unit packaging A 3RV19 17-5D 1 1 unit 41E
For integration of
single-phase, two-phase and
three-phase components
3RV19 17-5D
45 mm standard mounting rail
TH 35 standard mounting Single-unit packaging A 3RV19 17-7B 1 1 unit 41E
rails, 45 mm wide,
for mounting onto
three-phase busbars
3RV19 17-7B
Extra-wide expansion plugs
Extra-wide expansion plugs Single-unit packaging A 3RV19 17-5E 1 1 unit 41E
As accessory
7
3RV19 17-5E
Expansion plugs
Expansion plugs1) Single-unit packaging A 3RV19 17-5BA00 1 1 unit 41E
as spare part
3RV19 17-5BA00
End covers
End covers2) Multi-unit A 3RV19 17-6A 100 10 units 41E
as spare part packaging
3RV19 17-6A
1) The expansion plug is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV19 17-4
three-phase busbars for system expansion.
2) The end cover is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV19 17-1 three-
phase busbars with infeed system.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
General data
Overview
Features 3RU11 3RB20/3RB21 3RB22/3RB23 Benefits

General data
Sizes S00 ...S3 S00 ... S12 S00 ... S12 Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections and techni-
cal characteristics of the other devices in the SIRIUS modular
system (contactors, etc., ...)
Permit the mounting of slim and compact load feeders in widths
of 45 mm (S00), 45 mm (S0), 55 mm (S2), 70 mm (S3), 120 mm
(S6) and 145 mm (S10/S12); this does not include the current
measuring modules for the 3RB22 to 3RB23 evaluation modules
sizes S00 to S3
Simplify configuration
Seamless 0,11 ... 100 A 0,1 ... 630 A 0,3 ... 630 A Allows easy and consistent configuration with one series of
current range (up to 820 A)1) overload relays (for small to large loads)
Protection functions
Tripping due to Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of loads
7
overload against excessive temperature rises due to overload
Tripping due to Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of loads
phase unbalance against excessive temperature rises due to phase unbalance
Tripping due to phase failure Minimizes heating of induction motors during phase failure
Protection of single-phase loads -- Enables the protection of single-phase loads
Tripping in the event --2) --2) Provides optimum temperature-dependent protection of loads
of overheating against excessive temperature rises e. g. for stator-critical mo-
tors or in the event of insufficient coolant flow, contamination of
by the motor surface or for long starting or braking operations
Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
integrated
thermistor motor protection Saves space in the control cabinet
function Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Tripping in the event -- Provides optimum protection of loads against high-resistance
of a ground fault (only 3RB21) short circuits or ground faults due to moisture, condensed
water, damage to the insulation material, etc.
Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
by
Saves space in the control cabinet
internal ground-fault detection Reduces wiring outlay and costs
(activatable)
Features
RESET function Allows manual or automatic resetting of the device
Remote RESET function Allows the remote resetting of the device
(by means of sep- (only with 3RB21 (electrically via
arate module) and external aux- external button)
iliary voltage 24 V
DC)
TEST function for auxiliary Allows easy checking of the function and wiring
contacts
TEST function for electronics -- Allows checking of the electronics
Status display Displays the current operating state
Large current adjustment button Makes it easier to set the relay exactly to the correct current
value
Integrated auxiliary contacts (1 Allows the load to be switched off if necessary
NO + 1 NC) (2 ) Can be used to output signals
1)
Available Motor currents up to 820 A can be recorded and evaluated by a current
-- Not available measuring module, e. g. 3RB29 06-2BG1 (0.3 to 3 A) , in combination with
a 3UF18 68-3GA00 (820 A/1 A) series transformer. For 3UF18 transformers
see Catalog IC 10 2012, Chapter 10, "Monitoring and Control Devices"
"SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices".
2)
The SIRIUS 3RN thermistor motor protection devices can be used to pro-
vide additional temperature-dependent protection.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
General data

Design of load feeders
Short-circuit strength Provides optimum protection of the loads and operating per-
up to 100 kA at 690 V sonnel in the event of short circuits due to insulation faults or
(in conjunction with the corre- faulty switching operations
sponding fuses or the correspond-
ing motor starter protector)
Electrical and mechanical 1) Simplifies configuration
matching to 3RT contactors Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Enables stand-alone installation as well as space-saving direct
mounting
Straight-through transformers -- Reduces the contact resistance (only one point of contact)
for main circuit2) (S2 ... S6) (S00 ... S6) Saves wiring costs (easy, no need for tools, and fast)
(in this case the cables are routed
through the feed-through openings Saves material costs
of the overload relay and con- Reduces installation costs
nected directly to the box terminals
7
of the contactor)
Spring-type connection Enables fast connections
for auxiliary circuits2) Permits vibration-resistant connections
Enables maintenance-free connections
Other features
Temperature compensation Allows the use of the relays at high temperatures without derat-
ing
Prevents premature tripping
Allows compact installation of the control cabinet without
distance between the devices/load feeders
Simplifies configuration
Enables space to be saved in the control cabinet
Very high long-term stability Provides safe protection for the loads even after years of use in
severe operating conditions
Wide setting ranges -- Minimize the configuration outlay and costs
(1:4) (1:10) Minimize storage overheads, storage costs, tied-up capital
Fixed trip class CLASS 10 CLASS 10 or -- Optimum motor protection for standard starts
CLASS 20
(only 3RB20)
Trip classes adjustable -- Enables solutions for very fast starting motors requiring special
on the device, (only 3RB21) protection (e. g. Ex motors)
CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30 Enables heavy starting solutions
Reduces the number of variants
Minimizes the configuring outlay and costs
Minimizes storage overhead, storage costs, and tied-up capital
Low power loss -- Reduces power consumption and energy costs (up 98 % less
power is used than for thermal overload relays).
Minimizes temperature rises of the contactor and control cabi-
net in some cases this may eliminate the need for controlgear
cabinet cooling.
Direct mounting to contactor saves space, even for high motor
currents (i. e. no heat decoupling is required).
1)
Available Exception: up to size S3, only stand-alone installation is possible.
2)
-- Not available Alternatively available for screw terminals.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
General data

Further characteristics (continued)
Internal power supply --1) -- Eliminates the need for configuration and connecting an addi-
tional control circuit
Variable adjustment -- Reduces the number of variants
of the trip classes (only 3RB21) Minimizes the configuring outlay and costs
(The required trip class can be Minimizes storage overhead, storage costs, and tied-up capital
adjusted by means of a rotary
switch depending on the current
start-up condition.)
Overload warning -- -- Indicates imminent tripping of the relay directly on the device
due to overload, phase unbalance or phase failure through
flickering of the LEDs
Allows the imminent tripping of the relay to be signaled
Allows measures to be taken in time in the event of inverse-time
delayed overloading of the load for an extended period over the
current limit
7
Eliminates the need for an additional device
Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Analog output -- -- Allows the output of an analog output signal for actuating
moving-coil instruments, feeding programmable logic control-
lers or transfer to bus systems
Eliminates the need for an additional measuring transducer and
signal converter
Reduces wiring outlay and costs
1)
Available The SIRIUS 3RU11 thermal overload relays use a bimetal contactor and
-- Not available therefore do not require a control supply voltage.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
General data
Overload relays overview matching contactors
Overload Current Current Contactors (type, size, rating in kW)
relays measure- range 3RT10 1. 3RT10 2. 3RT10 3. 3RT10 4. 3RT10 5. 3RT10 6. 3RT10 7 3TF68/3TF69
ment
S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10 S12 Size 14
Type Type A 3/4/5,5 5,5/7,5/11 15/18,5/22 30/37/45 55/75/90 110/132/160 200/250 375/450
SIRIUS 3RU11 thermal overload relays
3RU11 1 Integrated 0,11 12 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RU11 2 Integrated 1,8 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RU11 3 Integrated 5,5 50 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RU11 4 Integrated 18 100 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RU11
SIRIUS 3RB20 solid-state overload relays1)
3RB20 1 Integrated 0,1 12 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 2 Integrated 0,1 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 3 Integrated 6 50 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 4 Integrated 12,5 100 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 5 Integrated 50 200 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 6 Integrated 55 630 -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 1 + Integrated 630 820 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB20 3UF18
SIRIUS 3RB21 solid-state overload relays1)
7
3RB21 1 Integrated 0,1 12 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

3RB21 2 Integrated 0,1 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB21 3 Integrated 6 50 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB21 4 Integrated 12,5 100 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB21 5 Integrated 50 200 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB21 6 Integrated 55 630 -- -- -- -- --
3RB21 1 + Integrated 630 820 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB21 3UF18
SIRIUS 3RB22/3RB23 solid-state overload relays1)
3RB29 0 0,3 25 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB29 0 10 100 -- -- -- --
3RB22 83/
3RB23 83 3RB29 5 20 200 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3RB29 6 63 630 -- -- -- -- --
3RB29 0 630 820 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
+ 3UF18
3RB22, 3RB23
1)
Can be used "Technical Specifications" for use of the overload relays with trip
-- Cannot be used class CLASS 20 can be found in "Short-circuit protection with fuses for
motor feeders", see
"Reference Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload
Relays" and in the
Configuration Manual "SIRIUS Configuration Selection Data for Fuseless
Load Feeders", Order No. 3ZX1012-0RA21-0AC0.
Connection methods
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays come with screw terminals.
The 3RB20 and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays are available Screw terminals
with screw terminals (box terminals) or spring-type terminals on
the auxiliary current side; the same applies for the evaluation Spring-type terminals
modules of the 3RB22 to 3RB23 solid-state overload relays for
High-Feature application.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
SIRIUS 3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
3RU11 up to 100 A
Overview
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays up to 100 A have been de-
signed for inverse-time delayed protection of loads with normal

NSB0_01622a
starting ("Function" see Reference Manual for Protection Equip-
ment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Relays) against excessive temper-
ature rises due to overload or phase failure.

An overload or phase failure results in an increase of the motor
current beyond the set rated motor current. Via heating ele-
ments, this current rise heats up the bimetal strips inside the de-
vice which then bend and as a result trigger the auxiliary con-
tacts by means of a tripping mechanism. The auxiliary contacts
then switch off the load by means of a contactor. The break time
depends on the ratio between the tripping current and current
setting Ie and is stored in the form of a long-term stable tripping
characteristic see www.siemens.com/sirius/support "Charac-
Connection for mounting onto contactors:
Optimally adapted in electrical, mechanical and design terms to the teristic Curves").
contactors. Connecting pins can be used for direct mounting of the
overload relays. Stand-alone installation is possible as an alternative The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a switch position in-
(in some cases in conjunction with a stand-alone installation dicator. Resetting takes place either manually or automatically
module). after a recovery time has elapsed ("Function" see "Reference
Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET and RESET button: Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Re-
With this switch you can choose between manual and automatic lays").
RESET. A device set to manual RESET can be reset locally by
pressing the RESET button. A remote RESET is possible using the The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmen-
RESET modules (accessories), which are independent of size. tal guidelines and contain environmentally-friendly and reusable
materials.
Switch position indicator and TEST function of the wiring:
Indicates a trip and enables the wiring test. They comply with all important worldwide standards and ap-
provals.
Motor current setting:
7
Setting the device to the rated motor current is easy with the large
rotary knob. "Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
STOP button:
If the STOP button is pressed, the NC contact is opened. This The 3RU11 thermal overload relays are suitable for the overload
switches off the contactor downstream. The NC contact is closed protection of explosion-proof motors with "increased safety" type
again when the button is released.
of protection EEx e. The relays meet the requirements of
Transparent, sealable cover: EN 60079-7 (Electrical apparatus for areas subject to explosion
Secures the motor current setting and the TEST function against
adjustment. hazards - Increased safety "e"); see
www.siemens.com/sirius/atex .
Supply terminals:
The generously sized terminals permit connection of two conductors EC prototype test certificate for Category (2) G/D exists. It has
with different cross-sections for the main and auxiliary circuits. The the number DMT 98 ATEX G 001.
auxiliary circuit can be connected with screw terminals and
alternatively with spring-type terminals.
SIRIUS 3RU11 16-0AB0 thermal overload relay
Order No. scheme

Digit of the Order No. 1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
@@@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Thermal overload relays 3 R U
SIRIUS 1st generation 1
Device series @
Size, rated operational current and power @ @
Setting range of the overload release @ @
Installation type @
Example 3 R U 1 1 3 6 1 H B 0
Note:
The Order No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
order numbers.
For your orders, please use the order numbers quote in the cat-
alog in the Selection and ordering data.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RU11 up to 100 A
Benefits
The most important features and benefits of the 3RU11 thermal
overload relays are listed in the overview table (see "General
Data", page 7/37 onwards).
Application
Industries Ambient conditions
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays are suitable for customers The 3RU11 thermal overload relays have temperature compen-
from all industries who want to guarantee optimum inverse-time sation in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1 for the temperature
delayed protection of their electrical loads (e. g. motors) under range of 20 to +60 C. For temperatures from +60 to +80 C the
normal starting conditions (CLASS 10). upper set value of the setting range must be reduced by the fac-
tor listed in the table below.
Application
Ambient temperature in C Derating factor for
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays have been designed for the the upper set value
protection of three-phase and single-phase AC and DC motors.
+60 1,0
If single-phase AC or DC loads are to be protected by the 3RU11
thermal overload relays, all three bimetal strips must be heated. +65 0,94
For this purpose, all main current paths of the relay must be con- +70 0,87
nected in series.
+75 0,81
+80 0,73
7

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RU11 up to 100 A

3RU11 thermal overload relays with screw terminals on the auxiliary current side for mounting onto contactor1), CLASS 10
Features and technical specifications: Switch position indicator
Overload and phase failure protection TEST function
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC STOP button
Manual and automatic RESET Integrated, sealable cover
Size of Rating for induc- Current setting of Short-circuit protec- DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
contac- tion motor the inverse-time tion with fuse, type (on auxiliary current (UNIT,
tor2) P 3) delayed overload of coordination "2", side) SET, M)
release gG operational
class4)
Order No. Price
kW A A per PU
Size S00
S00 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 0,5 } 3RU11 16-0AB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 1 } 3RU11 16-0BB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 1 } 3RU11 16-0CB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 1,6 } 3RU11 16-0DB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 2 } 3RU11 16-0EB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 2 } 3RU11 16-0FB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 2 } 3RU11 16-0GB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 4 } 3RU11 16-0HB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,25 0,7 ... 1 4 } 3RU11 16-0JB0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 16-..B0 0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 4 } 3RU11 16-0KB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 6 } 3RU11 16-1AB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,75 1,4 ... 2 6 } 3RU11 16-1BB0 1 1 unit 41F
0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 10 } 3RU11 16-1CB0 1 1 unit 41F
1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 10 } 3RU11 16-1DB0 1 1 unit 41F
7
1,5 2,8 ... 4 16 } 3RU11 16-1EB0 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 3,5 ... 5 20 } 3RU11 16-1FB0 1 1 unit 41F
2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 20 } 3RU11 16-1GB0 1 1 unit 41F
3 5,5 ... 8 25 } 3RU11 16-1HB0 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 } 3RU11 16-1JB0 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12 35 } 3RU11 16-1KB0 1 1 unit 41F
Size S0
S0 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 10 } 3RU11 26-1CB0 1 1 unit 41F
1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 10 } 3RU11 26-1DB0 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 2,8 ... 4 16 } 3RU11 26-1EB0 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 3,5 ... 5 20 } 3RU11 26-1FB0 1 1 unit 41F
2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 20 } 3RU11 26-1GB0 1 1 unit 41F
3 5,5 ... 8 25 } 3RU11 26-1HB0 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 } 3RU11 26-1JB0 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12,5 35 } 3RU11 26-1KB0 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 11 ... 16 40 } 3RU11 26-4AB0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 26-..B0 7,5 14 ... 20 50 } 3RU11 26-4BB0 1 1 unit 41F
11 17 ... 22 63 } 3RU11 26-4CB0 1 1 unit 41F
11 20 ... 25 63 } 3RU11 26-4DB0 1 1 unit 41F
Size S2
S2 3 5,5 ... 8 25 } 3RU11 36-1HB0 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 } 3RU11 36-1JB0 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12,5 35 } 3RU11 36-1KB0 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 11 ... 16 40 } 3RU11 36-4AB0 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 14 ... 20 50 } 3RU11 36-4BB0 1 1 unit 41F
11 18 ... 25 63 } 3RU11 36-4DB0 1 1 unit 41F
15 22 ... 32 80 } 3RU11 36-4EB0 1 1 unit 41F
18,5 28 ... 40 80 } 3RU11 36-4FB0 1 1 unit 41F
22 36 ... 45 100 } 3RU11 36-4GB0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 36-..B0 22 40 ... 50 100 } 3RU11 36-4HB0 1 1 unit 41F
Size S3
S3 11 18 ... 25 63 } 3RU11 46-4DB0 1 1 unit 41F
15 22 ... 32 80 } 3RU11 46-4EB0 1 1 unit 41F
18,5 28 ... 40 80 } 3RU11 46-4FB0 1 1 unit 41F
22 36 ... 50 125 } 3RU11 46-4HB0 1 1 unit 41F
30 45 ... 63 125 } 3RU11 46-4JB0 1 1 unit 41F
37 57 ... 75 160 } 3RU11 46-4KB0 1 1 unit 41F
45 70 ... 90 160 } 3RU11 46-4LB0 1 1 unit 41F
45 80 ... 1005) 200 } 3RU11 46-4MB0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 46-..B0
1) With the suitable terminal brackets (see "Accessories" on page 7/46), the 4) Maximum protection by fuse only for overload relays, type of coordination
3RU11 overload relays for mounting onto contactor can also be installed "2". Fuse values in connection with contactors see "Technical Specifica-
as stand-alone units. tions" "Short-circuit protection with fuses/motor starter protectors for
2) Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices. motor feeders" in "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1,
3)
3RB2 Overload Relays".
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual 5)
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered For overload relays > 100 A see 3RB2 solid-state overload relays on page
when selecting the units. 7/50 onwards.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RU11 up to 100 A
3RU11 thermal overload relays with screw terminals on the auxiliary current side for stand-alone installation1), CLASS 10
Size of Rating for induc- Current setting of Short-circuit protec- DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
contac- tion motor the inverse-time tion with fuse, type (on auxiliary current (UNIT,
tor2) P 3) delayed overload of coordination "2", side) SET, M)
release gG operational
class4)
Order No. Price
kW A A per PU
Size S00
S00 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 0,5 } 3RU11 16-0AB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 1 } 3RU11 16-0BB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 1 } 3RU11 16-0CB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 1,6 } 3RU11 16-0DB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 2 } 3RU11 16-0EB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 2 } 3RU11 16-0FB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 2 } 3RU11 16-0GB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 4 } 3RU11 16-0HB1 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 16-0AB1 0,25 0,7 ... 1 4 } 3RU11 16-0JB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 4 } 3RU11 16-0KB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 6 } 3RU11 16-1AB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,75 1,4 ... 2 6 } 3RU11 16-1BB1 1 1 unit 41F
0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 10 } 3RU11 16-1CB1 1 1 unit 41F
1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 10 } 3RU11 16-1DB1 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 2,8 ... 4 16 } 3RU11 16-1EB1 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 3,5 ... 5 20 } 3RU11 16-1FB1 1 1 unit 41F
7
2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 20 } 3RU11 16-1GB1 1 1 unit 41F

3 5,5 ... 8 25 } 3RU11 16-1HB1 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 } 3RU11 16-1JB1 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12 35 } 3RU11 16-1KB1 1 1 unit 41F
Size S0
S0 7,5 11 ... 16 40 } 3RU11 26-4AB1 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 14 ... 20 50 } 3RU11 26-4BB1 1 1 unit 41F
11 17 ... 22 63 } 3RU11 26-4CB1 1 1 unit 41F
11 20 ... 25 63 } 3RU11 26-4DB1 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 16-4AB1
Size S2
S2 15 22 ... 32 80 } 3RU11 36-4EB1 1 1 unit 41F
18,5 28 ... 40 80 } 3RU11 36-4FB1 1 1 unit 41F
22 36 ... 45 100 } 3RU11 36-4GB1 1 1 unit 41F
22 40 ... 50 100 } 3RU11 36-4HB1 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 36-4EB1
Size S3
S3 30 45 ... 63 125 } 3RU11 46-4JB1 1 1 unit 41F
37 57 ... 75 160 } 3RU11 46-4KB1 1 1 unit 41F
45 70 ... 90 160 } 3RU11 46-4LB1 1 1 unit 41F
45 80 ... 1005) 200 } 3RU11 46-4MB1 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 46-4JB1
1) 4)
Sizes S00 to S3 for screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard Maximum protection by fuse only for overload relays, type of coordination
mounting rails, size S3 also for TH 75 standard mounting rails. "2". Fuse values in connection with contactors see "Technical Specifica-
2)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices. tions" "Short-circuit protection with fuses/motor starter protectors for
3)
motor feeders" in "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1,
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual 3RB2 Overload Relays".
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered 5)
when selecting the units. For overload relays > 100 A see 3RB2 solid-state overload relays on page
7/50 onwards.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RU11 up to 100 A
3RU11 thermal overload relays with spring-type terminals for mounting onto contactor1), CLASS 10
Size of Rating for induc- Current setting of Short-circuit protec- DT Spring-type PU PS* PG
contac- tion motor the inverse-time tion with fuse, type terminals (UNIT,
tor2) P 3) delayed overload of coordination "2", (on auxiliary current SET, M)
release gG operational side)
class4)
Order No. Price
kW A A per PU
5)6)
Size S00 for stand-alone installation
S00 0,04 0,11 ... 0,16 0,5 B 3RU11 16-0AC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,06 0,14 ... 0,2 1 B 3RU11 16-0BC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,06 0,18 ... 0,25 1 B 3RU11 16-0CC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,09 0,22 ... 0,32 1,6 B 3RU11 16-0DC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,09 0,28 ... 0,4 2 B 3RU11 16-0EC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,12 0,35 ... 0,5 2 B 3RU11 16-0FC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,18 0,45 ... 0,63 2 } 3RU11 16-0GC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,18 0,55 ... 0,8 4 } 3RU11 16-0HC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,25 0,7 ... 1 4 } 3RU11 16-0JC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,37 0,9 ... 1,25 4 } 3RU11 16-0KC1 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 16-..C1 0,55 1,1 ... 1,6 6 } 3RU11 16-1AC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,75 1,4 ... 2 6 } 3RU11 16-1BC1 1 1 unit 41F
0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 10 B 3RU11 16-1CC1 1 1 unit 41F
1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 10 } 3RU11 16-1DC1 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 2,8 ... 4 16 B 3RU11 16-1EC1 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 3,5 ... 5 20 } 3RU11 16-1FC1 1 1 unit 41F
7
2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 20 } 3RU11 16-1GC1 1 1 unit 41F
3 5,5 ... 8 25 } 3RU11 16-1HC1 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 } 3RU11 16-1JC1 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12 35 } 3RU11 16-1KC1 1 1 unit 41F
Size S01)7)
S0 0,75 1,8 ... 2,5 10 B 3RU11 26-1CD0 1 1 unit 41F
1,1 2,2 ... 3,2 10 B 3RU11 26-1DD0 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 2,8 ... 4 16 B 3RU11 26-1ED0 1 1 unit 41F
1,5 3,5 ... 5 20 B 3RU11 26-1FD0 1 1 unit 41F
2,2 4,5 ... 6,3 20 B 3RU11 26-1GD0 1 1 unit 41F
3 5,5 ... 8 25 B 3RU11 26-1HD0 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 B 3RU11 26-1JD0 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12,5 35 B 3RU11 26-1KD0 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 11 ... 16 40 } 3RU11 26-4AD0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 16-..D0 7,5 14 ... 20 50 } 3RU11 26-4BD0 1 1 unit 41F
11 17 ... 22 63 } 3RU11 26-4CD0 1 1 unit 41F
11 20 ... 25 63 } 3RU11 26-4DD0 1 1 unit 41F
Size S21)7)
S2 3 5,5 ... 8 25 B 3RU11 36-1HD0 1 1 unit 41F
4 7 ... 10 35 B 3RU11 36-1JD0 1 1 unit 41F
5,5 9 ... 12,5 35 B 3RU11 36-1KD0 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 11 ... 16 40 B 3RU11 36-4AD0 1 1 unit 41F
7,5 14 ... 20 50 B 3RU11 36-4BD0 1 1 unit 41F
11 18 ... 25 63 B 3RU11 36-4DD0 1 1 unit 41F
15 22 ... 32 80 } 3RU11 36-4ED0 1 1 unit 41F
18,5 28 ... 40 80 } 3RU11 36-4FD0 1 1 unit 41F
22 36 ... 45 100 } 3RU11 36-4GD0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 36-..D0 22 40 ... 50 100 } 3RU11 36-4HD0 1 1 unit 41F
Size S31)7)
S3 11 18 ... 25 63 B 3RU11 46-4DD0 1 1 unit 41F
15 22 ... 32 80 B 3RU11 46-4ED0 1 1 unit 41F
18,5 28 ... 40 80 B 3RU11 46-4FD0 1 1 unit 41F
22 36 ... 50 125 B 3RU11 46-4HD0 1 1 unit 41F
30 45 ... 63 125 } 3RU11 46-4JD0 1 1 unit 41F
37 57 ... 75 160 } 3RU11 46-4KD0 1 1 unit 41F
45 70 ... 90 160 } 3RU11 46-4LD0 1 1 unit 41F
45 80 ... 100 200 } 3RU11 46-4MD0 1 1 unit 41F
3RU11 46-..D0
1) With the suitable terminal brackets (see "Accessories" on page 7/46), the 4) Maximum protection by fuse only for overload relays, type of coordination
3RU11 overload relays for mounting onto contactor can also be installed "2". Fuse values in connection with contactors see "Technical Specifica-
as stand-alone units. tions" "Short-circuit protection with fuses/motor starter protectors for
2) Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices. motor feeders" in "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1,
3)
3RB2 Overload Relays".
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual 5)
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered Size S00 for screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting
when selecting the units. rail.
6) Auxiliary and main conductor connections with spring-type terminals.
7) Auxiliary conductor connections with spring-type terminals and main con-
ductor connections with screw terminals.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
Accessories
Overview
Overload relays for standard applications Cable release for resetting devices which are difficult to ac-
cess (for all sizes)
The following optional accessories are available for the 3RU11
thermal overload relays: Electrical remote RESET module in three voltage variants (for
all sizes)
Terminal bracket for stand-alone installation of overload relay
sizes S00 to S3 Terminal covers
Mechanical RESET (for all sizes)

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Terminal brackets for stand-alone installation
For separate mounting of overload relays; S00 } 3RU19 16-3AA01 1 1 unit 41F
screw and snap-on mounting onto S0 } 3RU19 26-3AA01 1 1 unit 41F
TH 35 standard mounting rail; size S3 also for
TH 75 standard mounting rail S2 } 3RU19 36-3AA01 1 1 unit 41F
S3 } 3RU19 46-3AA01 1 1 unit 41F
3RU19 .6-3AA01
Mechanical RESET
Resetting plungers, holders and formers S00 ...S3 } 3RU19 00-1A 1 1 unit 41F
7
Pushbuttons with extended stroke S00 ...S3 B 3SB30 00-0EA11 1 1 unit 41J
(12 mm), IP65, 22 mm
Extension plungers S00 ...S3 A 3SX1 335 1 1 unit 41J
For compensation of the distance between the push-
button and the unlatching button of the relay
3RU19 00-1A
with pushbutton and
extension plunger
Cable releases with holder for RESET
For 6.5 mm holes in the control panel;
max. control panel thickness 8 mm
Length 400 mm S00 ...S3 } 3RU19 00-1B 1 1 unit 41F
Length 600 mm S00 ...S3 } 3RU19 00-1C 1 1 unit 41F
3RU19 00-1.
Modules for remote RESET, electrical
Operating range 0.85 ... 1.1 Us,
power consumption 80 VA AC, 70 W DC,
ON period 0.2 ... 4 s,
switching frequency 60/h
24 ... 30 V AC/DC S00 ...S3 } 3RU19 00-2AB71 1 1 unit 41F
110 ... 127 V AC/DC S00 ...S3 } 3RU19 00-2AF71 1 1 unit 41F
220 ... 250 V AC/DC S00 ...S3 } 3RU19 00-2AM71 1 1 unit 41F
3RU19 00-2A.71
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Length 55 mm S3 } 3RT19 46-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
Covers for box terminals
Length 20.6 mm S2 } 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
Accessories
General accessories
Version Size Color For over- DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
load relays per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Spring-type
terminals
Screwdrivers Length approx. Titanium Main and A 3RA29 08-1A 1 1 unit 41B
For all SIRIUS devices 200 mm, gray/ auxiliary
with spring-type termi- 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm black, circuit con-
8WA2 803
nals partially nection:
insulated 3RU1
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates1) 20 mm x 7 mm Pastel 3RU1 D 3RT19 00-1SB20 100 340 41B
for SIRIUS devices turquoise units
Inscription labels 19 mm x 6 mm Pastel 3RU1 C 3RT19 00-1SB60 100 3 060 41B
for sticking1) turquoise units
for SIRIUS devices
NSB0_01429b
19 mm x 6 mm Zinc yellow C 3RT19 00-1SD60 100 3 060 41B

units
3RT19 00-1SB20
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
(see Catalog IC 10 2012, Chapter 16, "Appendix" "External Partners").

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
SIRIUS 3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 up to 630 A
Overview
The 3RB20 and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays up to 630 A
with internal power supply have been designed for inverse-time
delayed protection of loads with normal and heavy starting
NSB0_01620a
("Function" see "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment
3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Relays") against excessive temperature
rises due to overload, phase unbalance or phase failure.
An overload, phase unbalance or phase failure result in an in-
crease of the motor current beyond the set rated motor current.
This rise in current is detected by the current transformers inte-
grated into the devices and evaluated by corresponding solid-
state circuits which then output a pulse to the auxiliary contacts.

The auxiliary contacts then switch off the load by means of a
contactor. The break time depends on the ratio between the trip-
ping current and current setting Ie and is stored in the form of a
Connection for mounting onto contactors: long-term stable tripping characteristic see
Optimally adapted in electrical, mechanical and design terms to the
contactors and soft starters. Connecting pins can be used for direct www.siemens.com/sirius/support "Characteristic Curves").
mounting of the overload relays. Stand-alone installation is possible In addition to inverse-time delayed protection of loads against
as an alternative (in some cases in conjunction with a stand-alone
installation module). excessive temperature rises due to overload, phase unbalance
and phase failure, the 3RB21 solid-state overload relays also al-
Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET and RESET button:
With the slide switch you can choose between manual and low internal ground-fault detection (not possible in conjunction
automatic RESET. A device set to manual RESET can be reset with contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting). This provides
locally by pressing the RESET button. On the 3RB21 a solid-state protection of loads against high-resistance short circuits due to
remote RESET is integrated. damage to the insulation material, moisture, condensed water
Switch position indicator and TEST function of the wiring: etc.
Indicates a trip and enables the wiring test.
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a switch position in-
Solid-state test (device test):
7
Enables a test of all important device components and functions. dicator. Resetting takes place either manually or automatically
after the recovery time has elapsed ("Function" see "Reference
Motor current setting: Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Re-
Setting the device to the rated motor current is easy with the large
rotary knob. lays").
Trip class setting/internal ground-fault detection (only 3RB21): The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmen-
Using the rotary switch you can set the required trip class and tal guidelines and contain environmentally-friendly and reusable
activate the internal ground-fault detection dependent on the materials. They comply with all important worldwide standards
start-up conditions.
and approvals.
Connecting terminals (removable joint block for auxiliary circuits):
The generously sized terminals permit connection of two conductors "Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
with different cross-sections for the main and auxiliary circuits. The ATEX directive 94/9/EC
auxiliary circuit can be connected with screw terminals and
alternatively with spring-type terminals. The 3RB20/3RB21 solid-state overload relays are suitable for the
overload protection of explosion-proof motors with "increased
safety" type of protection EExe. The relays meet the require-
ments of EN 60079-7 (Electrical apparatus for areas subject to
explosion hazards - Increased safety "e"); see
SIRIUS 3RB21 13-4RB0 solid-state overload relay www.siemens.com/sirius/atex .
EC type test certificate for Group II, Category (2) G/D exists. It
has the number PTB 06 ATEX 3001.
Order No. scheme
@@@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Solid-state overload relays 3 R B
SIRIUS 2nd generation 2
Device series @
Size, rated operational current and power @
Version of the automatic RESET, electrical remote RESET @
Setting range of the overload release @
Installation type @
Example 3 R B 2 0 3 6 1 Q B 0
Note:
The Order No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
order numbers.
For your orders, please use the order numbers quote in the cat-
alog in the Selection and ordering data.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 up to 630 A
Benefits
The most important features and benefits of the 3RB20/3RB21
solid-state overload relays are listed in the overview table (see
"General Data", page 7/37 onwards).
Application
The 3RB20 and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays are suitable The devices are insensitive to external influences such as
for customers from all industries who want to guarantee optimum shocks, corrosive ambient conditions, ageing and temperature
inverse-time delayed protection of their electrical loads (e. g. fluctuations.
motors) under normal and heavy starting conditions (CLASS 5 to
30), minimize project completion times, inventories and power For the temperature range from 25 C to +60 C, the 3RB20 and
consumption, and optimize plant availability and maintenance 3RB21 solid-state overload relays compensate the temperature
management. in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1.
For the 3RB20 and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays with the
Application sizes S6, S10 and S12, the upper set value of the setting range
The 3RB20 and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays have been must be reduced for ambient temperatures > 50 C by a certain
designed for the protection of induction motors in sinusoidal factor.
50/60 Hz voltage networks. The relays are not suitable for the
protection of single-phase AC or DC loads. Type Setting range Derating factor for the upper set
value for stand-alone installation
The 3RU11 thermal overload relays or the 3RB22 to 3RB24 solid- at ambient temperature
state overload relays can be used for single-phase AC loads.
+50 C +60 C
For DC loads we recommend the 3RU11 thermal overload relay.
3RB20 56, 3RB21 56 50 ... 200 A 100 % 100 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66 55 ... 250 A 100 % 100 %
7
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66 160 ... 630 A 100 % 90 %
Type Setting range Derating factor for the upper set

value for mounting onto contac-
tor
at ambient temperature
+50 C +60 C
3RB20 56, 3RB21 56 50 ... 200 A 100 % 70 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66 55 ... 250 A 100 % 70 %
3RB20 66, 3RB21 66 160 ... 630 A 100 % 70 %

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 up to 630 A

3RB20 solid-state overload relays for mounting onto contactor1)2) and stand-alone installation2)3),
CLASS 10
Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance TEST function and self-monitoring
protection
Internal power supply PS* = 1 unit
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC PG = 41G
Manual and automatic RESET
3RB20 16-1RB0 3RB20 26-1QD0 3RB20 36-1UB0 3RB20 46-1ED0 3RB20 56-1FW2 3RB20 66-1MF2
Size of Rating for induction Current setting of the Short-circuit protection DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type
contactor4) motor inverse-time delayed with fuse, (on auxiliary current terminals
P 5) overload release type of coordination "2", side) (on auxiliary current
gG operational class6) side)
kW A A per PU per PU
Size S001)
S00 0,04 0,09 0,1 0,4 1 } 3RB20 16-1RB0 } 3RB20 16-1RD0
7
0,12 0,37 0,32 1,25 2 } 3RB20 16-1NB0 A 3RB20 16-1ND0

0,55 1,5 14 10 } 3RB20 16-1PB0 A 3RB20 16-1PD0
1,1 5,5 3 12 20 } 3RB20 16-1SB0 A 3RB20 16-1SD0
Size S01)
S0 0,04 0,09 0,1 0,4 1 } 3RB20 26-1RB0 } 3RB20 26-1RD0
0,12 0,37 0,32 1,25 2 } 3RB20 26-1NB0 } 3RB20 26-1ND0
0,55 1,5 14 10 } 3RB20 26-1PB0 } 3RB20 26-1PD0
1,1 5,5 3 12 20 } 3RB20 26-1SB0 A 3RB20 26-1SD0
3 11 6 25 35 } 3RB20 26-1QB0 A 3RB20 26-1QD0
Size S21)3)7)
S2 3 11 6 25 63 } 3RB20 36-1QB0 } 3RB20 36-1QD0
} 3RB20 36-1QW1 } 3RB20 36-1QX1
7,5 22 12,5 50 80 } 3RB20 36-1UB0 A 3RB20 36-1UD0
} 3RB20 36-1UW1 } 3RB20 36-1UX1
Size S31)3)7)
S3 7,5 22 12,5 50 160 } 3RB20 46-1UB0 A 3RB20 46-1UD0
11 45 25 100 315 } 3RB20 46-1EB0 A 3RB20 46-1ED0
} 3RB20 46-1EW1 } 3RB20 46-1EX1
Size S62)7)
S6 with bus- 22 90 50 200 315 } 3RB20 56-1FC2 A 3RB20 56-1FF2
bar connec-
tion
For mount- } 3RB20 56-1FW2 } 3RB20 56-1FX2
ing to S6
contactors
with box ter-
minals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12 22 110 55 250 400 } 3RB20 66-1GC2 } 3RB20 66-1GF2
and size 14 90 450 160 630 800 } 3RB20 66-1MC2 } 3RB20 66-1MF2
(3TF68/
3TF69)
1) 5)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for mounting Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
onto contactor. With the matching terminal brackets (see "Accessories", starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
page 7/53) the sizes S00 and S0 can also be installed as stand-alone when selecting the units.
units. 6)
Maximum protection by fuse only for overload relays, type of coordination
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for mounting "2". Fuse values in connection with contactors see "Technical Specifica-
onto contactor and stand-alone installation. For 3TF68/3TF69 contactors, tions" "Short-Circuit Protection with Fuses for Motor Feeders" in "Refer-
direct mounting is not possible. ence Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Relays".
3) 7)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone The relays with an Order No. with "W" or "X" in penultimate position are
installation. equipped with a straight-through transformer.
4)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 up to 630 A
CLASS 20
protection
Internal power supply PS* = 1 unit
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC PG = 41G
3RB20 16-2RB0 3RB20 26-2QD0 3RB20 36-2UB0 3RB20 46-2ED0 3RB20 56-2FW2 3RB20 66-2MF2
Size S001)
S00 0,04 0,09 0,1 0,4 1 } 3RB20 16-2RB0 } 3RB20 16-2RD0
0,12 0,37 0,32 1,25 2 } 3RB20 16-2NB0 } 3RB20 16-2ND0
0,55 1,5 14 10 } 3RB20 16-2PB0 } 3RB20 16-2PD0
7
1,1 5,5 3 12 20 } 3RB20 16-2SB0 } 3RB20 16-2SD0
Size S01)
S0 0,04 0,09 0,1 0,4 1 } 3RB20 26-2RB0 } 3RB20 26-2RD0
0,12 0,37 0,32 1,25 2 } 3RB20 26-2NB0 } 3RB20 26-2ND0
0,55 1,5 14 10 } 3RB20 26-2PB0 } 3RB20 26-2PD0
1,1 5,5 3 12 20 } 3RB20 26-2SB0 A 3RB20 26-2SD0
3 11 6 25 35 P 3RB20 26-2QB0 A 3RB20 26-2QD0
Size S21)3)7)
S2 3 11 6 25 63 } 3RB20 36-2QB0 } 3RB20 36-2QD0
} 3RB20 36-2QW1 } 3RB20 36-2QX1
7,5 22 12,5 50 80 } 3RB20 36-2UB0 A 3RB20 36-2UD0
} 3RB20 36-2UW1 } 3RB20 36-2UX1
Size S31)3)7)
S3 7,5 22 12,5 50 160 } 3RB20 46-2UB0 A 3RB20 46-2UD0
11 45 25 100 315 } 3RB20 46-2EB0 A 3RB20 46-2ED0
} 3RB20 46-2EW1 } 3RB20 46-2EX1
Size S62)7)
S6 with 22 90 50 200 315 } 3RB20 56-2FC2 A 3RB20 56-2FF2
busbar con-
nections
ing to S6
contactors
with box ter-
minals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12 22 110 55 250 400 } 3RB20 66-2GC2 } 3RB20 66-2GF2
and 90 450 160 630 800 } 3RB20 66-2MC2 } 3RB20 66-2MF2
size 14
(3TF68/
3TF69)
1) The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for mounting 5) Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
units. 6) Maximum protection by fuse only for overload relays, type of coordination
2) The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for mounting "2". Fuse values in connection with contactors see "Technical Specifica-
3) The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone 7) The relays with an Order No. with "W" or "X" in penultimate position are
4) Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB20, 3RB21 up to 630 A
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 adjustable
protection
Internal ground-fault detection (activatable) PS* = 1 unit
Internal power supply PG = 41G
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC
Electrical remote RESET integrated
3RB21 13-4RB0 3RB21 23-4QD0 3RB21 33-4UB0 3RB21 43-4ED0 3RB21 53-4FX2 3RB21 63-4MC2
Size S001)
S00 0,04 0,09 0,1 0,4 1 } 3RB21 13-4RB0 } 3RB21 13-4RD0
7
0,12 0,37 0,32 1,25 2 } 3RB21 13-4NB0 } 3RB21 13-4ND0

0,55 1,5 14 10 } 3RB21 13-4PB0 } 3RB21 13-4PD0
1,1 5,5 3 12 20 } 3RB21 13-4SB0 } 3RB21 13-4SD0
Size S01)
S0 0,04 0,09 0,1 0,4 1 } 3RB21 23-4RB0 } 3RB21 23-4RD0
0,12 0,37 0,32 1,25 2 } 3RB21 23-4NB0 } 3RB21 23-4ND0
0,55 1,5 14 10 } 3RB21 23-4PB0 } 3RB21 23-4PD0
1,1 5,5 3 12 20 } 3RB21 23-4SB0 A 3RB21 23-4SD0
3 11 6 25 35 } 3RB21 23-4QB0 A 3RB21 23-4QD0
Size S21)3)7)
S2 3 11 6 25 63 } 3RB21 33-4QB0 } 3RB21 33-4QD0
} 3RB21 33-4QW1 } 3RB21 33-4QX1
7,5 22 12,5 50 80 } 3RB21 33-4UB0 } 3RB21 33-4UD0
} 3RB21 33-4UW1 } 3RB21 33-4UX1
Size S31)3)7)
S3 7,5 22 12,5 50 160 } 3RB21 43-4UB0 } 3RB21 43-4UD0
11 45 25 100 315 } 3RB21 43-4EB0 } 3RB21 43-4ED0
} 3RB21 43-4EW1 } 3RB21 43-4EX1
Size S62)7)
S6 with 22 90 50 200 315 } 3RB21 53-4FC2 } 3RB21 53-4FF2
busbar con-
nections
ing to S6
contactors
with box ter-
minals
Size S10/S122)
S10/S12 22 110 55 250 400 } 3RB21 63-4GC2 } 3RB21 63-4GF2
and size 14 90 450 160 630 800 } 3RB21 63-4MC2 } 3RB21 63-4MF2
(3TF68/
3TF69)
1) 5)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "0" are designed for mounting Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
units. 6)
2)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "2" are designed for mounting "2". Fuse values in connection with contactors see "Technical Specifica-
3) 7)
The relays with an Order No. ending with "1" are designed for stand-alone The relays with an Order No. with "W" or "X" in penultimate position are
4)

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
Accessories for 3RB20, 3RB21
Overview
Overload relays for standard applications Cable release for resetting devices which are difficult to ac-
cess (for all sizes)
The following optional accessories are available for the 3RB20
and 3RB21 solid-state overload relays: Sealable cover (for all sizes)
Mechanical RESET (for all sizes) Terminal covers for sizes S2 to S10/S12
Box terminal blocks for sizes S6 and S10/S12

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Terminal brackets for stand-alone installation
For separate mounting of the overload relays; S00 } 3RB29 13-0AA1 1 1 unit 41F
screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard S0 } 3RB29 23-0AA1 1 1 unit 41F
mounting rail
3RB29 .3-0AA1
Mechanical RESET
Resetting plungers, holders and formers S00 ... } 3RU19 00-1A 1 1 unit 41F
S10/S12
7
Pushbuttons with extended stroke S00 ... B 3SB30 00-0EA11 1 1 unit 41J
(12 mm), IP65, 22 mm S10/S12
Extension plungers S00 ... A 3SX1 335 1 1 unit 41J
For compensation of the distance between a push- S10/S12
button and the unlatching button of the relay
3RU19 00-1A
with pushbutton and
extension plunger
Cable releases with holder for RESET
For 6.5 mm holes S00 ...
in the control panel; S10/S12
max. control panel thickness 8 mm
Length 400 mm } 3RU19 00-1B 1 1 unit 41F
Length 600 mm } 3RU19 00-1C 1 1 unit 41F
3RU19 00-1.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Sealable covers
For covering the setting knobs S00 ... } 3RB29 84-0 1 10 units 41F
S10/S12
3RB29 84-0
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Length 120 mm S10/S12 } 3RT19 66-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 46-4EA1
Length 30 mm S10/S12 } 3RT19 66-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
3RT19 36-4EA2
Covers for screw terminals S6 } 3RT19 56-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B
The figures show between contactor and overload relay,
mounting on the S10/S12 } 3RT19 66-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B
without box terminals
contactor. (1 unit required per combination)
Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
Up to 70 mm2 S61) } 3RT19 55-4G 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 120 mm2 S6 } 3RT19 56-4G 1 1 unit 41B
7
Up to 240 mm2 S10/S12 } 3RT19 66-4G 1 1 unit 41B

Technical specifications for conductor cross-sections
see "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment
3RT19 5.-4G 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Relays".
1)
In the scope of supply for 3RT10 54-1 contactors (55 kW).
General accessories
SET, M)
Spring-type
terminals
For all SIRIUS devices 200 mm, gray/ auxiliary
with spring-type termi- 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm black, circuit con-
3RA29 08-1A nals partially nection:
insulated 3RB2
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates1) 20 mm x 7 mm Pastel 3RB2 D 3RT19 00-1SB20 100 340 41B
for SIRIUS devices turquoise units
Inscription labels for 19 mm x 6 mm Pastel 3RB2 C 3RT19 00-1SB60 100 3 060 41B
sticking1) turquoise units
For SIRIUS devices
NSB0_01429b
19 mm x 6 mm Zinc yel- C 3RT19 00-1SD60 100 3 060 41B

low units
3RT19 00-1SB20
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 up to 630 A
Overview
The LED indicates imminent tripping of the relay due to overload,
NSB0_01621a
phase unbalance or phase failure by flickering when the current
limit has been exceeded. This alarm is also issued as a signal
through auxiliary contacts for the 3RB22 and 3RB23 overload re-
lays.

In addition to the described inverse-time delayed protection of
loads against excessive temperature rises, the 3RB22/3RB23
solid-state overload relays also allow direct temperature moni-
toring of the motor windings (full motor protection) by connection
with broken-wire interlock of a PTC sensor circuit. With this tem-
perature-dependent protection, the loads can be protected
against overheating caused indirectly by reduced coolant flow,

for example, which cannot be detected by means of the current
alone. In the event of overtemperature, the devices switch off the
contactor, and thus the load, by means of the auxiliary contacts.
Green LED "READY": The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a continuously illu-
A continuous green light signals that the device is working correctly. minated "THERMISTOR" LED.
Red LED "GND FAULT": To also protect the loads against high-resistance short circuits
A continuous red light signals a ground-fault tripping. due to damage to the insulation, humidity, condensed water,
Red LED "THERMISTOR": etc., the 3RB22 and 3RB23 solid-state overload relays offer the
A continuous red light signals an active thermistor trip. possibility of internal ground fault monitoring in conjunction with
Red LED "OVERLOAD": a function expansion module (for details see "Selection and Or-
A continuous red light signals an active overload trip; a flickering dering Data", not possible in conjunction with contactor assem-
red light signals an imminent trip (overload warning). bly for Wye-Delta starting). In the event of a ground fault the
Motor current and trip class setting: 3RB22/3RB23 relays trip instantaneously. The "tripped" status is
Setting the device to the motor current and to the required trip signaled by means of a continuous red "Ground Fault" LED. Sig-
class dependent on the start-up conditions is easy with the two
7
rotary switches. naling through auxiliary contacts is also possible.
Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET: After tripping due to overload, phase unbalance, phase failure,
With this switch you can choose between manual and automatic thermistor or ground-fault tripping, the relay is reset manually or
RESET. automatically after the recovery time has elapsed ("Function" see
Test/RESET button: "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2
Enables testing of all important device components and functions, Overload Relays"). In conjunction with a function expansion
plus resetting of the device after a trip when manual RESET is
selected. module the motor current measured by the microprocessor can
be output in the form of an analog signal DC 4 mA to 20 mA for
Connecting terminals (removable joint block): operating rotary coil instruments or for feeding into analog inputs
The generously sized terminals permit connection of two
conductors with different cross-sections for the auxiliary, control of programmable logic controllers.
and sensor circuits. Connection is possible with screw connection With an additional AS-Interface analog module, the current val-
and alternatively with spring-type connection.
ues can also be transferred over the AS-i bus system.
3RB29 85 function expansion module:
Enables more functions to be added, e. g. internal ground-fault The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmen-
detection and/or an analog output with corresponding signals. tal guidelines and contain environmentally-friendly and reusable
materials.
They comply with all important worldwide standards and ap-
provals.
SIRIUS 3RB22 and 3RB23 evaluation modules
Type of protection "increased safety EEx e and explosion-
The 3RB22 and 3RB23 solid-state overload relays up to 630 A proof enclosure EEx d" in accordance with ATEX Directive
(up to 820 A possible with a series transformer) have a modular 94/9/EC
structure and consist of an evaluation unit, a current measuring
module and a connecting cable. The overload relays type The 3RB22 (monostable) solid-state overload relays protect mo-
3RB22 (with monostable auxiliary contacts) and type 3RB23 tors of types of protection EEx e and EEx d in potentially explo-
(with bistable auxiliary contacts) are supplied from an external sive areas quickly and reliably.
power supply. They comply with the requirements of EN 60079-7 (Electrical ap-
They have been designed for inverse-time delayed protection of paratus for areas subject to explosion hazards - Increased
loads with normal and heavy starting ("Function" see "Reference safety "e" as well as for flameproof enclosure "d"); see
Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Re- www.siemens.com/sirius/atex .
lays") against excessive temperature rises due to overload, EC prototype test certificate for Group II, Category (2) G/D ex-
phase unbalance or phase failure. An overload, phase unbal- ists. It has the number PTB 05 ATEX 3022.
ance or phase failure result in an increase of the motor current
beyond the set rated motor current.
This current rise is detected by means of a current measuring
module (see page 7/60) and electronically evaluated by the
evaluation module which is connected to it. The evaluation elec-
tronics sends a signal to the auxiliary contacts. The auxiliary
contacts then switch off the load by means of a contactor. The
break time depends on the ratio between the tripping current
and current setting Ie and is stored in the form of a long-term sta-
ble tripping characteristic see
www.siemens.com/sirius/support "Characteristic Curves").
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a continuous red
"OVERLOAD" LED.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 up to 630 A
Order No. scheme
@@@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Solid-state overload relays 3 R B
SIRIUS 2nd generation 2
Device series @
Size, rated operational current and power @
Version of the automatic RESET, electrical remote RESET @
Setting range of the overload release @
Installation type @
Example 3 R B 2 2 8 3 4 A A 1
Note:
order numbers.
Benefits
The most important features and benefits of the 3RB22 and
3RB23 solid-state overload relays are listed in the overview table
(see "General Data", page 7/37 onwards).
Advantages through energy efficiency We offer you a unique portfolio for efficient energy management
in the industry a process that is used to optimize the energy re-
7
quirements. We divide operational energy management into the

three phases: identification, evaluation and implementation, and
n
tio support you with suitable hardware and software solutions in
ca ency co
fic i each phase of the process.
Ev
ifi
ef n
nt
alu
su
y
Ide
The innovative products of the SIRIUS industrial controls portfo-

rg
ation
lt in
Ene
lio can also make a substantial contribution to a plant's energy

g
according to efficiency (see www.siemens.de/sirius/energiesparen).

EN 16001
3RB22 and 3RB23 solid-state overload relays contribute to
energy efficiency throughout the plant as follows:
Reduced inherent power loss
Realization Less heating of the control cabinet
IC01_00135
Smaller control cabinet air conditioners can be used
Overview of the energy management process
Application
The 3RB22 and 3RB23 solid-state overload relays are suitable The devices are insensitive to external influences such as
for customers from all industries who want to guarantee optimum shocks, corrosive ambient conditions, ageing and temperature
inverse-time delayed and temperature-dependent protection of fluctuations.
their electrical loads (e. g. motors) under normal and heavy
starting conditions (CLASS 5 to 30), minimize project completion For the temperature range from 25 C to +60 C, the 3RB22 and
times, inventories and power consumption, and optimize plant 3RB23 solid-state overload relays compensate the temperature
availability and maintenance management. in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1.
Configuration notes for use of the devices below 25 C or
Application above +60 C on request.
The 3RB22 and 3RB23 devices have been designed for the pro-
tection of three-phase asynchronous and single-phase AC mo-
tors.
If single-phase AC motors are to be protected by the 3RB22 and
3RB23 solid-state overload relays, the main current paths of the
current measuring modules must be series-connected ("Sche-
matics" see "Reference Manual for Protection Equipment
3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Relays").

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 up to 630 A

3RB22 and 3RB23 solid-state overload relays (evaluation modules) for full motor protection, stand-alone installation,
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30, adjustable
Type 3RB22 83-4A.1, 3RB23 83-4A.1

Features and technical specifications
Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance protection
Supplied from an external voltage
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
Auxiliary contacts
2 NO + 2 NC
Electrical remote RESET integrated
4 LEDs for operating and status displays
TEST function and self-monitoring
Internal ground-fault detection
(with function expansion module)
Screw or spring-type terminals for auxiliary, control and sensor circuits
Input for PTC sensor circuit
Analog output
(with function expansion module)
Available
PS* = 1 unit
7
PG = 41G
3RB22 83-4AA1, 3RB22 83-4AC1,

3RB23 83-4AA1 3RB23 83-4AC1
Size of Version DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals

contactor
per PU per PU
Evaluation modules
S00 ... S12 Monostable } 3RB22 83-4AA1 } 3RB22 83-4AC1
Bistable } 3RB23 83-4AA1 } 3RB23 83-4AC1
Note:
Overload relays overview matching contactors see page 7/40.
Current measuring modules and related connecting cables see
page 7/60, general accessories see page 7/61.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 up to 630 A
Functions of the 3RB22 and 3RB23 evaluation modules in combination with the 3RB29 85 function expansion modules.
Evaluation modules With function Basic functions Inputs
expansion module
A1/A2 T1/T2 Y1/Y2
3RB22 83-4AA1 -- Inverse-time delayed protection, Power supply 24 ... 240 V Connection for Electrical
3RB22 83-4AC1 temperature-dependent protection, AC/DC PTC sensor remote RESET
electrical remote RESET,
3RB23 83-4AA1 overload warning
3RB23 83-4AC1 3RB29 85-2CA1 Inverse-time delayed protection, Power supply 24 ... 240 V Connection for Electrical
temperature-dependent protection, AC/DC PTC sensor remote RESET
internal ground-fault detection,
overload warning
3RB29 85-2CB1 Inverse-time delayed protection, Power supply 24 ... 240 V Connection for Electrical
ground-fault signal
3RB29 85-2AA0 Inverse-time delayed protection, Power supply 24 ... 240 V Connection for Electrical
overload warning, analog output
3RB29 85-2AA1 Inverse-time delayed protection, Power supply 24 ... 240 V Connection for Electrical
overload warning, analog output
3RB29 85-2AB1 Inverse-time delayed protection, Power supply 24 ... 240 V Connection for Electrical
7
ground-fault signal, analog output
Evaluation modules With function Outputs

expansion module
I () / I (+) 95/96 NC 97/98 NO 05/06 NC 07/08 NO
3RB22 83-4AA1 -- No Disconnection of the Signal Overload warning Overload warning
3RB22 83-4AC1 contactor (inverse- "tripped"
time delayed/temper-
3RB23 83-4AA1 ature-dependent pro-
3RB23 83-4AC1 tection)
3RB29 85-2CA1 No Disconnection of the Signal Overload warning Overload warning
contactor (inverse- "tripped"
ature-dependent
protection + ground
fault)
3RB29 85-2CB1 No Disconnection of the Signal Disconnection of the Signal
contactor (inverse- "tripped" contactor (ground "ground-fault trip-
time delayed/temper- fault) ping"
ature-dependent pro-
tection)
3RB29 85-2AA0 Analog signal Disconnection of the Signal Overload warning Overload warning
tection)
3RB29 85-2AA1 Analog signal Disconnection of the Signal Overload warning Overload warning
ature-dependent
protection + ground
fault)
3RB29 85-2AB1 Analog signal Disconnection of the Signal Disconnection of the Signal
contactor (inverse- "tripped" contactor (ground "ground-fault trip-
time delayed/temper- fault) ping"
tection)

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
3RB22, 3RB23 up to 630 A
Function expansion modules for 3RB22 and 3RB23 overload relays (evaluation modules)
Size of Version For over- DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
contactor load per PU (UNIT,
relays SET, M)
Sizes S00 to S12
For plugging into evaluation module (1
unit)
S00 ... S12 Analog Basic 1 modules1) 3RB22, } 3RB29 85-2AA0 1 1 unit 41F
Analog output DC 4 ... 20 mA, 3RB23
with overload warning
Analog Basic 1 GF modules1)2) 3RB22, } 3RB29 85-2AA1 1 1 unit 41F
3RB29 85-2..1 with internal ground-fault detection and
overload warning
Analog Basic 2 GF modules1)2) 3RB22, } 3RB29 85-2AB1 1 1 unit 41F
with internal ground-fault detection and
ground-fault signal
Basic 1 GF modules2) 3RB22, } 3RB29 85-2CA1 1 1 unit 41F
with internal ground-fault detection and 3RB23
overload warning
Basic 2 GF modules2) 3RB22, } 3RB29 85-2CB1 1 1 unit 41F
with internal ground-fault detection and 3RB23
ground-fault signaling
1)
Note: The analog signal DC 4 mA up to 20 mA can be used for operating rotary
coil instruments or for feeding into analog inputs of programmable logic
Analog input modules, e. g. SM 331, must be configured for controllers.
4-wire measuring transducers. In this case the analog input 2)
The following information on ground-fault protection refers to sinusoidal
module must not supply current to the analog output of the residual currents at 50/60 Hz:
3RB22/3RB23 relay. - with a motor current of between 0.3 and 2 times the set current Ie the unit
7
will trip at a ground-fault current equal to 30 % of the current setting.
- With a motor current of between 2 and 8 times the current setting Ie the
unit will trip at a ground-fault current equal to 15 % of the current setting.
- The response delay amounts to between 0.5 s and 1 s.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
Current measuring modules for
3RB22, 3RB23
Overview
The current measuring modules are designed as system com- The current measuring modules in sizes S00 to S3 up to 55 mm
ponents for connecting to evaluation units 3RB22 and 3RB23. wide are equipped with straight-through transformers and can
Using these evaluation modules the motor current is measured be snap-fitted under the evaluation modules. The larger evalua-
and the measured value sent to the evaluation unit for evaluation modules are installed directly on the contactor or as stand-
tion. alond units.

Current measuring modules for mounting onto contactor1) and stand-alone installation1)2) (essential accessories)
3RB29 06-2.G1 3RB29 06-2JG1 3RB29 56-2TG2 3RB29 66-2WH2
Size of Rating for Current set- Short-circuit pro- For over- DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
contactor3) induction ting of the tection with fuse, load per PU (UNIT,
motor inverse-time type of coordina- relays SET, M)
P 4) delayed tion "2", gG opera-
overload tional class5)
release
kW A A
Sizes S00/S02)6)
S00/S0 0,09 1,1 0,3 3 20 3RB22, } 3RB29 06-2BG1 1 1 unit 41G
7
1,1 11 2,4 25 63 3RB23 } 3RB29 06-2DG1 1 1 unit 41G

Sizes S2/S32)6)
S2/S3 5,5 45 10 100 315 3RB22, } 3RB29 06-2JG1 1 1 unit 41G
3RB23
Size S61)6)
S6 with busbar connection 11 90 20 200 315 3RB22, } 3RB29 56-2TH2 1 1 unit 41G
3RB23
For mounting to S6 contac- 3RB22, } 3RB29 56-2TG2 1 1 unit 41G
tors with box terminals 3RB23
Sizes S10/S121)
S10/S12 and size 14 37 450 63 630 800 3RB22, } 3RB29 66-2WH2 1 1 unit 41G
(3TF68/ 3TF69) 3RB23
2)
Note: The current measuring modules with an Order No. ending with "1" are
designed for stand-alone installation.
The connecting cable between the current measuring module 3)
and the evaluation module is not included in the scope of sup- 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
ply; please order separately. starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
1) The current measuring modules with an Order No. ending with "2" are 5)
designed for mounting onto contactor and stand-alone installation. For "2". "Fuse Values in Connection with Contactors" see Configuration Manual
3TF68/3TF69 contactors, direct mounting is not possible. "SIRIUS Configuration Selection Data for Fuseless Load Feeders".
Accessories
Size of con- Version For current measur- DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
tactor ing modules per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Connecting cables (necessary accessories)
For connection between evaluation
module and current measuring
module
S00 ...S3 Length 0.1 m 3RB29 } 3RB29 87-2B 1 1 unit 41F
(only for mounting of the evalua-
tion module directly onto the cur-
rent measuring module)
3RB29 87-2.
S00 ... S12 Length 0.5 m 3RB29 } 3RB29 87-2D 1 1 unit 41F
Additional general accessories see pages 7/61 and 7/62.

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays
Overview
Overload relays for High-Feature applications Terminal covers for the 3RB29 current measuring modules
size S6 and S10/S12
The following optional accessories are available for the 3RB22
and 3RB23 solid-state overload relays: Box terminal blocks for the 3RB29 current measuring modules
size S6 and S10/S12
Sealable covers
Push-in lugs for screw fixing for 3RB22, 3RB23 evaluation
modules and 3RB29 06 current measuring modules

General accessories
Version Size For over- DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
SET, M)
Sealable covers for evaluation modules
For covering the setting knobs -- 3RB22, } 3RB29 84-2 1 10 units 41F
3RB23
3RB29 84-2
Terminal covers for current measuring modules
Covers for cable lugs and busbar
connections
Length 100 mm S6 3RB29 56 } 3RT19 56-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
7
Length 120 mm S10/S12 3RB29 66 } 3RT19 66-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B
Length 25 mm S6 3RB29 56 } 3RT19 56-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
Length 30 mm S10/S12 3RB29 66 } 3RT19 66-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B
Covers for screw terminals between S6 3RB29 56 } 3RT19 56-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B
contactor and overload relay, without S10/S12 3RB29 66 } 3RT19 66-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B
box terminals
(1 unit required per combination)
Box terminal blocks for current measuring modules
For round and ribbon cables
Up to 70 mm2 S61) 3RB29 56 } 3RT19 55-4G 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 120 mm2 S6 3RB29 56 } 3RT19 56-4G 1 1 unit 41B
Up to 240 mm2 S10/S12 3RB29 66 } 3RT19 66-4G 1 1 unit 41B
Technical specifications for conductor cross-sections see "Ref-
erence Manual for Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Over-
3RT19 5.-4G load Relays".
Push-in lugs for evaluation modules and current measuring modules
for screw fixing the evaluation mod- -- 3RB22, B 3RP19 03 1 10 units 41H
ules 3RB23
3RP19 03
for screw fixing the current measuring S00 ...S3 3RB29 06 A 3RB19 00-0B 100 10 units 41F
modules
(2 units per module)
3RB19 00-0B
1) In the scope of supply for 3RT10 54-1 contactors (55 kW).

Siemens AG 2011
Overload Relays

SET, M)
For all SIRIUS 200 mm, gray/ auxiliary cir-
devices with 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm black, cuit connec-
3RA29 08-1A
spring-type termi- partially tion: 3RB2
nals insulated
Blank labels
Unit labeling 20 mm x 7 mm Pastel 3RB2 D 3RT19 00-1SB20 100 340 units 41B
plates1) turquoise
for SIRIUS devices
NSB0_01429b
3RT19 00-1SB20
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription
7

8
Siemens AG 2011
Load Feeders and Motor

Starters for Operation in the
Control Cabinet
8/2 Introduction
SIRIUS 3RA1 Load Feeders

8/3 General data
3RA11 Direct-on-Line Starters
8/4 for snapping onto standard mounting
rails or for screw mounting
8/8 for busbar systems
3RA12 Reversing Starters
8/12 for snapping onto standard mounting
rails or for screw mounting
8/16 for busbar systems
8/20 Accessories
8/26 3RV19 infeed systems
8/26 SENTRON 8US busbar systems
More information can be found on

the Internet: see opening informa-
tion on page 8
Siemens
Siemens
IC 10
ICAO
10 AO
2012
2012
Siemens AG 2011
Load Feeders and Motor Starters

For operation in the control cabinet
Introduction
Overview
3RA11 3RA12
Order No. Page
SIRIUS 3RA1 load feeders
The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders consist of
the 3RV1 motor starter protector and the 3RT1 contactor.
The motor starter protector and contactor are prewired and mechanically
connected in pre-assembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and
standard mounting rail or busbar adapters). The motor starter protector
and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of
the link module
4 sizes (S00, S0, S2, S3)
Can be supplied for direct-on-line start or reversing duty as
- complete unit or
- single devices for self-assembly
3RA11 direct-on-line starters Rated control supply voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz and 24 V DC, 3RA11 8/4
for snapping onto standard mounting rails for 35 mm standard mounting rail or for screw mounting
or for screw mounting
3RA11 direct-on-line starters Rated control supply voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz and 24 V DC, 3RA11 8/8
for busbar systems for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
3RA12 reversing starters Rated control supply voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz and 24 V DC, 3RA12 8/12
for snapping onto standard mounting rails for 35 mm standard mounting rail or for screw mounting
or for screw mounting
8
3RA12 reversing starters Rated control supply voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz and 24 V DC, 3RA12 8/16
for busbar systems for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
3RV19 infeed systems Convenient means of energy supply and distribution 3RV19 8/26

Siemens AG 2011
For Operation in the Control Cabinet

General data
Overview
3RA1 fuseless load feeders Operating conditions
The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV1 motor 3RA1 load feeders are climate-proof. They are intended for use
starter protector and the 3RT1 contactor. Motor starter protectors in enclosed rooms in which no severe operating conditions
and contactors are electrically and mechanically connected us- (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous gases) prevail. Suit-
ing pre-assembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and able covers must be provided for installation in dusty and damp
standard mounting rail or busbar adapters). locations.
As the 3RA1 fuseless load feeders are constructed from 3RV1 Overload tripping times
motor starter protectors and 3RT1 contactors, the same acces-
sories can be used for the 3RA fuseless load feeders as for these All 3RA1 fuseless load feeders described here are designed for
motor starter protectors and contactors. normal starting, in other words for overload tripping times of less
than 10 s (CLASS 10). At rated-load operating temperature the
Pre-assembled link modules are available as accessories for the tripping times are shorter, depending on the particular equip-
power spectrum up to 45 kW. The desired fuseless load feeder ment and the setting range. The exact values can be derived
can thus be assembled quickly and economically by the cus- from the tripping characteristics of the motor starter protectors.
tomer. A time saving is also achieved in connection with switch-
gear acceptances, as unlike with conventional wiring systems Types of coordination
there is no need to rectify possible wiring errors. IEC 60947-4-1 makes a distinction between two different types
The 3RV1 motor starter protector is responsible for overload and of coordination (types "1" and "2"). Any short circuits that occur
short-circuit protection in the fuseless load feeder. Back-up pro- are cleared safely by both types of coordination. The only differ-
tective devices, such as melting fuses or limiters, are superflu- ences concern the extent of the damage caused to the device
ous here, as the circuit breaker is capable of withstanding short by a short circuit.
circuits of up to 50 or 100 kA at 400 V. ToC Type of coordination "1"
1 The fuseless load feeder may be non-operational after
The 3RT1 contactor is particularly suitable for extremely com-
plex switching tasks requiring the greatest endurance. a short circuit has been cleared. Damage to the con-
tactor or to the overload release is permissible. For
The permissible ambient temperature is 60 C with close-to- 3RA1 load feeders, the motor starter protector itself
close--mounting and without derating (70 C possible subject to always achieves type of coordination "2".
certain restrictions).
ToC Type of coordination "2"
3RA1 fuseless load feeders are available for motors up to 45 kW 2 There must be no damage to the overload release or
at AC-3 and 400 V (grounded network) and setting ranges from to any other components after a short circuit has been
8
0.14 A to 100 A. cleared. The 3RA1 fuseless load feeder can resume
3RA1 fuseless load feeders are supplied in four different sizes: operation without needing to be renewed. At most,
welding of the contactor contacts is permissible if
Size Width Max. rated current For induction motors they can be disconnected easily without any signifi-
In max up to cant deformation.
mm A kW
These types of coordination are indicated in the selec-
S00 45 12 5,5 tion and ordering data by orange backgrounds.
S0 45 25 11
S2 55 50 22
S3 70 100 45
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT contac-
tors can be used for fuseless load feeders >100 A. The corre-
sponding distances from grounded or live parts, as detailed in
the technical specifications, must be observed.
More information and assignment tables for self-assembly com-
binations for 400 V, 440 V, 480 V, 500 V, 550 V and 690 V see the
configuration manual "SIRIUS Configuration: Selection Data for
Fuseless Load Feeders", see page 8/25.

Siemens AG 2011

3RA11 direct-on-line starters for snapping onto
standard mounting rails or for screw mounting

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
for TH 35 standard mounting rail or screw mounting
Motor starter protector and contactor are linked electri-
cally and mechanically by means of a link module
As from size S2 with standard mounting rail adapter2) for
mechanical reinforcement
Auxiliary switches3) on the motor starter protector and the
contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system
(on contactor size S00: 1 NO integrated)
3RA11 10 3RA11 20 3RA11 30

Size Standard Setting Consisting of the following DT Fuseless ToC PU PS* PG
induction motor range for single devices load feeders 2 (UNIT,
4-pole at thermal SET, M)
400 V AC4) overload
Standard Motor release Motor + Contac- + Link module Order No. Price
output current I starter pro- tor + Standard per PU
P (guide tectors mounting rail
value) adapter
kW A A
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA/100 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")5)
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1AP01 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-0BA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 +6) A 3RA11 10-0CA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 A 3RA11 10-0DA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 A 3RA11 10-0EA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 A 3RA11 10-0FA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 A 3RA11 10-0GA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA11 10-0HA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA11 10-0JA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA11 10-0KA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA11 10-1AA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA11 10-1BA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1AP00 21-1AA00 A 3RA11 20-1CA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 +6) A 3RA11 20-1DA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 21-1EA10 A 3RA11 20-1EA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 A 3RA11 20-1FA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 21-1GA10 A 3RA11 20-1GA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 A 3RA11 20-1HA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 21-1JA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA11 20-1JA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA11 20-1KA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA11 20-4AA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA11 20-4BA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1AP00 31-1AA00 A 3RA11 30-4DB34-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 + A 3RA11 30-4EB34-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1AP00 32-1AA00 A 3RA11 30-4FB35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1AP00 A 3RA11 30-4GB36-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10 A 3RA11 30-4HB36-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1AP00 41-1AA00 Size S3 is only available for self-assembly.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1AP00 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1AP00 42-1AA00
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
1) Size S00 also suitable for 60 Hz.
2) Standard mounting rail adapter is also suitable for screw mounting.
3) Auxiliary switches see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing
Starters".
4) Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the protected
motor.
5) Load feeders with Iq 100 kA see notes on "Technical Information" on
page 8.
6) Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible (see
"Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").

Siemens AG 2011


400 V AC1) overload
value) adapter
kW A A
Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V2)
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")
S00 0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 For load feeders for lower outputs, see table above
(type of coordination "2").
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 +3) A 3RA11 10-1DA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA11 10-1EA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 A 3RA11 10-1FA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 11-1GA10 A 3RA11 10-1GA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA11 10-1HA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1AP01 A 3RA11 10-1KA17-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1AP00 21-1AA00 A 3RA11 20-4AA25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 +3) A 3RA11 20-4BA25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA11 20-4CA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA11 20-4DA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S2 15 29 22 ... 32 For load feeders for higher outputs, see table above
18,5 35 28 ... 40 (type of coordination "2").
22 41 36 ... 45
...
1)
Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the protected
motor.
2)
Load feeders with Iq 100 kA see notes on "Technical Information" on
page 8.
3)
Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible (see
8

Siemens AG 2011

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

3RA11 10 3RA11 20 3RA11 30

400 V AC3) overload
value) adapter
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1BB41 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-0BA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 +5) A 3RA11 10-0CA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 A 3RA11 10-0DA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 A 3RA11 10-0EA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 A 3RA11 10-0FA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 A 3RA11 10-0GA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA11 10-0HA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA11 10-0JA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA11 10-0KA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA11 10-1AA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA11 10-1BA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1BB40 21-1BA00 A 3RA11 20-1CA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 +5) A 3RA11 20-1DA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 21-1EA10 A 3RA11 20-1EA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 A 3RA11 20-1FA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 21-1GA10 A 3RA11 20-1GA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 A 3RA11 20-1HA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 21-1JA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA11 20-1JA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA11 20-1KA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA11 20-4AA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA11 20-4BA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1BB40 31-1BA00 A 3RA11 30-4DB34-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 + A 3RA11 30-4EB34-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1BB40 32-1AA00 A 3RA11 30-4FB35-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1BB40 A 3RA11 30-4GB36-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10 A 3RA11 30-4HB36-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1BB40 41-1BA00 Size S3 is only available for self-assembly.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1BB40 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1BB40 42-1AA00
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
1)
Standard mounting rail adapter is also suitable for screw mounting.
2)
Auxiliary switches see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing
Starters".
3) Selection depends on the concrete startup and rated data of the protected
motor.
4) Load feeders with Iq 100 kA see notes on "Technical Information" on
page 8.
5) Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible (see

Siemens AG 2011


400 V AC1) overload
value) adapter
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 11-1CA10 15-1BB41 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-1CA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 +3) A 3RA11 10-1DA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA11 10-1EA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 A 3RA11 10-1FA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 11-1GA10 A 3RA11 10-1GA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA11 10-1HA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1BB41 A 3RA11 10-1KA17-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1BB40 21-1BA00 A 3RA11 20-4AA25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 +3) A 3RA11 20-4BA25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA11 20-4CA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA11 20-4DA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 36 ... 45
...
1)
motor.
2)
page 8.
3)
Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load feeder is possible (see
8

Siemens AG 2011

3RA11 direct-on-line starters
for busbar systems

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
for 40 and 60 mm busbar systems
3RA11 10 3RA11 20
400 V AC3) overload
output current I starter pro- tor + Busbar adapter per PU
P (guide tectors
value)
kW A A
Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V
(compatible with type of coordination "1")
3RV10 3RT10
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1AP01 3RA19 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-0B @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 0,25 11-0CA10 + A 3RA11 10-0C @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 0,32 11-0DA10 40 mm: A 3RA11 10-0D @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 0,4 11-0EA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-0E @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 0,5 11-0FA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA11 10-0F @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 0,63 11-0GA10 8US12 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-0G@15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA11 10-0H @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,25 0,85 0,7 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA11 10-0J @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,37 1,1 0,9 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA11 10-0K @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,55 1,5 1,1 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA11 10-1A @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA11 10-1B @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1AP00 3RA19 21-1AA00 A 3RA11 20-1C @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 3,2 21-1DA10 + A 3RA11 20-1D @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 4 21-1EA10 40 mm: A 3RA11 20-1E @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 5 21-1FA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 20-1F @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 6,3 21-1GA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA11 20-1G@24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 8 21-1HA10 8US12 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 20-1H @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 10 21-1JA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA11 20-1J @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA11 20-1K @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA11 20-4A @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA11 20-4B @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1AP00 3RA19 31-1AA00 Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 +
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1AP00 40 mm:
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1AP00 8US10 61-5FP08
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10 or 60 mm:
8US12 61-5FP08
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1AP00 3RA19 41-1AA00 For size S3, a busbar adapter is not necessary.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1AP00
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1AP00
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
Order No. supplement for
busbar center-to-center spacing
40 mm C
60 mm D
1)
Size S00 also suitable for 60 Hz.
2)
Starters".
3)
motor.

Siemens AG 2011

for busbar systems

400 V AC1) overload
P (guide tectors
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10
S00 0,75 1,9 1,8 2,5 11-1CA10 15-1AP01 3RA19 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-1C @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 3,2 11-1DA10 + A 3RA11 10-1D @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 4 11-1EA10 40 mm: A 3RA11 10-1E @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 5 11-1FA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-1F @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 6,3 11-1GA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA11 10-1G@15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 8 11-1HA10 8US12 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-1H @15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 10 11-1JA10 16-1AP01 A 3RA11 10-1J @16-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 12 11-1KA10 17-1AP01 A 3RA11 10-1K @17-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 16 21-4AA10 25-1AP00 3RA19 21-1AA00 A 3RA11 20-4A @25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 20 21-4BA10 + A 3RA11 20-4B @25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 22 21-4CA10 26-1AP00 40 mm: A 3RA11 20-4C @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 18 25 21-4DA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 20-4D @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
or 60 mm:
8US12 51-5DM07
22 41 36 ... 45
...
40 mm C
8
60 mm D
1)
motor.

Siemens AG 2011

for busbar systems
Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

3RA11 10 3RA11 20
400 V AC2) overload
P (guide tectors
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1BB41 3RA19 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-0B @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 + A 3RA11 10-0C @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 40 mm: A 3RA11 10-0D @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-0E @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA11 10-0F @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 8US12 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-0G@15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA11 10-0H @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA11 10-0J @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA11 10-0K @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA11 10-1A @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA11 10-1B @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1BB40 3RA19 21-1BA00 A 3RA11 20-1C @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 + A 3RA11 20-1D @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 21-1EA10 40 mm: A 3RA11 20-1E @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 20-1F @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 21-1GA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA11 20-1G@24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 8US12 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 20-1H @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 21-1JA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA11 20-1J @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA11 20-1K @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA11 20-4A @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA11 20-4B @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1BB40 3RA19 31-1BA00 Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 +
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1BB40 40 mm:
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1BB40 8US10 61-5FP08
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10 or 60 mm:
8US12 61-5FP08
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1BB40 3RA19 41-1BA00 For size S3, a busbar adapter is not necessary.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1BB40 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1BB40 not available
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
40 mm C
60 mm D
1)
Starters".
2)
motor.

Siemens AG 2011

for busbar systems

400 V AC1) overload
P (guide tectors
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10
S00 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 11-1CA10 15-1BB41 3RA19 11-1AA00 A 3RA11 10-1C @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 + A 3RA11 10-1D @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-1F @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 8US12 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 10-1H @15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1BB41 A 3RA11 10-1K @17-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1BB40 3RA19 21-1BA00 A 3RA11 20-4A @25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 + A 3RA11 20-4B @25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1BB40 40 mm: A 3RA11 20-4C @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 8US10 51-5DM07 A 3RA11 20-4D @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
or 60 mm:
8US12 51-5DM07
22 41 36 ... 45
...
40 mm C
8
60 mm D
1)
motor.

Siemens AG 2011

3RA12 reversing starters for snapping onto

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
The motor starter protector and contactor are mechani-
cally and electrically connected by means of the link
module
Complete unit always with electrical and mechanical in-
terlock
3RA12 10 3RA12 20
400 V AC4) overload
Standard Motor release Motor + 2 con- + Link module Order No. Price
output current I starter pro- tactors + Assembly kit per PU
P (guide tectors RH2)5)
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1AP02 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-0BA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 + A 3RA12 10-0CA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 13-2A7) A 3RA12 10-0DA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 A 3RA12 10-0EA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 A 3RA12 10-0FA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 A 3RA12 10-0GA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA12 10-0HA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA12 10-0JA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA12 10-0KA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA12 10-1AA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA12 10-1BA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1AP00 21-1AA00 A 3RA12 20-1CB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 + A 3RA12 20-1DB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 21-1EA10 23-1B8) A 3RA12 20-1EB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 A 3RA12 20-1FB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 21-1GA10 A 3RA12 20-1GB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 A 3RA12 20-1HB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 21-1JA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA12 20-1JB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA12 20-1KB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA12 20-4AB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA12 20-4BB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1AP00 31-1AA00 Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 +
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1AP00 33-1B8)
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1AP00
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1AP00 41-1AA00 Size S3 is only available for self-assembly.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1AP00 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1AP00 43-1B8)
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
1)
2)
Assembly kit for standard mounting rail adapter also suitable for screw
mounting.
3)
Starters".
4)
motor.
5)
RH = Reversing duty for standard rail mounting.
6)
page 8.
7)
Wiring kit necessary: for screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load
feeder (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
8)
Mechanical locking device must be ordered separately (see "Accessories
for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").

Siemens AG 2011


400 V AC1) overload
value)
kW A A
(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination
"2")
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 + A 3RA12 10-1DA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 11-1EA10 13-2A5) A 3RA12 10-1EA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 A 3RA12 10-1FA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 11-1GA10 A 3RA12 10-1GA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA12 10-1HA15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1AP02 A 3RA12 10-1KA17-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1AP00 21-1AA00 A 3RA12 20-4AB25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 + A 3RA12 20-4BB25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1AP00 23-1B6) A 3RA12 20-4CB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 20 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA12 20-4DB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 36 ... 45
...
1)
motor.
2)
mounting.
8
3)
4)
page 8.
5)
Wiring kit necessary: for screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load
feeder (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing Starters").
6)

Siemens AG 2011

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

module
terlock
3RA12 10 3RA12 20
400 V AC3) overload
P (guide tectors RH4)
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1BB42 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-0BA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 + A 3RA12 10-0CA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 13-2A6) A 3RA12 10-0DA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 A 3RA12 10-0EA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 A 3RA12 10-0FA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 A 3RA12 10-0GA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA12 10-0HA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA12 10-0JA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA12 10-0KA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA12 10-1AA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA12 10-1BA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1BB40 21-1BA00 A 3RA12 20-1CB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 + A 3RA12 20-1DB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 21-1EA10 23-1B7) A 3RA12 20-1EB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 A 3RA12 20-1FB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 21-1GA10 A 3RA12 20-1GB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 A 3RA12 20-1HB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 21-1JA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA12 20-1JB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA12 20-1KB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA12 20-4AB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA12 20-4BB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1BB40 31-1BA00 Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 +
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1BB40 33-1B7)
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1BB40
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1BB40 41-1BA00 Size S3 is only available for self-assembly.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1BB40 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1BB40 43-1B7)
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
1)
mounting.
2)
Starters".
3)
motor.
4)
5)
page 8.
6)
Wiring kit necessary: Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load
feeder is possible (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing
Starters").
7)

Siemens AG 2011


400 V AC1) overload
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 11-1CA10 15-1BB42 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-1CA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 + A 3RA12 10-1DA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 11-1EA10 13-2A5) A 3RA12 10-1EA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 A 3RA12 10-1FA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 11-1GA10 A 3RA12 10-1GA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA12 10-1HA15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1BB42 A 3RA12 10-1KA17-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1BB40 21-1BA00 A 3RA12 20-4AB25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 + A 3RA12 20-4BB25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1BB40 23-1B6) A 3RA12 20-4CB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 20 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA12 20-4DB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
22 41 36 ... 45
...
1)
motor.
2)
mounting.
3)
8
4)
page 8.
5)
Wiring kit necessary: Screw mounting with 1 push-in lug each per load
feeder is possible (see "Accessories for Direct-On-Line and Reversing
Starters").
6)

Siemens AG 2011

3RA12 reversing starters
for busbar systems

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50 Hz 230 V AC1)
module
terlock
3RA12 10 3RA12 20
Size Standar Settin Consisting of the following DT Fuseless ToC PU PS* PG
induction motor range fo single devices load feeders 2 (UNIT,
400 V AC3) overload
Standard Motor releas Motor + 2 con- + Link module Order No. Price
P (guide tectors RS4)
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1AP02 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-0B @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 + A 3RA12 10-0C @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 40 mm: A 3RA12 10-0D @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 13-1C A 3RA12 10-0E @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA12 10-0F @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 13-1D A 3RA12 10-0G@15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA12 10-0H @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA12 10-0J @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA12 10-0K @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA12 10-1A @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA12 10-1B @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1AP00 21-1AA00 A 3RA12 20-1C @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 + A 3RA12 20-1D @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 21-1EA10 40 mm: A 3RA12 20-1E @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 23-1C5) A 3RA12 20-1F @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 21-1GA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA12 20-1G@24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 23-1D5) A 3RA12 20-1H @24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 21-1JA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA12 20-1J @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA12 20-1K @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA12 20-4A @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA12 20-4B @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1AP00 31-1AA00 Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 +
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1AP00 40 mm:
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1AP00 33-1C5)
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10 or 60 mm:
33-1D5)
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1AP00 41-1AA00 For size S3, a busbar adapter is not necessary.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1AP00 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1AP00 not available
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
40 mm C
60 mm D
1)
2)
Starters".
3)
motor.
4)
RS = Reversing duty for busbar systems.
5)

Siemens AG 2011

for busbar systems

400 V AC1) overload
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 11-1CA10 15-1AP02 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-1C @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 + A 3RA12 10-1D @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 2,8 ... 4 11-1EA10 40 mm: A 3RA12 10-1E @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 13-1C A 3RA12 10-1F @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
2,2 4,9 4,5 ... 6,3 11-1GA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA12 10-1G@15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 13-1D A 3RA12 10-1H @15-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
4 8,5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1AP02 A 3RA12 10-1J @16-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1AP02 A 3RA12 10-1K @17-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1AP00 21-1AA00 A 3RA12 20-4A @25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 + A 3RA12 20-4B @25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1AP00 40 mm: A 3RA12 20-4C @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 20 ... 25 21-4DA10 23-1C3) A 3RA12 20-4D @26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D
or 60 mm:
23-1D3)
22 41 36 ... 45
...
40 mm C
8
60 mm D
1)
motor.
2)
3)

Siemens AG 2011

for busbar systems
Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

module
terlock
3RA12 10 3RA12 20
400 V AC2) overload
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,06 0,2 0,14 ... 0,2 11-0BA10 15-1BB42 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-0B @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,06 0,2 0,18 ... 0,25 11-0CA10 + A 3RA12 10-0C @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,22 ... 0,32 11-0DA10 40 mm: A 3RA12 10-0D @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,09 0,3 0,28 ... 0,4 11-0EA10 13-1C A 3RA12 10-0E @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,12 0,4 0,35 ... 0,5 11-0FA10 or 60 mm: A 3RA12 10-0F @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,45 ... 0,63 11-0GA10 13-1D A 3RA12 10-0G@15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,18 0,6 0,55 ... 0,8 11-0HA10 A 3RA12 10-0H @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,25 0,85 0,7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA12 10-0J @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,37 1,1 0,9 ... 1,25 11-0KA10 A 3RA12 10-0K @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
8
0,55 1,5 1,1 ... 1,6 11-1AA10 A 3RA12 10-1A @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
0,75 1,9 1,4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA12 10-1B @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 21-1CA10 24-1BB40 21-1BA00 A 3RA12 20-1C @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 21-1DA10 + A 3RA12 20-1D @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 21-1FA10 23-1C4) A 3RA12 20-1F @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 21-1HA10 23-1D4) A 3RA12 20-1H @24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12,5 21-1KA10 A 3RA12 20-1K @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 A 3RA12 20-4A @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 A 3RA12 20-4B @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S2 11 22 18 ... 25 31-4DA10 34-1BB40 31-1BA00 Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.
15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 +
18,5 35 28 ... 40 31-4FA10 35-1BB40 40 mm:
22 41 36 ... 45 31-4GA10 36-1BB40 33-1C4)
22 41 40 ... 50 31-4HA10 or 60 mm:
33-1D4)
S3 30 55 45 ... 63 41-4JA10 44-1BB40 41-1BA00 For size S3, a busbar adapter is not necessary.
37 66 57 ... 75 41-4KA10 45-1BB40 +
45 80 70 ... 90 41-4LA10 46-1BB40 not available
45 80 80 ... 100 41-4MA10
40 mm C
60 mm D
1)
Starters".
2)
motor.
3)
4)

Siemens AG 2011

for busbar systems

400 V AC1) overload
value)
kW A A
3RV10 3RT10 3RA19
S00 0,75 1,9 1,8 ... 2,5 11-1CA10 15-1BB42 11-1AA00 A 3RA12 10-1C @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,1 2,7 2,2 ... 3,2 11-1DA10 + A 3RA12 10-1D @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
1,5 3,6 3,5 ... 5 11-1FA10 13-1C A 3RA12 10-1F @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
3 6,5 5,5 ... 8 11-1HA10 13-1D A 3RA12 10-1H @15-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
5,5 11,5 9 ... 12 11-1KA10 17-1BB42 A 3RA12 10-1K @17-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
S0 7,5 15,5 11 ... 16 21-4AA10 25-1BB40 21-1BA00 A 3RA12 20-4A @25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
7,5 15,5 14 ... 20 21-4BA10 + A 3RA12 20-4B @25-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 17 ... 22 21-4CA10 26-1BB40 40 mm: A 3RA12 20-4C @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
11 22 20 ... 25 21-4DA10 23-1C3) A 3RA12 20-4D @26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D
or 60 mm:
23-1D3)
22 41 36 ... 45
...
40 mm C
8
60 mm D
1)
motor.
2)
3)

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
for 3RA1 direct-on-line and reversing starters

For motor For con- Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG
starter tactors per PU (UNIT,
protectors SET, M)
Size Size
Motor starter protectors1)
Auxiliary switches
S00 ...S3 -- Transverse 1 CO contact } 3RV19 01-1D 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 01-1E Transverse 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1E 1 1 unit 41E
S00 ...S3 -- Laterally mountable 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 41E
3RV19 01-1A
S00 ...S3 -- Undervoltage releases } 3RV19 02-1AP0 1 1 unit 41E
50 Hz 230 V AC
S00 ...S3 -- Shunt releases } 3RV19 02-1DP0 1 1 unit 41E
50 Hz 230 V AC
3RV19 02-1...
Contactors2)
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
Connection from below
-- S00 1-pole 1 NO } 3RH19 11-1BA10 1 1 unit 41B
1 NC } 3RH19 11-1BA01 1 1 unit 41B
8
-- S00 2-pole 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RH19 11-1MA11 1 1 unit 41B

2 NO } 3RH19 11-1MA20 1 1 unit 41B
3RH19 11-1BA.. -- S0 ...S3 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RH19 21-1MA11 1 1 unit 41B
2 NO } 3RH19 21-1MA20 1 1 unit 41B
2 NC } 3RH19 21-1MA02 1 1 unit 41B
Connection from 2 sides
-- S00 4-pole 2 NO + 2 NC } 3RH19 11-1FA22 1 1 unit 41B
-- S0 ...S3 1-pole 1 NO } 3RH19 21-1CA10 1 1 unit 41B
1 NC } 3RH19 21-1CA01 1 1 unit 41B
-- S0 ...S3 4-pole 2 NO + 2 NC } 3RH19 21-1FA22 1 1 unit 41B
3RH19 11-1F...
1)
See also "Protection Equipment: 3RV Motor Starter Protectors".
2)
See also "Controls: Contactors and Contactor Assemblies".

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories
For con- Version Rated control supply DT Order No.2) Price PU PS* PG
tactors voltage Us1) per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Type
Size S00
3RT1. Varistor 24 ... 48 V AC } 3RT19 16-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B
24 ... 70 V DC
127 ... 240 V AC A 3RT19 16-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
150 ... 250 V DC
3RT1. RC elements 24 ... 48 V AC } 3RT19 16-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
24 ... 70 V DC
3RT19 16-1DG00 127 ... 240 V AC } 3RT19 16-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
150 ... 250 V DC
3RT1. Noise suppression diodes 12 ... 250 V DC } 3RT19 16-1DG00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT1. Diode assemblies (diode and 12 ... 250 V DC } 3RT19 16-1EH00 1 1 unit 41B
Zener diode)
for DC operation and short break
times
Size S0
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom
3RT10 2 Varistor 24 ... 48 V AC } 3RT19 26-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B
24 ... 70 V DC
127 ... 240 V AC } 3RT19 26-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
150 ... 250 V DC
3RT10 2 RC elements 24 ... 48 V AC } 3RT19 26-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
24 ... 70 V DC
127 ... 240 V AC } 3RT19 26-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
150 ... 250 V DC
3RT19 26-1B.00 3RT10 2 Diode assemblies
For DC operation and short break times
8
Can be plugged in at bottom 24 V DC } 3RT19 26-1TR00 1 1 unit 41B
30 ... 250 V DC A 3RT19 26-1TS00 1 1 unit 41B
Sizes S2 and S3
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom
3RT10 3, Varistor 24 ... 48 V AC } 3RT19 26-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 4 24 ... 70 V DC
127 ... 240 V AC } 3RT19 26-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B
150 ... 250 V DC
3RT10 3, RC elements 24 ... 48 V AC } 3RT19 36-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B
3RT10 4 24 ... 70 V DC
127 ... 240 V AC } 3RT19 36-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B
150 ... 250 V DC
3RT19 36-1C.00
3RT10 3, Diode assemblies
3RT10 4 For DC operation and short break times
Can be plugged in at bottom 24 V DC } 3RT19 36-1TR00 1 1 unit 41B
30 ... 250 V DC B 3RT19 36-1TS00 1 1 unit 41B
1)
voltages.
2)
Order No.

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories

protectors SET, M)
Size Size
Link modules
Electrical and mechanical link
between motor starter protector and
contactor.
Actuating voltage of contactor
3RA19 11-1A
S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA19 11-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S0 S00 } 3RA19 21-1DA00 1 1 unit 41B
S0 S0 AC } 3RA19 21-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S0 S0 DC } 3RA19 21-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B
3RA19 21-1A
S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA19 11-1A 1 10 units 41B
S0 S00 } 3RA19 21-1D 1 10 units 41B
S0 S0 AC } 3RA19 21-1A 1 10 units 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1A 1 5 units 41B
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1A 1 5 units 41B
S0 S0 DC } 3RA19 21-1B 1 10 units 41B
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1B 1 5 units 41B
3RA19 31-1A S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1B 1 5 units 41B
Hybrid link modules
Screw Cage Electrical and mechanical connection
terminals Clamp ter- between motor starter protector with
minals screw terminals and contactor with
Cage Clamp terminals
8

S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA19 11-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B
S0 S00 } 3RA19 21-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B
3RA19 21-2FA00 S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA19 11-2F 1 10 units 41B
S0 S00 } 3RA19 21-2F 1 10 units 41B
wiring kit
Reversing duty
-- S00 Electrical and mechanical link for } 3RA19 13-2A 1 1 unit 41B
S0 reversing contactors. } 3RA19 23-2A 1 1 unit 41B
S2 Can be combined with link module. } 3RA19 33-2A 1 1 unit 41B
S3 For size S00: } 3RA19 43-2A 1 1 unit 41B
optionally with integrated electrical
and mechanical interlocking.
For sizes S0 to S3:
3RA19 13-2A Mechanical locking device must be
ordered separately.
Wye-delta starting
-- S00 Electrical and mechanical link for } 3RA19 13-2B 1 1 unit 41B
S0 three contactors of same size } 3RA19 23-2B 1 1 unit 41B
S2 } 3RA19 33-2B 1 1 unit 41B
S3 } 3RA19 43-2B 1 1 unit 41B
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
(can be used only for direct-on-line starters)
Size S00, S0 Adapters for contactors
Ambient temperature
Tu max. = 60 C
-- S00 Size S00, rated operational current Ie C 3RT19 16-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B
at AC-3/400 V: 20 A
3RT19 26-4RD01 -- S0 Size S0, rated operational current Ie C 3RT19 26-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B
at AC-3/400 V: 25 A
-- S00, S0 Plugs for contactors B 3RT19 00-4RE01 1 1 unit 41B
Size S00, S0
3RT19 00-4RE01

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories

protectors SET, M)
Size Size
Mechanical interlocks
-- S0, S2, S3 For reversing contactors, laterally } 3RA19 24-2B 1 1 unit 41B
mountable with 1 auxiliary contact (1
NC) each per contactor.
3RA19 24-2B
Coil repeat terminals
-- S0, S2, S3 For A1 and A2 of the reversing B 3RA19 23-3B 1 1 unit 41B
contactors
(one set consists of
10 x A1 and 5 x A2)
3RA19 23-3B
Standard mounting rail adapters
S00, S0 S00, S0 For mechanical fixing of motor starter } 3RA19 22-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 protector and contactor } 3RA19 32-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
S3 S3 For snapping onto standard mount- } 3RA19 42-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B
ing rail or for screw mounting
S00, S0 S00, S0 For mechanical fixing of motor starter } 3RA19 22-1A 1 5 units 41B
S2 S2 protector and contactor } 3RA19 32-1A 1 5 units 41B
S3 S3 For snapping onto standard mount- } 3RA19 42-1A 1 5 units 41B
ing rail or for screw mounting
8
3RA19 32 3RA19 22
Side modules
S00 ...S3 S00 ...S3 For standard mounting rail adapter } 3RA19 02-1B 1 10 units 41B
10 mm wide,
96 mm long
For widening standard mounting rail
adapters.
For sizes S00 to S2:
2 units required.
For size S3:
3 units required.
3RA19 02
Assembly kits (RH) for reversing duty for standard mounting rails
S0 S0 Also suitable for screw mounting. A 3RA19 23-1B 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 Consisting of: A 3RA19 33-1B 1 1 unit 41B
S3 S3 Wiring kit, standard mounting A 3RA19 43-1B 1 1 unit 41B
rail adapters, side modules.
Link modules to be ordered sepa-
rately.
Mechanical locking device to be
ordered separately.
3RA19 33-1B

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories

protectors SET, M)
Size Size
Accessories, adapters and link modules
for spring-type terminals
S00 -- Link modules, } 3RA19 11-2A 1 10 units 41B
Cage Clamp
Electrical connection between motor
starter protector and contactor
(1 pack = 10 units)
S00 -- Link modules, } 3RA19 11-2E 1 10 units 41B
Cage Clamp with mechanical
connections
Mechanical and electrical
connection between motor starter
protector and contactor
(1 pack = 10 units)
-- Standard mounting rail adapters } 3RA19 22-1L 1 5 units 41B
For Cage Clamp with 2 standard
mounting rails, one is movable,
45 mm wide
3RA19 11-2A -- Busbar adapters } 8US10 51-5CM47 1 1 unit 143
+ 8US10 51-5CM47 -- 45 mm wide, } 8US12 51-5CM47 1 1 unit 143
182 mm long,
adapted for Cage Clamp motor starter
protectors.
If there is an additional contactor, a fur-
ther standard mounting rail must be fit-
ted.
-- TH 35 standard mounting rails, A 8US19 98-7CA15 1 10 units 143
width 45 mm,
plastic, incl. fixing screws
(1 pack = 10 units)
8
3RA19 11-2E
Push-in lugs for screw mounting
S00, S0 -- For 3RV1 motor starter protectors: A 3RB19 00-0B 100 10 units 41F
2 units each required,
for 3RA1 fuseless load feeders:
1 unit each required,
for AS-Interface switching device holder:
2 units each required
3RB19 00-0B (1 pack = 10 units)
Busbar adapters
Busbar
center-to-
center
spacing
mm
S00, S0 S00, S0 45 mm wide, 40 } 8US10 51-5DM07 1 1 unit 143
182 mm long 60 } 8US12 51-5DM07 1 1 unit 143
for busbars
S2 S2 55 mm wide, 40 } 8US10 61-5FP08 1 1 unit 143
242 mm long 60 } 8US12 61-5FP08 1 1 unit 143
including screw and spacer
8US12 51-5DM07
Device holders
S00, S0 S00, S0 With standard mounting rail, 40 } 8US10 50-5AM00 1 1 unit 143
without connecting cables 60 } 8US12 50-5AM00 1 1 unit 143
45 mm wide,
182 mm long
for busbars
S0 S0 55 mm wide, 40 } 8US10 60-5AM00 1 1 unit 143
182 mm long 60 } 8US12 60-5AM00 1 1 unit 143
S2 S2 55 mm wide, 60 } 8US12 60-5AP00 1 1 unit 143
242 mm long
including screw and spacer
8US12 50-5AM00

Siemens AG 2011

Accessories

protectors SET, M)
Size Size
Side modules
-- -- Including connecting wedges, A 8US19 98-2BM00 1 4 units 143
for widening busbar adapters or
device holders,
13.5 mm wide,
182 mm long
8US19 98-2BM00
Assembly kits (RS) for reversing duty
for 40 mm and 60 mm busbar systems
Busbar
center-to-
center
spacing
mm
S00, S0 S00 Consisting of wiring kit, bus- 40 A 3RA19 13-1C 1 1 unit 41B
S0 S0 bar adapter, device holder, A 3RA19 23-1C 1 1 unit 41B
S00, S0 S00 and side module. 60 A 3RA19 13-1D 1 1 unit 41B
S0 S0 Link modules and mechanical A 3RA19 23-1D 1 1 unit 41B
S2 S2 locking devices to be ordered A 3RA19 33-1D 1 1 unit 41B
separately.
Only for size S00 is mechani-
cal interlocking always
included.
Connecting wedges
-- -- For mechanical linking of busbar } 8US19 98-1AA00 100 100 143
adapters and switching device holders units
8
or of standard mounting rail adapters
8US19 98-1AA00 (2 units per combination)
(1 pack = 100 units)
Load-side terminal strips, separable
S00, S0 S00, S0 Light gray with carrier for mounting A 8US19 98-8AM07 1 1 unit 143
onto busbar adapter
45 mm wide
45 mm wide, 91 mm long
3 x 2.5 mm plug-in terminals, 400 V
4 x 1.5 mm plug -in terminals, 250 V
8US12 51-5DM07 with

8US19 98-8AM07
Spacers
-- S00, S0 Fixes the load feeder } 8US19 98-1BA00 100 100 143
onto the busbar adapter units
(1 pack = 100 units)
8US19 98-1BA00
Screw holders
-- S00, S0 Allows additional fixing B 8US19 98-1CA00 100 20 units 143
of the feeder with screws
(1 pack = 20 units)
8US19 98-1CA00
Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Documentation
Configuration manual (engl.) "SIRIUS Configuration: C 3ZX1012-0RA21-0AC0 1 1 unit 401
Selection Data for Fuseless Load Feeders"
More information and assignment tables for self-assembly
combinations for 400 V, 440 V, 480 V, 500 V, 550 V and 690 V

Siemens AG 2011

3RV19 infeed systems,
SENTRON 8US busbar systems
Overview
Insulated three-phase busbar system Busbar adapters for 40 mm and 60 mm systems
Three-phase busbar systems provide an easy, time-saving and The load feeders are mounted directly with the aid of busbar
clearly arranged means of feeding 3RA1 load feeders with adapters on busbar systems with 40 mm and 60 mm center-to-
screw terminals. Different versions are available for sizes S00, center spacing in order to save space and to reduce infeed
S0 and S2 and can also be used for the various different types times and costs.
of motor starter protectors.
Busbar adapters for busbar systems with 40 mm center-to-cen-
The busbars are suitable for between 2 and 5 feeders. However, ter spacing are suitable for copper busbars with a width of 12
any kind of extension is possible by clamping the tags of an ad- mm to 15 mm, while those with 60 mm center-to-center spacing
ditional busbar (rotated by 180) underneath the terminals of the are suitable for copper busbars with a width of 12 mm to 30 mm.
respective last motor starter protector. The busbars can be 4 to 5 mm or 10 mm thick.
A combination of feeders of different sizes is possible only with The feeders are snapped onto the adapter and connected on
sizes S00 and S0. Connecting pieces are available for this pur- the line side. This prepared unit is then plugged directly onto the
pose. The motor starter protectors are supplied by appropriate busbar system, and is thus connected both mechanically and
feeder terminals. electrically at the same time.
For selection and ordering data see Chapter 7,
3RV19 15-5A
"Protection Equipment, 3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A,
3RV19 15-1CB
Busbar Accessories".
rotated
by 180
NSB0_01073c
3RV19 15-5B
3RV19 15-6AB
8
Three-phase busbar system, size S00
SIRIUS motor starter protectors and load feeders with busbar adapters
3RV19 25-5AB snapped onto busbars
3RV19 15-1AB 3RV19 15-5DB
3RV19 15-1CB SIRIUS 3RV19 infeed system
The 3RV19 infeed system is a convenient means of energy sup-
NSB0_01075b
ply and distribution for a group of several motor starter protec-

tors or complete load feeders with a screw or spring-type con-
nection up to size S0.
The system is based on a basic module complete with a lateral
incoming unit (three-phase busbar with infeed) which has two
slots.
Expansion modules are available for extending the system
3RV19 15-6AB
(three-phase busbars for system expansion).
Three-phase busbar system, with example for combining sizes S00 and
S0
The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe. They are de-
signed for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the output
side of connected motor starter protectors.
The three-phase busbar systems can also be used to construct
"Type E Starters" of size S0 or S2 according to UL/CSA. Special
feeder terminals must be used for this purpose however.
For selection and ordering data see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment, 3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A,
Busbar Accessories".
SIRIUS 3RV19 infeed systems with three 3RA1110 load feeders and two
3RA1120 load feeders
3RV19 infeed system see Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment".

9
Siemens AG 2011
Motor Starters
for Operation in the Field,
High Degree of Protection
9/2 Introduction
SIRIUS 3RE Encapsulated

Starters
9/3 General data
9/4 3RE10 direct-on-line starters
9/4 3RE13 reversing starters

Internet: see opening information on
page 8
Siemens
Siemens
IC 10
ICAO
10 AO
2012
2012
Siemens AG 2011
Motor Starters for Operation in the Field, High Degree of Protection
Introduction
Overview
3RE10
Order No. Page
SIRIUS 3RE encapsulated starters
The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are used for switching and for the inverse-time
delayed protection of load feeders up to 22 kW at 400 V AC
The starters are available as direct-on-line starters for motors with a single direction
of rotation and as reversing starters for motors with two directions of rotation
3RE10 direct-on-line starters Molded-plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP65, 3RE10 9/4
including contactor
3RE13 reversing starters Molded-plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP65, 3RE13 9/4
including contactor assembly
Accessories Molded-plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP65, 3RE19 9/4
for direct-on-line and reversing starters
9

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RE Encapsulated Starters
General data
Reversing starters
Overview
The reversing starters are available in two sizes:
Size S00 is suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW with 400
V AC and a maximum rated motor current of 12 A. The starters
are available in the following two versions:
- Molded-plastic enclosure for reversing starters including
contactor assembly in this case the overload relay must be
selected and ordered according to the rated motor current.
- Molded-plastic enclosure for reversing starters (without con-
tactor assembly) in this case the contactor assembly, aux-
iliary switch and overload relay must be selected and or-
dered separately.
Size S0 is suitable for induction motors up to 11 kW with 400
are available in the following version:
- Molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters (without
contactor assembly) in this case the contactor assembly,
auxiliary switch and overload relay must be selected and or-
dered separately.
Benefits
3RE10 10 direct-on-line starter
The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are enclosed with a high de-
The 3RE1 encapsulated starters, which are available as direct- gree of protection (IP65) and are used for the switching and in-
on-line starters and as reversing starters, are used for switching verse-time delayed protection of loads. They are ideally suited
and inverse-time delayed overload protection of loads. The for implementation directly at the machine.
switching of loads is taken care by 3RT10 contactors. The pro-
tection is achieved with 3RU11 thermal overload relays.
Application
These starter combinations are contained in a molded-plastic
enclosure that provides effective protection against dust and The 3RE1 encapsulated starters are used for switching and for
splashwater with ists high degree of protection IP65. This high the inverse-time delayed protection of load feeders up to 22 kW
degree of protection also applies to the actuators, which are at 400 V AC
used for manual switching on and off locally. The starters are available as direct-on-line starters for motors
External fuses (fused design) or motor starter protectors (fuse- with a single direction of rotation and as reversing starters for
less design) are to be used for short-circuit protection. motors with two directions of rotation.
Direct-on-line starters
9
The direct-on-line starters are available in three sizes:
Size S00 is suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW with 400
- Molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters including
contactor in this case the overload relay must be selected
and ordered according to the rated motor current.
contactor) in this case the contactor and overload relay
must be selected and ordered separately.
- Molded-plastic enclosure for direct-on-line starters including
contactor in this case the overload relay must be selected
and ordered according to the rated motor current.
contactor) in this case the contactor, auxiliary switch and
overload relay must be selected and ordered separately.
are available in the following version:
contactor) in this case the contactor, auxiliary switch and
overload relay must be selected and ordered separately.

Siemens AG 2011

SIRIUS 3RE Encapsulated Starters
3RE10 direct-on-line starters
3RE13 reversing starters

Size Rated data Rated control supply DT Screw terminals PU PS* PG
Utilization category voltage Us (UNIT,
AC-2/AC-3 SET, M)
Tu: up to + 35 C
Opera- Output of Order No. Price
tional induction per PU
current Ie motors at
at 400 V 400 V/50 Hz
A kW AC V At Hz
Direct-on-line starters including contactor
S00 12 5,5 230 50 / 60 B 3RE10 10-8XC17-0AP0 1 1 unit 41B
400 50 / 60 B 3RE10 10-8XC17-0AV0 1 1 unit 41B
S0 17 7,5 230 50 B 3RE10 20-8XC25-0AP0 1 1 unit 41B
400 50 B 3RE10 20-8XC25-0AV0 1 1 unit 41B
25 11 230 50 B 3RE10 20-8XC26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41B
400 50 B 3RE10 20-8XC26-0AV0 1 1 unit 41B
3RE10 10
Reversing starters including contactor assembly
S00 12 5,5 230 AC 50 / 60 B 3RE13 10-8XC17-0AP0 1 1 unit 41B
400 AC 50 / 60 B 3RE13 10-8XC17-0AV0 1 1 unit 41B
3RE13 10
Accessories
9
Version For contactor, DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG

overload relay per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
Size
Enclosures for direct-on-line starters
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface
mounting
Degree of protection IP65,
with actuators,
with metric cable gland
With PE terminal S00 B 3RE19 13-1CB1 1 1 unit 41B
With N and PE terminals S0 B 3RE19 23-1CB2 1 1 unit 41B
With N and PE terminals S2 B 3RE19 33-1CB3 1 1 unit 41B
3RE19 23-1CB2
Enclosures for reversing starters
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface
mounting
Degree of protection IP65,
with actuators,
with metric cable gland
With N and PE terminals S00/S0 B 3RE19 13-2CB3 1 1 unit 41B
3RE19 23-2CB3

Siemens AG 2011
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Motion Control Catalog
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and CA 01 SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Low Voltage Distribution Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems Equipment for Machine Tools
Variable-Speed Drives SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M, NC 82
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 D 11.1 SINAMICS S120 Combi and 1FK7/1PH8 motors
Standard Inverters SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D Motors for Production Machines
Distributed Inverters SINAMICS S110 PM 22
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 The Basic Positioning Drive
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12
Medium-Voltage Converters
Power Supply and System Cabling
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3
Cabinet Modules Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1
Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.1 Process Instrumentation and Analytics
H-compact
Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
H-compact PLUS
SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1
SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2
Technology, HT-direct Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
DC Motors DA 12 PDF: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Converters Components for the System Integration
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 Safety Integrated
Cabinet Units
Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 PC-based Automation ST PC
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 SIMATIC Ident
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
Motors for Production Machines SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SINAMICS S110 PM 22 Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
The Basic Positioning Drive Micro Automation
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Process Control System
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1
PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60 Process Control System
Motors
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61 SIMATIC NET
Motors Industrial Communication IK PI
Drive System SINAMICS S120
Mechanical Driving Machines
SINVERT Photovoltaics
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1
Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and SIRIUS Industrial Controls

Electrical Installation Technology SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Protection, Switching, Measuring & Monitoring Devices LV 10.1 SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 90
Switchboards and Distribution Systems LV 10.2 (selected content from catalog IC 10)
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 System Solutions
SICUBE System Cubicles and Cubicle Air-Conditioning LV 50 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70 interactive catalog CA 01
Download-Center
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. www.siemens.com/automation/infocenter
Siemens AG 2011
Get more information
Control Components and Systems Engineering:

www.siemens.com/sirius
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
Siemens AG Subject to change without prior notice
always apply as described or which may change as a result of further
Industry Sector PDF only: (E86060-K1010-A191-A1-7600) development of the products. An obligation to provide
Control Components and MP.R3.CP.0000.00.2.23 KG 1111 214 En the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in
Systems Engineering Siemens AG 2011 the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
Postfach 2355 subject to change without notice.
90713 FRTH All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
GERMANY
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
www.siemens.com/automation the owners.

Sirius: Industrial Controls

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sirius: Industrial Controls

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sirius: Industrial Controls

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens AG 2011

Catalog Add-On IC 10 AO 2012

Related catalogs Contents

Safety Integrated SI 10 Detecting Evaluation / Communication Reacting

Catalog CA 01 CA 01 All products of automation, drives and installation technology,

Industry Mall All products of automation, drives and installation technology,

Registered trademarks Technical Assistance

Load Feeders and Motor Starters

For the latest updates of this catalog, please

The products contained in this catalog can also

Contact your local Siemens sales office

Siemens AG 2011 Position and

Commanding and Signaling Devices

Parameterization, Configuration and

Products for Specific

Price group changes

Code conversion table

101 41A Contactor relays 5

41B Contactors and contactor assemblies 3 and 4

41C Solid-state contactors 6

41D Load Feeders 8

41E Motor Starter Protectors 7

41F Thermal Overload Relays 7

41G Solid-State Overload Relays 7

41H Relays 4, 5 and 10

102 41J Pushbuttons and indicator lights 13

41K Position and Safety Switches 12

41L Safety relays 11

104 4M1 Transformers and power supplies 15

121 42A Communication-capable safety products 12 and 13

42C AS-Interface /IO-Link 2

42D Motor starters 8 and 9

42E Motor control units (MCU) 9

42F Compact feeders 8

131 42B Modular safety system 11

42G Standard soft starters 6

42H High-Feature soft starters 6

191 401 Technical documentation 2 to 15

You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

Added value due to additional information

Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

Things you should know about Catalog Add-On IC 10 AO

In the Catalog Add-on IC 10 AO you will Connections Combicon connection

Solder pin connections

Ring terminal lug connections

Types of coordination Type of coordination "1" ToC

Type of coordination "2" ToC

The secrets of UL.

ATEX explosion protection

ATEX explosion protection www.siemens.com/sirius/atex

Brochures, customer magazines, trial versions of software, special offer www.siemens.com/sirius/infocenter

CAx online generator www.siemens.com/cax

Energy efficiency www.siemens.de/sirius/energiesparen

Industry Mall www.siemens.com/sirius/mall

Interactive catalog CA 01 www.siemens.com/automation/ca01

Product pictures www.siemens.com/sirius/images

Safety Integrated www.siemens.com/safety-integrated

SIPLUS products for specific requirements www.siemens.com/siplus

SIRIUS industrial controls www.siemens.com/sirius